Practical French Course in Fifty Lessons

Class
Book JJs
jtfj S
GopyrightN?_
COPYRIGHT DEPOSEE
PRACTICAL
FRENCH COURSE
IN FIFTY LESSONS
AN ENTIRELY NEW METHOD

BY
RAPHAEL D'AMOUR, A. M.,

OFFICIER D'ACADMIE.
DIRECTOR OF THE FRENCH DEPARTMENT
IN THE SCHOOL OF PEDAGOGY OF THE
BROOKLYN INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES:
FORMERLY,
ROFESSOR OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
IN FORDHAM UNIVERSITY.
THIRD EDITION
NEW YORK
1917
."Jta
Entered according to act of Congress

in the office of
The librarian of Congress at Washington, D. C.
1917
By RAPHAL D'AMOUR
All Rights Reserved
OCT 26 1317
The Aster Press
New York
CLA476754
PREFACE
This radically new method of learning the French language
embodies in concrete form the working principle of the
author, namely: "To teach Americans how to say in French the
very things they are daily saying in English," thus doing away
with the useless phraseology of the old grammars so humor-
ously ridiculed by Mark Twain. The fact is, that in this
practical age of ours a speaking knowledge of modern lan-
guages, of French especially, has become a matter of necessity,
the time being long past when a foreign tongue was studied,
like L,atin and Greek, for the mere sake of general culture and
polish.
Originally written for those students who wish to master
French rapidly, either for pleasure or business, the present
grammar is now used with great success in colleges and
schools, also by the best private teachers, here and abroad.
The ever-increasing popularity of this book, which has already
reached the third edition, is the most convincing proof of its
practical value.
In the two preliminary lessons of this grammar the pupil
is how to pronounce, read and write French;
taught: First,
second, how to distinguish, by a very simple rule, the gender
of French nouns, and to form the plural of the same; third,
how to acquire an extensive French vocabulary by mere
observation.
In the subsequent practical lessons the student is led,
gradually and logically, through the intricacies of the lan-
guage, from those conventional phrases in current daily use, to
the fluent form of conversation and the mastery of idiomatic
French.
Each one is followed by a
of the first twenty-five lessons
practical exercise, inwhich the pupil has to complete a
certain number of sentences by supplying missing words, an
excellent system for learning to write in French.
An important innovation will be found in the following
lessons, in the practical exercises to be translated into French:
By indicating the strict literal structure of each French sen-
tence in English, the author feels confident to have not only
greatly simplified the task of the student, but also to have
paved the way toward learning to think in French.
Special attention is called to the following features: 1.
Table of the French sounds with their nearest equivalents in
English. 2. Three introductory lessons containing set
phrases in current daily use. 3. Unity of subject for each
grammatical lesson. 4. A brief, yet comprehensive tabulation
of the irregular verbs. 5. The most commonly used idiomatic
expressions. 6. Literary quotations. 7. French proverbs.
8. Short anecdotes. 9. Classical definitions.
The author now presents this new, thoroughly revised and
considerably improved edition, with the hope that it may meet
with the kind approval of those teachers and students who wish
to leave the long-beaten path, and use, for teaching and learn-
ing French, a common-sense method.
RAPHAKIy D'AMOUR.
New York, September, 1917.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
LESSON I. page;
PRONUNCIATION.
1 How to Call the Letters of the French Alphabet 15
2 Table of the French Sounds with their nearest equivalents
in English 15
3 Miscellaneous Rules 21
LESSON II.
GENERAI, NOTIONS.
I How to Accent the Vowels 22
,2 How to Read French 24
3 How to Distinguish the Gender of French Noun s 26
4 How to Form the Plural of French Nouns 27
5 How to See at a Glance the Similarity between a great many
English and French Words 28
6 Exercise 29
LESSONS III - V.
USUAI, PHRASES.
i The Salutation 30
2 The Days 31
3 The Months 34
4 The Seasons 34
5 The Weather 35
6 The Time of Day 37
7 The Present, Past and Future 38
LESSON VI. page
THE INDEFINITE) ARTICLE.
1 Grammatical Rules. 39
2 Practice 39
3 Exercise 43
LESSON VII.
THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.

1 Grammatical Rules 44
2 Practice 45
3 Countries 47
4 Nationalities 47
5 Exercise 48
LESSON VIII.
CONTRACTION OE THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.

1 Genitive or Possessive Case 49
2 Dative Case 51
3 Practice .,,. 52
4 Important Remark on the word Home 53
5 Exercise..., 53
LESSON IX.
THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE.

2 Practice 57
3 Exercise 59
LESSON X.
INTERROGATIVE AND NEGATIVE FORMS.

i How to Form Questions 60
2 How to Form Answers 61
3 How to Form Negative Sentences 63
4 Negative Expressions 65
5 Exercise 65
LESSON XI. page
NUMERAL ADJECTIVES.
i Cardinal Numbers 66
2 Ordinal Numbers 69
3 Fractional Numbers 70
4 Nouns used as Numbers . 71
5 Exercise 71
LESSON XII.
DEMONSTRATIVE AND POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES.
2 Practice 76
3 Exercise 78
LESSON XIII.
QUALIFYING ADJECTIVES.
i How to Form the Feminine of Adjectives 79
2 How to Form the Plural of Adjectives 80
3 Place of Adjectives 80
4 Irregular Adjectives 82
5 Practice 84
6 Exercise 85
LESSON XIV.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
1 How to Form the Comparative of Adjectives 87
2 How to Form the Superlative of Adjectives 89
3 Comparative Expressions ., 92
4 Exercise 92
LESSON XV.
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES.
1 Different Meanings of the word flme 94
2 Different Meanings of the word Tout 96
3 Practical Expressions formed with the Adjectives Tout
and Mme 97
4 Other Indefinite Adjectives 98
5 Exercise 99
LESSON XVI. page
PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
1 Personal Pronouns used as Subject of the Verb 101
2 Personal Pronouns used Objectively 103
3 Place of Personal Pronouns 103
4 Practice 104
5 Important Remarks 106
6 Exercise 108
LESSON XVII.
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
i How to Render in French the Interrogative Pronoun Who. 109
2 How to Render in French the Interrogative Pronoun Whom. no
3 How to Render in French the Interrogative Pronouns What,
Which 112
4 Practice 113
5 Exercise < 114
LESSON XVIII.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
1 How to Render in French the Demonstrative Pronouns
This, That, These, Those 115
2 Demonstrative Pronouns used Absolutely 117
3 Important Remarks on the Pronoun It... 117
4 Practical Expressions formed with C'est, (it is or that is) 119
5 How to Render in French the Demonstrative form Here is,
Here are, There is, There are 120
6 Exercise 120
LESSON XIX.
RELATIVE AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
1 How to Render in French the Pronouns Who, Whom, To
Whom 122
2 How to Render in French the Pronouns Which, Of Which,
To Which 123
3 Demonstrative and Relative Pronouns Combined 125
4 Possessive Pronouns 126
5 Practice 127
6 Exercise 127
LESSON XX. * PAGE
INVARIABLE PRONOUNS.
1 Practical Exercise on the very important word En (some,

any, of it, from there)
of them, 130
2 Practical Exercise on the word Y (to it, to them; at it, at
them; there) 133
3 Idiomatic Expressions formed with the word Y 134
4 Exercise for Translation 135
LESSON XXI.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
1 On (one, somebody, people) 136

2 Quelqu'un (somebody, someone, anybody) ,.. 136
3 Personne (no one, nobody) 136
4 Quelque chose (something) 137
5 Rien (nothing) 137
6 Quelques uns (some, a few) 137
7 Chacun (each one) 138
8 Tout le monde (everybody) 138
9 Quiconque (whoever) 138
[o L'un, L'autre (the one, the other) 138
[i Autrui (others) 139
12 Exercise 140
LESSON XXII.
THE ADVERB.
1 How to form Adverbs 141
2 Place of Adverbs 142
3 List of Adverbial Expressions 142
4 Important Remark on the Adverbs of Quantity 144
5 Practice 145
6 Exercise 146
LESSON XXIII. PAGE
INVARIABLE WORDS.
1 The Preposition .
147
2 The Conjunction 148
3 The Interjection 148
4 Practice 149
5 Exercise 153
LESSON XXIV.
PRACTICAL EXERCISE ON SOME INVARIABLE WORDS
HAVING SEVERAL MEANINGS.
1 A En De Que Bien SiPourPar Ou O Jusque. 155
LESSON XXV.
REMARKS ON THE RIGHT USE OE SOME PRACTICAL
WORDS.
1 Day, Morning, Evening 164
2 Year, Parents, Relatives, Father-in-Law, etc 165
3 Piece, Lecture, Office 166
4 End, Ticket, Note
Bill, 167
5 Present, Gift, Mouth, Fire 168
6 Word, Linen, Next 169
7 Audience, Sensible, Wages, Rivers 170
8 Exercise 171
LESSON XXVI.
AUXILIARY VERBS.
1 Conjugation of the Verbs Avoir, to have, and Etre, to be.... 172
2 Negative form 177
3 Interrogative form 178
LESSON XXVII.
VERB ETRE, TO BE.
1 Practical Exerciseon that Verb 180

2 Idiomatic Expressions formed with the Verb Etre 183
LESSON XXVIII.
VERB AVOIR, TO HAVE-
1 Practical Exercise on that Verb.... 185
2 Idiomatic Expressions formed with the Verb Avoir 191
LESSON XXIX.
REGULAR VERBS.
i General Notions 192
2 Hints for Conjugating the Regular Verbs 193
3 Table of Conjugation 195
4 Exercise for Translation ,
199
LESSON XXX.
WST OE THE MOST PRACTICAL VERBS.
1 Verbs of the first Conjugation 201
2 Remarks on the Spelling of some Verbs of the first Conju-
gation 206
3 Verbs of the second Conjugation 207
4 Verbs of the third Conjugation 207
LESSON XXXI. page
THE USE OF THE TENSES.
i Grammatical Rules. 2 Practice. 3 Exercise for Translation.. 210
LESSON XXXII.
THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE.
i Grammatical Rules. 2 Practice 216
THE PAST PARTICIPLE.

1 Grammatical Rules. 2 Practice. 3 Exercise for Translation.. 218
LESSON XXXIII.
THE PRESENT OP THE INDICATIVE.
Grammatical Rules. 2 Practice
THE IMPERFECT OF THE INDICATIVE.

LESSON XXXIV.
THE PAST INDEFINITE.
LESSON XXXV.
THE PAST DEFINITE.
LESSON XXXVI.
THE FUTURE.
I Grammatical Rules. 2 Practice 238
THE CONDITIONAL.
LESSON XXXVII.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
LESSON XXXVIII.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
I Grammatical Rules. 2 Practice. 3 Exercise for Translation.. 252
LESSON XXXIX. PAGE
Miscellaneous Rules 257
LESSONS XIv.-XI.II.
1 Practical Exercise on some Important Verbs of the first Conju-
gation. 2 Exercise for Translation 264
LESSON XLIII.
1 Practical Exercise on some Important Verbs of the second and
third Conjugations. 2 Exercise for Translation 283
LESSON XLIV.
1 How to form the Compound Tenses of the Verbs of Motion.
2 Practice... 290
IMPERSONAL VERBS.
"
1 Conjugation of Impersonal Verbs. 2 Practice. 3 Exercise

for Translation 292
LESSONS XLV. XLVI.

Irregular Verbs 296
LESSON XLVII.
REFLEXIVE VERBS.
1 Model of Conjugation. 2 Practical Exercise on some Important
Reflexive Verbs 316
LESSON XLVIII.
French Proverbs 326
LESSON XLIX.
Reading and Memory Exercises. Short Anecdotes 330
LESSON L.
Definitions
334
Practical French Course 15
PREMIRE LEON.
LESSON I.
PRONUNCIATION.
I. How to call the letters of the French alphabet.
A B c D E F G H I
ah bay say day ay eff zhay ash ee
J K L M N P Q R
zhee kah ell emm enn oh pay kid air
S T U V X Y z
ess tay vay eeks ee greek, zedd
The letter w, called in French double v (doobl vay),

isfound only in some foreign words which have been
adopted into the French language.
II. Table of the French sounds with their nearest

equivalents in English.
Although the pronunciation is best acquired by-

studying the practical lessons with a French teacher,
we will give the following table as a useful guide to be
consulted when the learner does not know how to pro-
nounce a word.
16 Practical French Course
VOWELS.
A is pronounced ah Panama Pa-na-ma Panama

E (unaccented) is silent when madame mah-dm madam
final.
It is however sounded and le lur the
pronounced somewhat like de dur of
ur (r silent) in monosyl- cela sur-lah that
lables and at the beginning
of polysyllables.
with an acute accent (f) caf kah-fay coffee
sounds like ay.
with a grave accent (A) pre pair father
sounds like ai in fair.
E with a circumflex accent rve rev dream
(A) sounds broad like ea
in pear.
1 sounds always like ee. ami ahm-ee friend
O sounds always like o in so. opra oh-pay-rah opera
U sounds nearly like the Ger- lu lid read
man u or somewhat like eu vu vi seen
in pleurisy.
Y at the beginning of a word yacht yacht yacht
or between two consonants style steel style
is pronounced ee.
But when placed between pay pay-yay paid
two vowels it has the dis-
tinct sound of two French
i's.
DIPHTHONGS.
ai ispronounced ay. balai bah-lay broom

au or eau ispronounced oh. eau oh water
ei sounds like ai in fair. reine renn queen
eu or u sounds nearly like u in fur. feu fur fire
oi sounds nearly like wah. foi fwah faith
ou sounds like oo in too. fou foo crazy
Practical French Course; 17
COMBINED VOWELS.
A vowel surmounted by a diaeresis (""), trrna, does not
form a diphthong with another vowel, but either vowel is
to be pronounced separately. Thus, for instance, the
word naif, naive, must be pronounced as if written nah-if.
Likewise, the following are not diphthongs, but com-
bined vowels to be pronounced separately :
IA pronounced as if written il pria ill-pree-ah he prayed

ee-ah.
UA pronounced as if written il salua ill-sah-l-ah he saluted

u-ah.
Ul pronounced as if written minuit me-nii-ee midnight
u-ee.
UO pronounced as if written duo dii-oh duet
u-oh.
NASAL SOUNDS.
The combination of a vowel or diphthong with the con-
sonant m or n produces what we call in French, le son
nasal, (the nasal sound).
The nasal sounds are represented by the following com-
binations :
AN -j
r maman mah-mng marna
AM pronounced nearly like 1 lampe lmp lamp
EN ng (final g silent). |
encore ng-core yet,again
EM I empire om-peer empire
IN r vin vng wine
IM limpide lm-peed limpid
pronounced nearly like J
AIN pain png bread
&ng (final g silent).
AIM faim J fng hunger
EIN J I sein sang bosom
ON ^ pronounced nearly like ( bon bng good

OM y ng (final g silent). c tombeau tm-boh tomb
UN ) pronounced nearly like ( lundi lung-dee Monday
UM ) nng (final g silent). 1 parfum par-fng perfume
( pronounced nearly like |
IEN bien bee-ng well
1 ee-Mig (final g silent), i
( pronounced nearly like >

OIN loin lw-ng far
\ 7m.ng (final g silent). )
OBSERVATION.
If the consonant m or n is immediately
is doubled, or
followed by a vowel, thesound is not given,
nasal
but the initial vowel must be pronounced separately.
Thus, for instance, the words innocent, immense, image, vinaigre,
must be pronounced as if written ee-noh-sahng, ee-mongs, ee-mahzh,
:
vee-neg-ger.
LIQUID SOUNDS.
The following combinations represent what we call in
French les sons liquides (lay song leekeed), the liquid

sounds.
Their pronunciation must be heard from the mouth of a
French teacher :
ail pronounced nearly travail trahv-eye work

like eye.
aille pronounced nearly Versailles Vair-sah-yr Versailles
like ah-y\xr.
eil pronounced nearly soleil so-lay-ye sun
like ay-ye.
eille pronounced nearly abeille ah-bay-yur bee
like ay-yr.
eull pronounced nearly fauteuil foh-t-ye arm-chair
like e-ye.
euille pronounced nearly feuille f-yr leaf

like -yr.
ille pronounced nearly fille fee-yr girl
like ee-yr.
ouille pronounced nearly grenouille grn-noo-yur frog
like 00-y.r.
gne pronounced nearly champagne shm-pah-nee- Champagne
like nee-yr. [er
CONSONANTS.
The consonants not mentioned in the following table are
pronounced as in English.
c is hard like k be- caf kah-fay coffee

fore a, o, u.
It is soft like s be- ceci ss-se this
fore e, i, and maon mah-sng mason
when a cedilla is
placed under it.
CH sounds generally chien she-ang dog
like sh.
It is hard like k chrtien kray-tee-ng christian
before a conso-
nant.
CUE is pronounced cueillir cur-yeer to gather
nearly like cu in
cur.
G sounds hard like g garon gar-sng boy, waiter
in garden, before
the vowels a, o, gourmand goor-mng greedy
u, and also be- Gustave Giis-tahv Gustave
fore a conso-
nant.
It sounds soft, genou zher-noo knee
somewhat like s girafe zhee-raf giraffe
in pleasure, be-
fore the vowels
e, i.
GU followed by e or i guerre ghair war

sounds like the figuier fee-ghe-ay fig-tree
hard g.
H is not sounded in l'homme lohm (the) man
French, and les hommes lay-zohm (the) men
therefore it is
generally called
mute.
When called aspi- la harpe lah-ahrp the harp
rate, itonly pre- le hameau ler-ah-moh the hamlet
vents the con- les hameaux lay-ah-moh the hamlets
nection with the les haricots lay-ah-ree-koh the beans
last consonant of
the preceding
word, and also
the elision of the
vowels a, e, be-
fore it.
J is pronounced joli zho-lee pretty

nearly like s in jamais zhah-may never
pleasure.
LL preceded by an i brillant bree-yong brilliant
and followed by rouill roo-yay rusty
a or e, are called famille fah-mee-yur family
liquid, and they
sound somewhat
like ye or yur.
However, 11 sounds ville veal city
like a single 1 in
a few words.
QU sounds generally qui key who, whom
like k.
However, in a few aquarelle ah-kwah-rell water-color
words it is pro-
nounced as in
English.
S sounds generally soldat sol-dah soldier
like s in so.
When between two maison may-zng house

vowels it sounds
like z.
T is pronounced martial mar-see-ahl martial

like s in words position poh-zee-see-ng position
ending in ion, situation see-ti-ah-see- situation
ial, and in
ieux, [ng
some words end- ambitieux m-bee-see-yur ambitious
ing in ie, as pro-
phtie^ dmocra-
tie, aristocratie,
diplomatie.
TH sounds always like th tay tea
t in tobacco.
MISCELLANEOUS RULES.
1. At the end of a word the syllables et, ez, ed, er, are
pronounced ay.
Poulet (poo-lay), chicken ; parler (par-lay), to speak.
Allez (ah-lay), go ; pied (pee-ay), foot.
However, the words amer, bitter ; enfer, hell; fier, proud, are pro-
nounced ah-mair, ng-fair, fee-air.
2. In monosyllables, and also when beginning a poly-

syllable, er sounds air; cher (shair), dear; perdu (pair-du),
lost ; chercher (shair-shay), to look for.
3. Before a word beginning with a vowel or an h mute,

X sounds like Z : dix oranges, (deezohrngzh).
D sounds like t : grand opra, (grntohpayrah).
F sounds like v : neuf hommes, (nvohm).
4. Ent is silent when it marks the third person plural of
a verb. However, if the next word begins with a vowel,

the final t is sounded and carried over.
Ils parlent (ill pari), they speak.

Ils parlent anglais (ill pari tnglay), they speak English.
5. The final t of et, and, is never pronounced. Et sounds

always ay.
DEUXIEME LEON.
LESSON IL
GENERAL NOTIONS.
1. How to accent the vowels.
The vowels, in French, are rendered long or short by

certain accents or marks placed over them.
There are three orthographic accents the acute (f) l'ac- :
cent aigu the grave (^), V accent grave ; the circumflex

;
A ), V accent circonflexe.
(
i . The acute accent placed upon e gives it the sound ofay.
Caf (kah-f ay), coffee ; bont (bong-tay), goodness.
2. The grave accent placed upon e gives that vowel the

sound of ai in fair.
Pre (pair), father ; mre (mair), mother ; frre (frair), brother.
The grave accent serves also to contradistinguish a few

words which have the same sound, but a different meaning.
Thus a, unaccented, means has.
, accented, ' '
at or to.
la, unaccented, " the.

l, accented, " there.
ou, unaccented, " or.
<f
0, accented, where.
3. The circumflex accent gives the vowel a broader,

longer sound, and generally denotes the suppression of a
letter which was formerly used after the vowel over which
it is placed.
That letter generally an s has been pre-
served in a number of English words coming from the
French, as :
Mt, mast ; le, isle ; fort, forest ; hpital, hospital.
ELISION.
The vowels a, e, and replaced by
are generally cut off
an apostrophe before words beginning with a vowel or an
h mute. Thus, we write and pronounce for the sake of
euphony :
1/ arme, the army, instead of la arme.

L'enfant, the child, " le enfant.
L'homme, the man, ' '
le homme.
J'ai,I have, je ai.
J'aime, I like, " je aime.
Je l'aime, I like it, " je le aime.
HYPHEN.
A hyphen, called in French trait d'union, is placed
between the two parts of a compound noun or number.
Porte-monnaie, pocket-book.
Dix-sept, seventeen.
A hyphen is also placed between the verb and the pro-

noun in the interrogative sentences and in the imperative
mood used affirmatively.
Avez-vous ? Have you ? Donnez-moi. Give me.
Bst-il ? Is he ? Donnez-le-moi. Give it to me.
DOERESIS.
A French trma, is placed over the
diaeresis, called in
vowels which are to be pronounced separately.
Thus, for instance, the word hair, to hate, must be pro-
nounced ah-eer, Without the trema, or two dots over the
i, it would be pronounced air.
CEDILLA.
A cedilla ( s ),
called in French cdille (say-dee-yur), is
placed under the letter before the vowels a, o, u, when it
should be pronounced like s in so.
Faade (fah-sad), front ; garon (gar-song), boy ;

reu (rer-si), received.
II. How to read French.
SYLLABIC ACCENT.
As a rule, the stress is laid, in French, upon the last
syllable in all words not ending with a mute e, and upon

the last syllable but one in words ending with a mute e.
Charjeau, hat. Perte, door.

Gnra/, General. Chemise, shirt.
Amricain, American. Diffrence, difference.
Popular^, popularity. Popu/tfce, mob.
IMPORTANT RULES
ABOUT THE FINAI, CONSONANTS.
I. The last consonant of a word is generally silent, ex-

cept when the following word begins with a vowel or an
h mute.
However, the four letters c, f, 1, r, are often sounded at
the end of a word.
Examples :
Mais (may), but. Duc (dk), Duke.

Lit (lee), bed. CE>uf (uf), egg.
Tapis (tah-pee), carpet. Fil (fill), thread.
Nous parlons (noo-par-long), we Soir ( swahr), evening.
Practical French Course) 25
2. The last consonant of a word is generally sounded,

carried over and joined to the next word when it begins
with a vowel or an h mute.
The slurring of a final consonant to the following vowel
is called in French, liaison.
The liaison being very important for a pure pronuncia-
tion, and in order to help and accustom the learner to
notice it, we will indicate the same, in the first ten lessons,
by this sign w. Thus :
Vous avez, you have, pronounced as if spelt voo-zah-vay.

Vous tes, you are,
" " " voo-zett.
Les enfants, the children, " " " lay-zon-fong.

" "
Les hommes, the men, lay-zohm.
my friends, " " "
Mes amis, may-zah-mee.
3. In words ending in rd, rt, the r is carried over in-

stead of the final d or t.
C'est lourd porter (say-loo-rah portay), it is heavy to
carry.
Il est mort Paris ( ee-lay moh-rah Pah-ree), he died
in Paris.
4. Final n is not carried over to the following vowel so

as to preserve the nasal sound :
Ma maison est grande (man may-zong ay grnd), my

house is large.
However, the n of on (one, people, they), and also the n

of en (in, of it, of them, some, any), must be carried over.
On a sonn (ohnah sonay), someone has rung.

J'en ai assez (zhah-nay-ah-say), I have enough of it.
IMPORTANT OBSERVATIONS
ABOUT THE LETTER E.
I. Final e is not sounded before a word beginning with

a vowel or an h mute. The liaison must be made without
any regard to that e or h. Thus, for instance :
Kile est, she is, must be pronounced ell-ay.
Bile a, she has, must be pronounced ell-ah.
Je parle un peu, / speak a little, must be pronounced

zher-par-lung-pur.
Elle hsite, she hesitates, must be pronounced ell-ay-zeet.
2. In conversation the e of the second monosyllable is
not sounded. Thus :
Je le sais, I know it, is pronounced zhull-say.

Je ne sais pas, / do not know, is pronounced zhun-say-pah.
3. The letter e is also frequently slided over in the mid-

dle of a word. Thus :
Appeler, to call, is pronounced as if spelt op-lay.

Bpeler, to spell, " " " ayp-lay
Acheter, to buy, " " " ash-tay.
Amener, to bring, '
'
" " ahm-nay.
III. How to distinguish the gender of a French noun.
There is no neuter gender in French.

All the substantives in the French language are either
masculine or feminine.
The gender of substantives may be determined by the
following general rule :
Practical French Course) 27
OF THE FEMININE GENDER ARE :
Besides, of course, the nouns denoting- a female by-

nature,
i. All the nouns ending in ...ion

2. All the nouns ending in .....aison
3. Most nouns ending in eur
4. Most nouns ending in t
5. Most nouns (about 95 per cent.) ending with a mute....e
Nouns ending otherwise will generally be found mascu-
line.
Practice will teach the exceptions to the above very

simple rule.
IV. How to form the plural of French nouns.
The plural of a noun, in French, is generally formed, as

in English, by adding an s to the singular, but the s is
not to be sounded, except before a word beginning with a

vowel or an h mute.
The number of a French noun is always clearly indi-
cated by the prefixed article or adjective.
Un sou, one cent. Le livre, the book.

Deux sous, two cents. Les livres, the books.
Trois francs, three francs. Des pommes, some apples.
EXCEPTIONS.
I. The nouns ending in the singular with s, x, z, do not

change in the plural.
Le fils, the son. Les fils, the sons.

La voix, the voice. Les voix, the voices.
Le nez, the nose. Les nez, the noses.
2. The nouns ending in the singular in au, eau, eu, take

x in the plural.
Le drapeau, the flag. Les drapeaux, the flags.

Le feu, the fire. Les feux, the fires.
3. The nouns ending in the singular in al, ail, generally
change those terminations into aux in the plural.

Le cheval, the horse. Les chevaux, the horses.
Un journal, a newspaper. Des journaux, (some) news-
papers.
Le travail, the work. Les travaux, the works.
V. How to see at a glance the similarity between a

great many English and French words.
(1). Most words {over 2,006) ending with the following

terminations are the same in both languages :
al animal, rival, fatal, musical, etc.

ce silence, science, chance, face.
de parade, brigade, suicide, homicide.
ge page, rage, courage, outrage.
le simple, table, possible, terrible.
ne mine, doctrine, famine, canine.
ant restaurant, instant, important, constant.
ent accent, moment, accident, monument.
ion nation, situation, occasion, excursion.
(2). Most English words ending with one of the follow-

ing terminations become French by changing it as follows :
y into ie malady maladie

ty into t activity activit
er into re letter lettre
ic into ique Republic Rpublique
id into ide solid solide
or into eur doctor docteur

ism into isme Catholicism catholicisme
ist into iste dentist dentiste
ive into if motive motif
ary into aire ordinary ordinaire
ency into ence excellency excellence
ory into oire victory victoire
ous into eux curious curieux
OBSERVATION.
Practice will teach the exceptions to the above rules
EXERCISE.
1. Le crayon (m.), the pencil 1. Les , the pencils.
2. La fentre (f.), the window. 2. Les , the windows.
3. Le chien (m.), the dog. 3- Les , the dogs.
4. Le chat (m.), the cat. 4. Les , the cats.
5. Le cheval (m.), the horse. 5- Les , the horses.
6. Un gnral (m.), a general. 6. Des , {some) generals.
7. Une noix (f.), a nut. 7. Des ,

(some) nuts.
8. Un chapeau (m.), a hat. 8. Des , (some) hats.
9. Une plume (f.), a pen. 9. Des ,

(some) pens.
10. Une chaise (f.), ci chair. 10. Des , (some) chairs.
11. Une table (f.), a table. 11. Des ,

(some) tables.
12. Un bureau (m.), a desk. 12. Des , (some) desks.
13. Un gant (m.), a glove. 13. Des ,

(some) gloves.
14. Un animal (m.), an animal. 14. Des , (some) animals.
15. Une leon (f.), a lesson. 15. Des , (some) lessons.

30 Practical French Course)
TROISIEME LEON.
LESSON III.
USUAL PHRASES.
On a sonn. Somebody has rung.

On a frapp. Somebody has knocked.
Qui est l ? Who is there ?

Qui est-ce? Who is it ?
C'est moi. It is I.
Entrez. Come in.
Bonjour, monsieur. Good morning, sir.

Bonjour, madame. Good morning, madam.
Bonjour, mademoiselle. Good morning, miss.
charm de vous voir.

Je suis I am glad to see you.
Charm de faire votre connais- Glad to make your acquaintance.
sance.
Le plaisir est pour moi. The pleasure is mine.
tez votre paletot. Take offyour coat.

Otez votre jaquette. Take offyour jacket.
tez votre manteau. Take offyour cloak.
Mettez- vous votre aise. Make yourself comfortable.

Faites comme chez vous. Make yourself at home.
Asseyez-vous. Sit down.
Veuillez vous asseoir. Please be seated. .
Merci. Thank you.
Comment vous portez- vous ? How do you do f

Comment allez- vous ? How are you ?
Comment a va ? (familiar. ) How goes it ?
Trs bien, merci et vous-mme ?

;
Very well, thank you ; how are you
Assez bien, merci. Pretty well, thank you.
Pas trop mal. Not so bad (not too badly).
Comme l'ordinaire As visual.
Comme ci comme a . So, so !
Parlez- vous franais? Do you speak French ?

Un peu. A little.
Un petit peu. A little bit.
Un tout petit peu. Just a little bit.
Comprenez- vous ? Do you understand?

Je comprends. I understand.
Je ne comprends pas. I do not understand.
Oui, monsieur. Yes, sir.

Non, monsieur. No, sir.
S'il vous plat. Ifyou please.

Merci. Thank you.
Merci bien. Thank you very much.
Merci beaucoup. Many thanks.
Je vous remercie. I thank you.
Je vous suis bien oblig. I am very much obliged to you.
Du tout (or) de rien.

;
Not at all.
Il n'y a pas de quoi. DonH mention it.
A votre service. At your service (you are welcome),
Au revoir. Good bye (till we meet again).

Au plaisir de vous revoir. Good bye (till I see you again).
Bonsoir. Good evening.

Bonne nuit. Good night.
A demain. Till to-morrow.
/undi (ln-dee). Monday,

Mardi (mar-dee). Tuesday.
Mercredi (mair-kr-dee). Wednesday.
Jeudi (zhud-dee). Thursday,
Vendredi (vng-drud-dee) Friday.
Samedi (sm-dee). Saturday,
Dimanche (dee-mngsh). Sunday.
32 Practical French. Course
QUATRIEME LEON.
LESSON IV.
USUAL PHRASES.
Comment se porte votre pre. (*) How is yourfather?

Il se porte bien, merci. He is well, thank you.
Comment se porte votre mari ? How is your husband ?

" votre fils? How is your son ?
'
'
votre frre ? How is your brother ?
" votre oncle ? How is your uncle ?
" votre neveu? H07V is your nephew ?
'
'
votre cousin ? How is your cousin ?
1
'
votre ami ? How is yourfriend ?
Comment se porte votre mre ? How is your mother ?
Bile se porte bien, merci. She is well, thank you.
Comment se porte votre dame ? How is your wife? (polite.')

" ' votre
'
femme ? How is your wife ? (familiar.*)
se porte votre
: sur ? How is your sister ?
" " votre fille? How is your daughter?
<< < <
votre belle -sur? How is your sister-in-law?
< (<
votre belle-fille? How is your daughter-in-law
<< votre tante ? How is your aunt ?
(C (
votre nice ? How is your niece ?
(C (<
votre cousine? How is your (lady) cousin ?
Il
votre amie ? How is your (lady) friend ?
(*) In polite conversation we say : Comment se porte monsieur votre

pre ? Comment se porte madame votre mre ?
Comment se portent vos enfants ? How are your children ?

Ils se portent bien, merci. They are well, thank you.
Comment se portent vos surs ? How are your sisters ?

Elles se portent bien, merci. They are well, thank you.
Comment va-t-on chez vous ? How are all at home ?

Toutle monde va bien, merci. Everybody is well, thank you.
Comment vont les affaires ? How is business

Tout doucement. Rather slow.
Que dites-vous de nouveau ? What is the news

Pas grand 'chose. Nothing much.
Dites-moi quelque chose en fran- Tell me something in French, will

ais, voulez- vous? you ?
Je ne sais que dire. I do not know what to say.
Essayez. Try.
Fermez la porte. Shut the door.

Ouvrez la fentre. Open the window.
Montez le store. Raise the shade.

Baissez le store. Lower the shade.
Allumez le gaz. Light the gas.

Eteignez le gaz. Turn off the gas.
Venez. Come.
Venez ici. Come here.
Venez avec moi. Come with me.
Venez encore. Come again.
Venez bientt. Come soon.
Allez. Go.
Allez-vous-en. Go away.
Tout de suite. At once.
Dpchez- vous. Hurry up.
Ecoutez. Listen.
Ecoutez-inoi. Listen to we.
Attendez. Wait.
Attendez-moi. Wait for me.
Attendez une minute. Wait a minute.
Pardonnez-moi. Pardon me.

Je vous demande pardon. L beg your pardon.
Excusez-moi. Excuse me.
Certainement. Certainly.
Vous parlez trop vite. You speak too fast.

Parlez plus lentement. Speak slower.
Rptez, s'il vous plat. Repeat, ifyou please.
Comment dit-on en franais " Jan- How do they say fanuary in

uary ? '
'
French ?
On dit : janvier (zh5n-vee -ay). They say : 'janvier.
' '
'
Fvrier (fay-vree-ay). February.

Mars (mars). March.
Avril (ah-vrill). April.
Mai (may). May.
Juin (zhwng). fune.
Juillet (zhwee-yay). July.
Aot (oo or oot). August.
Septembre (sep-tm-br). September.
Octobre (c-toh-br). October.
Novembre (noh-vm-br). November.
Dcembre (day-sm-br). December.
L,e printemps (*) (ler-pri g-tng), ( Th) Spring.

Iv't (lay-tay). Summer.
L'automne (loh-tone). Autumn.
Iy'hiver (lee-vair). Winter.
Avez- vous compris? Have you understood?

Je pense que oui. I think so.
C'est bien. All right
(*) In French the names of the days, months and seasons are written
with a small initial, only the proper names being written with a
capital.
CINQUIEME LEON,
LESSON V.
Le Temps (1er tong) The weather.
In relation to the weather and also in some idiomatic

expressions the verb faire, to make, is used impersonally
in the same manner as the English verb to be.
However, the verb tre, to be, is used when the word

temps, weather, precedes it. Thus, for instance, one may
say either "II beau temps," it is fine weather or
fait u Le \ :
temps est beau," the weather is fine.
Quel temps f ait-il How is the weather? ( What weather

makes it ?)
Il fait beau temps. It is {it makes) fine weather.

Il fait mauvais temps. It is {it makes) bad weather.
Il fait chaud. It is warm.

Il fait froid. It is cold.
Il fait frais. It is cool.

Il fait lourd. It is sultry {heavy).
Il fait humide. It is damp.

Il fait du brouillard. It is foggy.
Il fait du vent. It is windy.

Il fait de la poussire. It is dusty.
Il fait mauvais marcher. It is bad walking.
Il fait sombre. It is dark.

Il fait du soleil. It is sunny.
Il fait clair de lune. It is moonlight.
Il fait un beau clair de lune. It is a beautiful moonlight.
Il fait jour. It is daylight.

Il fait nuit. It is night.
Le temps est couvert. The weather is cloudy.

Le temps est menaant. The weather is threatening.
Le temps est orageux. The weather is stormy.
Il fait des clairs. It is lightning.

Il tonne. It thunders.
Il pleut. It is raining ; it rains.

Il pleut verse. It pours.
Il gle. It freezes.
Il dgle. It thaws.
INTERROGATIVE FORM.
The interrogation is formed in French, either by placing
the pronoun after the verb with a hyphen connecting them
or by prefixing the expression est=ce que, is it that, to the
affirmative form.
The form est-ce que, is generally used in conversation
and familiar writing.
Examples :
Fait-il chaud ? or
FvSt-ce qu'il fait chaud ?
Is it warm ?
Pleut-il? or
Is it raining ?
Est-ce qu'il pleut?
NEGATIVE FORM.
To render a sentence negative in French, the particle
ne is placed before the verb and pas after it.
Examples :
Il ne fait pas chaud. It is not warm.

Il ne fait pas froid. It is not cold.
Il ne pleut pas. It is not raining.
L'heure (lur) The time (the hour).
Quelle heure est-il ? What time (hour) is it f
Il est une heure. It is one (hour) o'clock.

" " deux heures. " two o'clock.
" " trois heures. " three o'clock.
" " quatre heures. " four o'clock.
" " cinq heures. " Jive o'clock.
" " six heures. " six o'clock.
" " sept heures. " seven o'clock.
" " huit heures. " eight o'clock.
" " neufheures. (nvr). " nine o'clock.
" " dix heures. " ten o'clock.
" " onze heures. " eleven o'clock.
Il est midi. (*) It is twelve o'clock (mid-day).

Ilêst minuit. It is twelve o'clock (mid-night).
Il est tard. It is late.

n'est de bonne heure. It is early.
(*) Douze heures is never used except in the sense of twelve hours.
Il est une heure et cinq, It is five (minutes) past one.

r\c" n ~~"
<<
et jix. (dees).
1
' ten (minutes) past one.
' ' " ' ' " et quart, (car).
1
' a quarter past one.
" " " " et vingt. " twenty (minutes) past one.
" " " " et vingt-cinq. ' '
twenty-five (minutes) past one.
" " " " et demie.
li
half-past one.
Il est deux heures moins vingt-cinq. It is twenty-five (minutes)of two.

""" " ^ " moins vingt. " twenty (minutes) of two.
" " " " moins un quart. 1
a quarter of two,
'
"
' ' '
' '
{
moins dix. " ten (minutes) of two.
" " " " moins cinq. " five (minutes) of two.
Suis- je en avance ? Am I early ?

Suis- je en retard ? Am I late ?
Vous tes en avance. You are early.
Vous"tes~enretard. You are late.
38 Practical Frknch Course
Votre montre avance. Your watch is fast.

Votre pendule retarde. Your clock is slow.
C'est l'heure juste. It is the correct time.
Le prsent (ler-pray-zng) The present.

Le pass (ler-pah-say) The past.
L'avenir (lav-neer) The future.
Aujourd'hui (oh-zhoor-dwee). To-day.
Maintenant (mant-nng). Now.
A prsent. At present.
Ce matin (ser-mah-tang). This morning.

Cet aprs-midi (set-ah-pray-mee- This afternoon.
dee).
Ce soir (ser swahr). This evening {or) to-ni^
Hier (ye-air). Yesterday.

Avant-hier (ah-vn-tee-air). {The day) before yesterday.
Lundi pass. Last Monday.
La semaine passe (f.) Last week.
Le mois pass. Last month.
L'an pass (long-pah-say). Last year.
Demain (der-mng). To-morrow.

Aprs demain. {The day) after to-morrow.
Lundi prochain (proh-shang). Next Monday.
La semaine prochaine (proh-shn). Next week.
Le mois prochain. Next month.
L'an prochain. Next year.
<sm!&?s>
SIXIEME LEON.
LESSON VI.
THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.
The indefinite article a is rendered in French by

Un before a masculine noun. Ex. : un garon, a boy.
Une before a feminine noun. Ex. : une fille, a girl.
PRACTICE.
Qu'avez-vous fait aujourd'hui? What have you done to-day ?
J'ai lu le journal. I have read the newspaper.

J'ai crit une lettre. I have written a letter.
J'ai pris un bain. I have taken a bath.
J'ai fait une promenade. I have taken a walk.
J'ai fait une visite. I have paid a visit.
J'ai fait des emplettes. I have made some purchases.
Qu'avez-vous achet? (or)

Qu'est-ce que vous avez achet
What have you bought ?
?
J'ai achet, I have bought.
(masculine nouns.) (FEMININE NOUNS.)

Un costume, a suit. Une robe, a gown.
Un chapeau, a hat. Une voilette, a veil.
Un pardessus, an overcoat. Une ceinture, a belt.
Un gilet, a vest. Une jaquette, a jacket.
Un corsage, a shirt-waist. Une montre, a watch.
Un jupon, a petticoat. Une pendule, a clock.
Un bracelet, a bracelet. Une bague, a ring.
Un ventail, a fan. Une cravate, a necktie.

Un parapluie, an umbrella. Une casquette, a cap.
Un tapis, a carpet. Une malle, a trunk.
Un fauteuil, an arm-chair. Une valise, a valise.
Un sofa, a sofa. Une canne, a cane.
Un canap, a couch. Une table, a table.
Un couteau, a knife. Une chaise, a chair.
Un canif, a penknife. Une cuillre, a spoon.
Un crayon, a pencil. Une fourchette, a fork.
Un encrier, an inkstand. Une assiette, a plate.
Un cheval, a horse. Une maison, house.
Un chien, a dog. Une bicyclette, # bicycle.
collective nouns.
Une paire de gants. A pair ofgloves.

Une paire de bas. A pair of stockings.
Une paire de chaussettes. A pair of socks.
Une paire de jarretires. A pair of garters.
Une paire de souliers. A pair of shoes.
Une paire de bottines. A pair of button-shoes.
Une paire de pantoufles. A pair of slippers.
Une paire de caoutchoucs. A pair of rubbers
Une douzaine de mouchoirs. A dozen (of) handkerchiefs.
Une douzaine de chemises. A dozen (of) shirts.
Une douzaine de cols. A dozen (of) collars.
Une douzaine de manchettes. A dozen (of) cuffs.
Une livre de sucre. A pound of sugar.
Une bote de bonbons. A box of candies.
Une bouteille de bire. A bottle of beer.
Un mtre de dentelle. A yard of lace.
COMPOUND NOUNS.
J'ai achet aussi: I have also bought:
Un lit-pliant. A folding-bed.
Un timbre-poste. A postage-stamp.
Un tire-bouchon. A cork-screw.
Un tourne-vis. A screw-driver.
Un coupe-papier. A paper-knife.
Un gratte-papier. An eraser.
Un presse-papier. A paper-weight.
Un porte-plume. A pen-holder.
Un porte-monnaie. A pocket-book.
Une chaise-berante. A rocking-chair.
Une machine coudre. A sewing-machine.
Quoi encore ? (or) Quoi de plus ? What else ?
Rien de plus, (or) Plus rien. Nothing else.
C'est tout. That is all.
C'est assez. That is enough.
Combien avez- vous pay ? How much have you paid?

J'ai pay vingt francs. I have paid 20 francs.
C'est cher. It is dear.

Ce n'est pas cher. It is not dear.
C'est bon march. It is cheap.
C'est trs bon march. It is very cheap.
OBSERVATIONS.
I. The un (m), une (f), is not used in French be-
article
tween the verb to be and a noun denoting a profession or
a nationality.
Il est mdecin. He is a physician.

Il est franais, (adj.) He is a Frenchman (French).
2. The is, however, used after c'est, it is

article un, une,
(or) that and also when an adjective determines the
is,
noun. He is and she is are generally rendered by c'est

before a substantive or adjective used substantively.
C'est un mdecin. He is a physician.

C'est un Franais, (subst.) He is a Frenchman.
C'est une Franaise. She is a French-woman.
C'est un bon lve, (m.) x

>
He is a good pupil.
C'est une bonne lve, (f.) (f.) She is a good pupil.
3. The indefinite article is not used in French, after

the preposition sans {without), before a substantive.
Sans faute. Without a mistake.
Sans guide. Without a guide.
Sans matre. Without a master.
4. The indefinite article is omitted in French, in ex-

clamatory sentences.
Quel beau jour ! (m.) What a fine day !
Quel dommage ! What a pity!
Quel imbcile ! What a fool!
Quelfe belle nuit! (f.) What a fine
Quelle honte ! What a shame !
Quelle chance ! What (a) hick !
5. The article un, une, is not used in French with

nouns of measure or weight, but is replaced by the article
le (m), la (f), the \
Quel est le prix ? What is the price ?

Un franc le mtre. One franc a meter.
Deux francs la livre. Two francs a pound.
6. When speaking of time, the indefinite article a is
translated by par {per.)
Vingt francs par jour. Twenty francs a day.

Vingt francs par semaine. Twenty francs a week.
Vingt francs par mois. Twenty francs a month.
Vingt francs par an. Twenty francs a year.
rRACTiCAi, French Course; 43
EXERCISE.
Let the pupil replace each dash by the requisite word

both orally and in writing.
i. Qu'as- tu fait? (familiar) or: 1. What hast thou done ? or lit. :
Qu'est-ce que tu as fait ? What is it that thou hast done

J'ai . I have read the newspaper.
2. Qu'a-t-il fait? or : What has he done ? or lit. :

Qu'est-ce qu'il a fait? What is it that he has done ?
Ila . He has taken a walk.
3. Qu'a-t-elle fait? or : 3. What has she done? or lit. :

Qu'est-ce qu'elle a fait? What is it that she has done ?
Kile a . She has paid a visit.
4. Qu' ont-ils fait ? (m.) or : 4. What have they done ? or lit. :

Qu'est-ce qu'ils ont fait? What is it that they have done ?
Ils ont . They have taken a bath.
5. Qu'ont-elles fait? (f) or : 5. What have they done ? or lit. :

Qu'est-ce qu'elles ont fait? What is it that they have done ?
Klles ont . They have made some purchases
6. Qu'avez- vous lu ? or 6. What have you read? or lit. :

.
? What is it that you have read ?
J'ai . I have read the newspaper.
7. Qu'avez-vous crit? or: 7. What have you written ? or lit. :

? What is it that you havewritten
Nous avons . We have written twenty letters
8. Qu'a-t-elle achet ? or : 8. What has she bought ? or lit. :
? What is it that she has bought ?
She has bought a dozen hand-
Elle a .
kerchiefs.
9. Combien a-t-elle pay ? or : . How much has she paid ? or lit. :
Combien est-ce qu'elle ? How much is it that she haspaid?

She has paid eleven francs.
Elle -a .
Combien avez- vous pay or

jo. How much have you paid? or
10. ? :
lit.
: How much is it that you
Combien est-ce que vous ?
have paid?
J'ai . I have paid ten dollars.
SEPTIEME LEON.
LESSON VII.
THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.
I. The definite article the is rendered in French by :
Le before a masculine noun, singular. Ex.: le pre,

the father.
La before a feminine noun, singular. Ex. : la mre,
the mother.
Les before a plural noun, either gender. Ex. : les enfants.
the children.
2. Before a word beginning with a vowel or a silent h,

the letter e or a is, for the sake of euphony, omitted and
replaced by an apostrophe.
L'ami, the friend, instead of le ami.
L'homme, /^ wa, " le homme.
L'eau, the water " la eau.
L'histoire, the history, " la histoire.
3. The article, in French, must be repeated before each

noun with which it has to agree in gender and number.
Le pre, la mre et les enfants : the father, mother and children.
4. The article must be used in French

Before the names of countries. Ex. la France. :
Before the titles prefixed to names. Ex. le docteur X. :
Before the names of seasons. Ex. le printemps. :
Before each noun used in a general sense. Ex. le pain, :
bread; levin, wine; la gloire, glory ; la vertu, virtue.

5. The article is omitted in French before the ordinal

number designating a sovereign or chapter.
Napolon premier, Napoleon the first.

Chapitre premier, Chapter the first.
PRACTICE.
Que dsirez-vous ? What do you wish ?
Passez-moi, s'il vous plat. Pass me, ifyou please.
Voulez- vous me passer ? Will you pass me ?
le pain, the bread. la soupe, the soup.

le beurre, the butter. la viande, the meat.
le jambon, the ham. la sauce, the sauce.
le poulet, the chicken. la moutarde, the mustard.
le poisson, the fish. la salade, the salad.
le rti, the roast. la glace, the ice.
le fromage, the cheese. la bouteille, the bottle.
le sel, the sait. la carafe, the decanter.
le poivre, the pepper. Peau, the water.
le vinaigre, the vinegar. l'huile, the oil.
les radis, the radishes.

les olives, the olives.
les pois, the peas.
les haricots, the beans.
les tomates, the tomatoes.
les concombres, the cucumbers.
les pommes de terre, the potatoes.
les fraises, the strawberries.
les pommes, the apples.
les raisins, the grapes.
Vous avez l'air malade ! (idiom) You look ill !
Je ne suis pas bien. / am not well.

La tte me fait mal. The (my) head hurts me.
Les dents me font mal. The (my) teeth hurt me.
Qu'est-ce qui vous fait mal ? (kes-key-voo-fay-mahl.)

What hurts you ? Lit. : What is it that makes you ill ?
Le front, the forehead. Les oreilles, the ears.

Le nez, the nose. Les yeux, the eyes.
La bouche, the mouth. Lesgencives, the gums.
Le menton, the chin. Les lvres, the lips.
La langue, the tongue. Les paules, the shoulders.
La gorge, the throat. Les bras, the arms.
Le cou, the neck. Les mains, the hands.
L'estomac, the stomach. Les doigts, the fingers
La poitrine, the chest. Les jambes, the legs.
Le cur, the heart. Les genoux, the knees.
Le dos, the back. Les pieds, the feet.
Tant pis ! So much the worse !

J'en suis trs fch pour vous. / am very sorry for you.
REMARK.
After the verb aimer, to like, the substantive or adjective
used substantively must be preceded in French by the
article le, la, les, according to the gender and number of
the noun:
J'aime le vin. I like wine.

J'aime la bire. I like beer.
J'aime les fraises. I like strawberries.
J'aime le franais. I like French {language).

J'aime l'anglais. I like English.
J'aime le blanc. I like white.

J'aime le rouge. I like red.
J'aime le rose. I like pink.
J'aime le bleu. I like blue.
Aimez- vous le vin? (m.) Do you like wi?ie

Oui, je l'aime. Yes, I like it.
Aimez- vous la bire ? (f.) Do you like b,
Oui, je l'aime. Yes, I like it.
Aimez-vous les fraises? Do you like strawberries ?

Oui, je les aime beaucoup. Yes, I like them very mucK
Pays (pay-ee) Countries. Nationalits, Nationalities.
L'Europe, Europe. Les Europens, the Europeans.

L'Amrique, America. Les Amricains, the Americans.
La France, France. Les Franais, the French.
L'Angleterre, England. Les Anglais, the English.
L' Allemagne, Germany. Les Allemands, the Germans.
Austria.
Iv' Autriche, Les Autrichiens, the Austrians.
La Russie, Russia. Les Russes, the Russians.
L'Espagne, Spain. Les Espagnols, the Spanish.
L'Italie, Italy. Les Italiens, the Italians.
La Belgique, Belgium. Les Belges, the Belgians.
Iya Suisse, Switzerland. Les Suisses, the Swiss.
L'Irlande, Ireland. Les Irlandais, the Irish.
L'Ecosse, Scotland. Les Ecossais, the Scotch.
Iya Sude, Sweden. Les Sudois, the Swedes.
Iya Norvge, Norway. Les Norvgiens, the Norwegians.
Iye Danemark, Denmark. Les Danois, the Danes.
Iya Grce, Greece. Les Grecs, the Greeks.
Iya Turquie, Turkey. Les Turcs, the Turks.
Iya Chine, China. Les Chinois, the Chinese.
Iye Japon, Japan. Les Japonais, the Japanese.
Iye Canada, Canada. Les Canadiens, the Canadians.
Iye Mexique, Mexico. Les Mexicains, the Mexicans.
Les Etats-Unis, the United States. Le nord, the North ; l'est, the East.
L'Amrique du Sud, South Le sud, the South ; l'ouest,
{America. [the West.
EXERCISE.
Let the pupil replace each dash by the requisite article,
adjective or adjective used substantively.
4S Practical French Course
I. livre (m.), the book. ciel (m.), the sky.

livres the books.
(pi.), lune the moon.
(f.),
me the soul.
(f.), soleil (m.), the sun.
plancher (m.), the floor. toiles the stars.
(pl.)>
plafond (m.), the ceiling. dictionnaire (m.), the dictionary.
rue the
(f ),
. street. miroir (m.), the mirror.
avenue the avenue.
(f.), . souliers (pi.), the shoes.

mur (m.), the wall. argent (m.), the silver {money).

toit (m.), the roof. or (m.), the gold.
2. He is English. 11 est
He is an Englishman. C'est
He is {an) American. Il est

He is an American. C'est
He is Irish. Il est
He is an Irishman. C'est
He is Spanish. Il est
He is a Spaniard. C'est
3. Do you like pears ? Aimez-vous poires ?

Do you like cherries ? Aimez-vous cerises ?
Do you like {the) theatre ? Aimez-vous thtre? (m.)

Do you like music ? Aimez- vous musique? (f.)
Do you like raspberries ? Aimez-vous framboises ?

Do you like green? (color.) Aimez-vous vert ?
Do you like grey ? Aimez-vous gris?
Do you like black ? Aimez-vous noir ?
Do you like France ? Aimez-vous France ?
I like it. Je aime.

I like them very much. Je aime
Present Indicative of AIMER, to like.
J'aime, / like. Nous aimons, we like.

Tu aimes, thou likest. Vous aimez, you like.
Il aime, he likes. Ils aiment, they like.
Elle aime, she likes. Elles aiment, they like.
HUITIME LEON.
LESSON VIII.
CONTRACTION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.
I. Genitive or Possessive Case.
Singular.
i. Before a masculine noun, singular, beginning with a

consonant, of the is rendered by du, which is a contraction
of de le.
Du pre, of the father, instead of de le pre.

Du frre, of the brother, " de le frre.
2. Before a feminine noun, singular, beginning with a

consonant, of the is translated literally by de la.
De la mre, of the mother.

De la sur, of the sister.
3. Before a masculine or feminine noun, singular, be-

ginning with a vowel or an h mute, of the is rendered, for
the sake of euphony, by de 1\
De l'enfant, of the child, instead of du enfant.

De l'homme, <?//^ wa, " du homme.
De l'arme, of the army, " de la arme.
De l'histoire, of the history\ " de la histoire.
Pujrai,.
Before a plural noun of either gender, of the is rendered

by des, which is a contraction of de les.
Des enfants, of the children, instead of de les enfants.

Des armes, of the armies " de les armes.
HOW TO CONSTRUCT A SENTENCE IN THE

POSSESSIVE CASE.
In French the name of the possessor always follows the
name of the object possessed. Thus, for instance, " Peter's
father " must be translated :
Le pre de Pierre, the father of Peter.
La mre de Jean. fohn's mother.

Le livre du professeur. The professor's book.
La grammaire de l'lve. The pupiVs grammar.
La sur de la modiste. The milliner'' s sister.
Les jouets des enfants. The children'' s playthings.
REMARK.
From the is rendered, as of the, by du, de la, des, accord-
ing to the gender and number of the noun to which it
refers.
D'o venez- vous ? Where do you come from ?

Je viens du parc, (m.) I come from the park.
Je viens du thtre. I come from the theatre.
Je viens de la campagne, (f.) I come from the country.

Je viens de la banque. I come from the bank.
Je viens des Philippines, (pi.) I comefro7n tke Philippines.

II. Dative Case.
Singular.
i. Before a masculine noun, singular, beginning with a

consonant, to the is rendered by au, which is a contraction
of le.
Au pre, to the father, instead of le pre.

Au frre, to the brother, " le frre.
2. Before a feminine noun, singular, beginning with a

consonant, to the is translated literally by la.
A la mre, to the mother.

A la sur, to the sister.
3. Before a noun of either gender beginning with a vowel

or h mute, to the is rendered, for the sake of euphony,
by l'
A l'enfant, to the child, instead of au enfant.
A l'ami, to the friend, " au ami.
A l'homme, to the man, " au homme.
A l'ennemi, to the enemy, " au ennemi.
A l'arme, to the army, " la arme.
Plural.
Before a plural noun of either gender to the is rendered
by aux, which is a contraction of les.
Aux enfants, to the children, instead of les enfants.

Aux amis, to the friends, ' '
les amis.
Aux hommes, to the men, " les hommes.
Aux ennemis, to the enemies, " les ennemis.
Aux armes, to the armies. ' '
les armes*
52 Practical French Course;
PRACTICE.
O allez- vous? Where are you going f
Je vais au parc, (m.) I am going to the park.

Je vais au thtre. I am going to the theatre.
Je vais au restaurant. I am going to the restaurant.
Je vais au bal. I am going to the ball.
Je vais au lit. I am going to bed.
Je vais l'htel de ville. I am going to the city hall.
Je vais la campagne, (f.) I am going to the country.

Je vais la banque. I am going to the bank.
Je vais la poste. I am going to the postoffice.
Je vais la pharmacie. I am going to the drug store.
Je vais la cour. I am going to court.
Je vais l'cole. I am going to school.
Je vais l'glise. I am going to church.
REMARKS
ABOUT THE PREPOSITION To.
r. After the verb aller, to go, the preposition to is reir
dered by :
En before the names of countries ending with a mute e, and by

Au before the names of countries ending otherwise than with a
mute e.
O allez- vous? Where are you going?
Je vais en Europe. I am going to Europe.

Je vais en France. I am going to France.
Je vais au Canada. I am going lo Canada.

Je vais au Japori. I am going to Japan.
2. However, we say : Cuba, to Cuba, and au Mexique, to Mexico.

2. After the verb aller, to go, and before the name of a

city the preposition to is rendered in French by .
O allez-vous ? Where are you going ?

Je vais Paris I am going to Paris.
Je vais Londres. I am going to London
3. After the verb aller, to go, and before another verb in

the infinitive, the preposition to is not translated in French.
O allez vous ? Where are you going ?
Je vais faire une promenade. / am going to take a walk.

Je vais faire une visite. I am going to pay a visit.
Je vais prendre un bain. I am going to take a bath.
Je vais prendre le tramway. I am going to take the car.
Je vais lire le journal. I am going to read the newspaper.
Je vais crire une lettre. I am going to write a letter.
Je vais voir mon ami. I am going to see my friend.
IMPORTANT REMARK
on the word Home.
In French there no word corresponding to the Eng-
-
is
glishword home. Home is translated by the preposition

chez meaning at (or) to the house of.
Je vais chez moi. / am going home.

Je vais chez vous. I am going to your house.
Je vais chez le dentiste. I am going to the dentist's.
EXERCISE,
O vas-tu ? (familiar) 1. Where art thou going f
Je vais (m. ) I am going
O allez- vous ? Where are you going ?
Nous allons (f.) We are going
O va-t-il ? Where is he going
Il va (verb) He is going
4. O va-t-elle ? 4. Where is she going ?

Elle va -(*0 She is going
5. O vont-ils ? 5. Where are they going?

Ils vont"' (f.) They are going
6. O est-il all ? 6. Where did he go ,
Il est aile" (m.) He went
7. O est-elle alle ? 7. Where did she go ?

Bile est alle She went
8. O sont-ils alls? 8. Where did they go ?

Ils sont alls le docteur. They went to the doctor's.
9. O irez-vous demain ? 9. Where will you go to-morrow

J'irai (m.) /shall go
Nous irons (f.) We will go
10. Il faut que j'aille 10. I must go home.

Il faut que j'aille I must go to the doctor's.
Il faut que j'aille I must go to the dentist's.
Il faut que j'aille I must go to Wanamaker's.
11. Qu'allez- vous faire? 11. What are you going to do ?

Qu'est-ce que ?
Je vais prendre leon (f.) I am going to take my lesson.

Je vais tudier I am going to study my lesson
12. Allez 12. Go to church.

Allons Let us go to the theatre.
Present Indicative of ALLER, to go; VENIR, to come.
Je vais, I go {am going). Je viens, I come {am coming).

Tu vas, thou goest. Tu viens, thou contest.
Il va, he goes. Il vient, he comes.
Nous allons, we go. Nous venons, we come.

Vous allez, you go. Vous venez, you come.
Us vont, they go. Us viennent, they come.
Tracticai, FkExNCh Course 55
NEUVIEME LEON.
LESSON IX.
THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE.
I. The English adjective some or any, which we call in

French article partitif (partitive article), is rendered by
Du, before a masculine noun, singular.
Ex. : du pain, some bread.
De la, before a feminine noun, singular.
Ex. de la soupe, some soup.
:
Des, before a plural noun, either gender.

Ex.: des -pom.rn.es, some apples.
Before a noun beginning with a vowel or h mute, the

partitive article du, de la, is changed, for the sake of
euphony, into de I\ Thus, we say :
De l'argent, (some) money, instead of du argent.

De Tor, " gold, " du or.
De V eau, " water, " de la eau.
De l'huile, " oil, " de la huile.
3.Nouns used in a partitive sense are always preceded

in French by the article du, de la or des when the sentence
is affirmative :
J'ai mang du pain, du beurre, I / have eaten bread, butter, salad

de la salade et des fraises. and strawberries.
4. The partitive article du (m.), de la (f.), des (pl-)> is
not used after a negation, but the preposition de, (of).

Avez-vous du vin ? Have you any wine?

J'ai du vin. I have some wine.
Je n'ai pas de vin. I have no (or not any) wine.
Avez-vous de la bire ? Have you any beer?

J'ai de la bire. I have some beer.
Je n'ai pas de bire. I have no beer.
Avez-vous des allumettes ? Have you any matches ?

J'aides allumettes. I have some matches.
Je n'ai point (*) d'allumettes. I have no matches (at all).
(*) Point is more exclusive than pas.
5. When the noun taken in a partitive sense is preceded

by an adjective, the preposition de {of) is employed instead
of the partitive article du, de la, des.
However, the use of the latter has recently been author-

ized by an official decision of the Minister of Public In-
struction.
J'aide bon vin. I have good wine.

Il a de
bonne bire. He has good beer.
Elle a de belles robes. She has beautiful gowns.
6. When the noun and adjective are so connected that

they form a compound noun, the partitive article must be
used instead of the preposition de. Thus, we say :
Des jeunes gens. Young men.

Des jeunes filles. Young ladies.
7. The partitive article du, de la, des is not employed

after an adverb of quantity but only the preposition de.
>
Beaucoup de monde. Many people (a great number of).

Beaucoup d**argent. Much money (a large quantity of).
Assez de place. Enough room.
Trop de bruit. Too much noise.
Combien de fois? How many times ?
IMPORTANT REMARK.
When the English word some is used, not in a partitive
sense, but as an indefinite adjective, it is translated into
French by quelque for the singular and quelques for the
plural.
Quelque jour. Some day.

Quelques jours. Some {or a few) days.
Quelques oranges. Some {or a few) oranges.
Quelque chose. Something.
Quelquefois. Sometimes.
PRACTICE.
Avez- vous dn ? Have you dined?

Pas encore. Not yet.
Avez- vous djeun ? Have you had breakfast
Oui, j'ai djeun. Yes, I have.
A quelle heure ? At what time ?
A huit heures. At eight o'clock.
Qu'avez- vous mang? ( or) )

Qu'est-ce que vousjtvez mang ? j What have you eaten ?
J'ai mang, I have eaten :

du pain, bread. de la soupe, soup.

du beurre, butter. de la viande, meat.
du poulet, chicken. de la salade, salad.
du poisson, yzVz. de la crme, cream.
du fromage, cheese. de l'omelette, omelet.
des hutres, oysters.
des pches, peaches.
des prunes, plums.
des noix, z^s.
des figues, y?^.
Qu'avez-vous bu? (<?r)

Qu'est-ce que vous avez bu
What did you drink ?
?
J'ai bu, I drank :
Un verre de vin. A glass of wine.

Un verre de bire. A glass of beer.
Un verre de lait. A glass of milk.
Un verre de limonade. A glass of lemonade.
Une tasse de caf. A cup of coffee.
Une tasse de caf u lait. A cup of coffee with milk.
Une tasse de th. A cup of tea.
Est-ce tout? (ess-too.) Is that all ?
Oui, c'est tout, (say-too.) Yes, that is all.
C'est assez, (say-tah-say.) That is enough.
Que dsirez- vous ? (or) )

What do you wish f
Qu'est-ce que vous desirez? >
Garon, apportez-moi : Waiter, bring fne:

Un uf la coque. A soft-boiled egg.
Un bifteck, saignant. A beefsteak, rare.
Une ctelette d'agneau. A lamb chop.
(dah-nee-oh.)
Une ctelette de mouton. A mutton chop.
Une demi-tasse. A small cup of coffee.
L'addition. The bill.
Etes- vous servi ? Are you waited on ?

Servez-moi, je vous prie. Wait on me, please.
Je suis press. I am in a hurry.
Oui. monsieur, tout de suite. Yes, sir, at once.
EXERCISE,
/. Have you any milk ? 1. Avez- vous -? (m.)

2. Have you any lemonade? 2. Avez- vous ?(f.)
3. Have you any oysters ? 3. Avez- vous ?
4. I have some coffee. 4. J'ai . (m.)

j. I have good coffee. 5- J'ai .
6. I have some cream. 6. J'ai - (f.)
7. I have good cream. 7- J'ai "'
8. More money. 8. Plus

. Less wine. 9- Moins .
10. Much work. 10. Beaucoup trava
11. Have you a cigar? 11. cigare? (m.)

12. Have you any cigarettes ? 12. cigarettes? (p.)
13. Give me a plate. 13. Donnez-moi assiette.

14. Give me a napkin. 14. serviette.
15. Give me a saucer. 15. soucoupe.
16. Give me a tooth-pick. 16. cure-dent.
17. Go and bring me : 17. Allez me chercher :
some soap, savon, (m.)

some wood, bois, (m.)
some coal, charbon, (m.)
some hot water, eau chaude (f.)
a towel. essuie-main (m.)

DIXIEME LEON.
LESSON X.
[. How to form Questions.
The auxiliary verb to do, used in English to ask a ques-

tion, is never used in French. The interrogation is formed
according to the following rules :
I. If the subject of the sentence is a personal pronoun, it
issimply placed after the verb with a hyphen connecting

them.
Comprenez- vous ? Do you understand? {Lit.: Un-
derstand you ?)
Pensez- vous ? Do you think? {Lit.: Think you?)
Savez- vous ? Do you know ? (L it. : Know you ?)
2. If the subject of the sentence is a noun, the noun is
placed before the verb, and the corresponding pronoun is
repeated after the verb.

Votre frre mari ?
est-il Lit.: Your brother, is he married?
Votre sur maison ?
est-elle la Lit. : Your sister, is she at home ?
Vos parentssont-ilsf la maison? Lit.: Your parents, are they at
w w [home ?
3. A euphonic t between two hyphens is inserted be-
tween the verb and the pronoun when the verb, in the
third person singular, ends with a vowel.
Votre ami a-t-il crit ? Lit.: Yottr friend, has he written ?
Votre mari parle-t-il franais ? Lit.: Your husband, speaks he
[French ?
Votre dame parle-t-elle anglais ? Lit. : Your wife, speaks she
[English ?
Practicai, French Course 61
4. When the verb, in the first person singular of the in-

dicative present, ends with a mute e, it is better to use the
interrogative form est=ce que, is it that.
Est-ce que je prononce bien ? I Do I pronounce well?

Est-ce que je parle correctement? |
Do I speak correctly?
5. The interrogative form annexed to a proposition varies

in English, but in French it is invariably rendered by the
expression n'est=ce pas, is it not (so) ?
Vous tes franais, n'est-ce pas ? You are Frejnch, are you not ?
Vous comprenez, n'est-ce pas? You understand, do you not?
Vous avez compris, n'est-ce pas ? You have understood, have you not?
Il faitchaud, n'est-ce pas? It is warm, is it not?
Il est riche, n'est-ce pas ? He is rich, is he not ?
Elle est jolie, n'est-ce pas ? She is pretty, is she not ?
Vous viendrez, n'est-ce pas? You will come, will you not?
C'est entendu, n'est-ce pas? It is understood, is it not ?
6. The interrogative expression n'est=ce pas is some-

times used in the beginning of the sentence. It is then
followed by que, that.
N'est-ce pas qu'elle est jolie? I She is pretty, is she not?
N'est-ce pas que c'est beau ? |
It is fine, is it not?
II. How to form Answers.
1. An answer in French must be explicit. It cannot,

therefore, as in English, consist merely of the auxiliary
verb preceded by a nominative pronoun, as
Are you tired? I am. Do you understand I do. ?
Have you understood ? I have. Will you come will. ? I

The sentence French must be complete in the answer

in
as well as in the question. Therefore, the above examples
must be translated as follows :
Etes- vous fatigu ? Oui, je suis fatigu.

Comprenez-vous ?- Oui, je comprends.
Avez- vous compris? Oui, j'ai compris.
Viendrez- vous ? Oui, je viendrai.
2. The neuter pronoun le (it) is, however, generally used

in an answer as a substitute for an adjective or a noun,
thus preventing their repetition, The pronoun le is placed
before the auxiliary verb.
Btes-vous prt ? (m.) (pray.) Are you ready?
Oui, je le suis. Yes, I (it) am.
Ces deux garons sont-ils frres ? Are those two boys brothers ?
Oui, ils le sont. Yes, they are.
IMPORTANT REMARK.
The word si is often used as an adverb of affirmation in
the sense of yes. Si must be used in answers to a negative
question or assertion ; oui in plain answers.
Etes-vous fatigu ? Are you tired ?
Oui, je le suis. Yes }
I am.
N'tes- vous pas fatigu ? Are you not tired ?
Si, je le suis. Yes, I am.
Comprenez- vous ? Do you understand ?

Oui, je comprends. Yes, I do.
Ne comprenez- vous pas ? Do you not understand?
Si, je comprends. Yes, I understand.
Vous ne comprenez pas ! You do not understand !

Si, je comprends. Yes, I do.
Mais si, je comprends (or) Why yes, I understand.
Si fait, je comprends. Yes, I do understand.
(More emphatic.)
III. How to form Negative Sentences.
I. To render a sentence negative in French the particle

ne, as already stated, is placed before the verb, and pas
after it.
Je comprends. / understand.
Je ne comprends pas. I do not understand.
2 Before a verb beginning- with a vowel or a mute h,

the e of ne is omitted for the sake of euphony and replaced
by an apostrophe.
Je n'ai pas. I have not.
Il n'a pas. He has not.
Je n'aime pas. I do not like.
3. If there is a pronoun joined to the verb, the particle

ne precedes the pronoun.
Je ne vous comprends pas. I do not understand you.
Je ne l'aime pas. I do not like him, her, or it.
Je ne les aime pas. I do not like them.
4. When a negative sentence is used interrogatively the

negative pas must be placed after the pronoun.
Ne suis-je pas ? Am I not?
N'ai- je pas ? Have I not ?
Ne comprenez-vous pas ? Do you not understand f
5. When the negative words rien, nothing; jamais,

never ; point, none; personne, no one nobody y ; nulle part,
nowhere ; occur in a sentence, they take the place of pas.
Je ne sais rien. / know nothing.

Je ne fume jamais. I never smoke.
Je n'ai point d'argent. I have 110 money.
Je ne connais personne. I know no one.
Je n'irai nulle part. I shall go nowhere.
6. If the verb is understood, the negative is expressed

by a single word, the particle ne being used only when the
verb is expressed.
Avez- vous dn ? Pas encore. Have you dined ? Not yet.

Fumez- vous ? Jamais. Do you smoke ? Never.
Qui est venu ? Personne. Who has {is) come ? Nobody.
O allez- vous ? Nulle part. Where are you going ? Nowhere.
Combien ? Point. How many f Not any.
7. When the verb is in a compound tense, the second part

of the negation is placed between the auxiliary and the
past participle.
However, the negative personne is, by exception, placed
after the past participle.
Je n'ai pas eu le temps. I have not had the time.

Je n'ai rien fait. I have done nothing.
Je n'ai jamais t Paris. I have never been in Paris.
Je n'ai vu personne. I have seen no one.
8. When the words rien, jamais, personne, begin a sen-

tence, they are followed by the particle ne placed before
the verb.
Rien n'est plus facile. Nothing is easier.

Jamais je ne fume. I never smoke.
Personne n'est venu. Nobody has (is) come.
OTHER NEGATIVE EXPRESSIONS.

The manner of expressing the negatives but, only ; no
more; but little, but few ; no, not any; neither, nor, is
shown in the following examples :
Je n'ai que cinq sous. / have only Jive cents.

Je n'ai plus d'argent. I have no more money.
Je n'ai gure d'amis. I have but few friends.
Je n'ai aucun intrt. I have no interest.
Je n'ai ni le temps ni l'argent. I have neither the time nor the

[money.
OBSERVATION.
After the verbs savoir, to know ; pouvoir, to be able ;
oser, to dare, and cesser, to cease, the negative (pas) is
suppressed for elegance.

Je ne sais o aller. / do not know where to go.
Je ne puis le faire. I cannot do it.
Je n'ose le dire. I dare not say it.
EXERCISE.
Let the pupil replace each dash by the requisite word
1. Voulez-vous? Will you? /. 1 Will you not?
2. Je veux. / will. 2. .
/ will not.
3. Pouvez- vous ? Can you ? 3. ? Can you not?

4. Je peux {or) je puis. I can. 4- . I cannot.
5. Vous parlez franais You speak French, do you not ?
6. Il parle franais He speaks French, does he not?
7. Votre mari ? 7. Is your husband French ?

8. Ma sur ici ? 8. Is my sister here ?
9. malade? . Are you ill?

10. je suis. jo. Yes, I am.
11. Are you not tired

12. Yes, I am.
ONZIEME LEON
LESSON XI.
NUMERAL ADJECTIVES.
There are two kinds of numeral adjectives, the cardinal
and the ordinal.
I. Cardinal Numbers.
I, Un (ng). 21, Vingt et un (vn-tay-ng).

2, Deux (dur). 22, Vingt-deux (vnt-dr).
3, Trois (troo-ah). 23, Vingt-trois (vnt-troo-ah).
4, Quatre (kahtr). 24, Vingt-quatre (vnt-kahtr).
5, Cinq (snk). 25, Vingt-cinq (vnt-snk).
6, Six (sees). 26, Vingt-six (vnt-sees).
7, Sept (set). 27, Vingt-sept (vnt-set).
8, Huit (weet). 28, Vingt-huit (vnt-weet).
9, Neuf (nf). 29, Vingt-neuf (vnt-nf).
IO, Dix (dees). 30, Trente (trnt).

h. Onze (ngz). 40, Quarante (kah-rnt).
12, Douze (dooz). 50, Cinquante (san-knt).
13, Treize (trayz). 60, Soixante (swah-snt).
14, Quatorze (kah-torz). 70, Soixante-dix (swah-snt-dees)
15, Quinze (knz). 80, Quatre- vingt (kahtr- vang).
16, Seize (sayz). 90, Quatre-vingt-dix (kahtr- vn-
17, Dix-sept (dee-set). IOO, Cent (sahng). [dees)
18, Dix-huit (deez-weet). 200, Deux cents (dsahng).
19, Dix-neuf (deez-nf). 1,000, Mille (meal).
20, Vingt (vng). 1,000,000, Million (mee-lee-ng).
IMPORTANT REMARKS ON THE CARDINAL NUMBERS,

1. The feminine of un (one) is une,
2.The x of deux, six and dix is sounded like z before a

word commencing with a vowel or an h mute, but it is
silent before a consonant.
Deux enfants (dzng-fong), two children.

Six oranges (seezoh-rngzh), six oranges.
Dix hommes (dee-zohm), ten men.
Deux mois (dur mwah), two months.

Six semaines (see serman), six weeks.
Dix francs (dee frng), ten francs.
3. The x of six and dix is sounded like s when it is final.
Nous sommes six (noo sohm sees), we are six.

Nous tions dix (noo-zay-tee-ng dees), we were ten.
4. The f of neuf is pronounced like v before a vowel or

an h mute.
Neuf ans (n-vng), nine years.
Neuf hommes (n-vohm), nine men.
5. Numbers are formed in succession, as in English, up

to seventy, the first nine being placed between each tenth.
The word et {and) is used only for 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71.
6. Between 60 and 80, and again between 80 and 100,

we repeat in French the first nineteen numbers. Thus,
we say :
Soixante-dix (60 +
10) for 70.
Soixante et-onze (60 +
11) for 71, and so on.
Quatre-vingt-dix (80 +
10) for 90.
Quatre-vingt-onze (80 +
11) for 91, and so on.
7. we do not say un cent, but simply cent,

In French
hundred; nor do we use the conjunction et {and) between
cent and another number. Thus, for instance, we do not
say un cent et cinquante, but simply cent cinquante (150).
Then again, we do not say dix cents for ten hundred, but
mille (one) thousand ; nor do we say vingt et un cents for
twenty-one hundred, but deux mille cent, two thousand [and
one) hundred, and so forth.
However, we generally count by hundreds from eleven
to nineteen. Thus, we say :
Onze cents, eleven hundred, instead of mille cent.

Douze cents, twelve hundred, " mille deux cents.
Treize cents, thirteen hundred, " mille trois cents.
8. The word mil [thousand) is used instead of mille for

the Christian era.
L'an mil neuf cent, the year one thousand nine
hundred.
However, in conversation, we say more frequently:
L'an dix-neuf cent, the year nineteen hundred.
9. Cardinal numbers do not vary except vingt and cent,

which take an s when multiplied by one number and not
followed by another.
Quatre-vingts hommes, eighty men.
Deux -centsfrancs, two hundred francs.
Trois-cent cinquante soldats, three hundred and fifty soldiers.
The English word " figure " is in French chiffre, (m.)

10.
The word " number" is in French nombre (m,). "Numro"

is used for houses, rooms, carriages and badges. " Even
numbers " are called in French nombres pairs. " Odd
numbers " are called in French nombres impairs.

II. Ordinal Numbers.

The ordinal numbers are generally formed in French by-
adding the termination ime to the cardinal numbers.

Deux, two. Deuxime, second.
Trois, three. Troisime, third.
Vingt, twenty. Vingtime, twentieth.
REMARKS.
I. When the cardinal number ends with a mute e, that
letter is omitted before the termination ime.
Quatre, four. Quatrime, fourth.
Onze, eleven. Onzime, eleventh.
Trente, thirty. Trentime, thirtieth.
2. The f of neuf is changed into v before the termina-

tion ime.
Neuf, nine. Neuvime, ninth.

Dix-neuf, nineteen. Dix-neuvime, nineteenth.
Vingt-neuf, twenty-nine. Vingt-neuvime, twenty-ninth.
3. The q of cinq is followed by u before the termina-

tion ime.
CvM\,five. 1 Cinquime, fifth.

Vingt-cinq, twenty-five. | Vingt-cinquime, twenty-fifth.
4. First is rendered in French by premier (m.)
premire (f.).
Last is rendered in French by dernier (m.) dernire (f.).
Le premier jour, (m.) The first day.

Le dernier jour. The last day.
La premire semaine, (f ) . The first week.

La dernire semaine. The last week.
70 Practical French Coursk
After the numbers 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100 and
5.
1,000, the ordinal adjective first is rendered by unime.
Vingt et unime. Twenty-first.

Trente et unime. Thirty-first.
Quarante et unime. Forty-first.
Cent-unime. One hundred and first.
6. Second is French by second (ser-gohng)

rendered in
when one speaks of only two persons, animals or objects,

and by deuxime if there is a third, fourth, etc.
Vous tes le premier. You are the first.
Je suis le second. I am the second.
Vous tes le premier. You are the first.

Louis est le deuxime. Louis is the second.
Henri est le troisime. Henry is the third.
7.The ordinal numbers (except premier) are replaced

in French by the cardinal numbers:
After the names of sovereigns.
Before the names of months.
Napolon premier. Napoleon the First.

Napolon trois. Napoleon the Third.
Louis quatorze. Louis the Fourteenth.
Le premier janvier. The first {of) January.

Le quatre juillet. The fouHh (of) July,
Le quatorze juillet. The fourteenth (of ) July.
III. Fractional Numbers,

Demi, half, (adj.) Une demie, a half.
La moiti, the half, (subst.) Une moiti, one-half.
Le tiers, the third. Un tiers, one-third.
Le quart, the fourth. Un quart, one-fourth.

Le cinquime, the fifth. Un cinquime, one-fifth.
Le sixime, the sixth {etc.). Un sixime, one-sixth [etc.).
REMARK.
The word demi {half) remains invariable when it pre-
cedes the substantive, but takes the gender of the noun
when it is placed after it.
Une demi-heure. A half hour.

Une heure et demie. One hour and a half.
IV. Nouns used as Numbers.

Une paire, a pair. Une vingtaine, about twenty.
Une douzaine, a dozen. Une trentaine, about thirty.
Une huitaine, eight days, Une centaine, about one hundred.
Une quinzaine, a fortnight. Une millier, about one thousand.
EXERCISE.
i. O demeurez-vous? 1. Where do you live ?
Je demeure . I live in .
2. Quelle rue? (f.) 2. What street?

Forty-second street.
Thirty-fourth street.
Fourteenth street.
125th street.
Twenty-first street.
Bleecker. Bleecker street.
3. Quelle avenue ? (f.) What avenue ?

avenue. First avenue.
Second avenue.
Fifth avenue.
Madison. Madison avenue.
4. Quel tage ? (m.) 4. What floor.

First floor.
Seventh floor.
Tenth floor.
5. Quel ge avez- vous? How old are you ?

Lit. : What age have you ?
J'ai vingt ans. I am twenty years old.
Lit.: L have 20 years
Quel ge a votre fils ? How old is your son ?
Il_a . He is fifteen years old.
Quel ge a votre fille? How old is your daughter ?
Ellea . She is nine years old.
Quel ge a-t-il? How old is he ?
IU- . He is seventy-five years old.
Quel ge a-t-elle ? How old is she ?
Ellel . She is twenty-four years old.
6. Quel est le quantime du mois ? 6. What day of the month is it ?

C'estle . Lt is the first.
C'est le . Lt is the nineteenth.
C'estle . It is the thirty-first.
C'est le . It is the last.
7. Combien de frres avez-vous ? 7. How many brothers have you ?

J'en ai . I {of them) have one. (m.)
Combien de surs avez-vous ? How many sisters have you ?
J'en ai . I have one. (f.)
8. Combien de livres avez-vous ? 3. How many books have you ?

J'en ai .
I have about twenty.
J'en ai . I have about forty.
J'en ai . I have about fifty.
9. Louis . ). Louis the Fifteenth.

Louis . Louis the Sixteenth.
Henri . Henry the Fourth.
Kdouard Edward the Seventh.
Guillaume William the Second.
ro. Le 10. The first of May, 1Q02.

DOUZIEME LEON.
LESSON XII.
. Demonstrative Adjectives.
The demonstrative adjectives are, in French :
SINGULAR MASCULINE FEMININE SINGULAR plural, either gender

ce cette ces
This or thaL This or that. These or those.
Ce monsieur. This or that gentleman.

Cette dame. This or that lady.
Cette demoiselle. This or that young lady.
Ces messieurs. These or those gentlemen.

Ces dames. These or those ladies.
Ces demoiselles. These or those young ladies.
REMARKS.
I. Before a masculine word beginning with a vowel or
an h mute, a euphonic t is added to ce (cet).
Cet enfant. This or that child.

Cet oiseau. This or that bird.
Cet arbre. This or that tree.
Cet encrier. This or that inkstand.
Cet tablissement. This or that establishment.
Cetliomme. This or that man.
Cethtel. This or that hotel.
2. Although the same word is used in French to ex-

press this and that, these and those, the nearness or re-
moteness of an object may
be indicated by the adverb ci
(abbreviation of and l, meaning there, placed
ici, here)
after the noun and joined to it by a hyphen. Ci refers to
this and these ; l to that and those.
Ce livre-ci (m.), this book. Ce livre-l, that book.

Ces livres-ci, these books. Ces livres-l, those books.
Cette plume-ci (f.), this pen. Cette plume-l, that pen.

Ces plumes-ci, these pens. Ces plumes-l, those pens.
II. Possessive Adjectives.
The French possessive adjectives are :
Singular Singular Plural,

masculine. feminine. either gender.
my mon ma mes
thy ton ta tes
his, her, its son sa ses
our notre nos

your votre vos
their leur leurs
IMPORTANT REMARKS.
I. In French the possessive adjectives ton, ta, tes {thy)
are always used to denote intimacy, instead of votre {your).
O est ton pre ? Where is thy father?

O est ta mre ? Where is thy mother?
O sont tes parents? Where are thy parents ?
2. In French the possessive adjective must be repeated

before each noun with which it has to agree in gender and
number.
Mon pre, ma mre, mes surs et I My father, mother, sisters and
mes frres sont la campagne. brothers are in the country.
3. Before a feminine word beginning with a vowel or an

h mute, the masculine adjectives mon, ton, son, are substi-
euphony, for the feminine ma, ta, sa.
tuted, for the sake of
Thus, we say :
Mon amie, my friend (f.), instead of ma amie.

Ton amie, thyfriend, " ta amie.
Son amie, his or her friend, " sa amie.
Mon habitude, my habit, instead of ma habitude.

Ton habitude, thy habit, ta habitude.
Son habitude, his or her habit, " 5a habitude.
4. In French the possessive adjective of the third per-

son singular, son, sa, ses, does not agree with the possessor,
as in English, but with the object possessed.
In other words, the French possessive- adjective agrees
in gender and number with the noun that folloivs it.
Il a perdu son pre. He has lost his father.

Il a perdu sa mre. He has lost his mother.
Il a perdu ses parents. He has lost his parents.
Elle a perdu son pre. She has lost her father.

Elle a perdu sa mre. She has lost her mother.
Elle a perdu ses parents. She has lost her parents.
OBSERVATION.
He is, she is, they are, are rendered in French by il est,
(m.) elle est (f.), ils sont (m.), elles sont (f.), when they re-
76 Practicai, French Course
late to an adjective, and by c'est, it is, or that is ; ce sont,
they are, these are or those are, before a substantive.

However, in consequence of a recent decision {February
26th, ioi) of the Minister of Public Instruction, c'est may
be used instead of ce sont.
PRACTICE
Comment trouvez- vous ce vin? How do you like {find) this wine ?
Il est trs bon. (m.) It is {he is) very good.
Comment trouvez-vous cette How do you like this soup?

Elle est excellente, (f.) [soupe? It is {she is) excellent.
Comment trouvez- vous ces pois ? How do you like these peas ?
Ils sont dlicieux, (m. pi.) They are delicious.
Comment trouvez- vous ces fraises? How do you like these strawberries?
Biles sont exquises, (f. pi.) They are exquisite.
Connaissez- vous cet homme-l ? Do you know that man ?

Oui, c'est le concierge de cette Yes, he is the janitor of this house.
maison-ci.
Qui (or Quelle) est cette femme ? Who is that woman ?

C'est la concierge de cette She is the janitress of that house.
maison-l.
Qui (or Quel) est ce monsieur? Who is that gentleman

C'est mon cousin. He is my cousin.
C'est mon ami. He is my friend.
Qui est ce monsieur ? Who is that gentleman ?

Qui est cet homme? Who is that man ?
C'est monpre. He is my father.
C'est mon oncle. He is my uncle.
C'est mon graud-pre. He is my grand-father.
Qui est cette d<ime ? Who is that lady ?

C'est ma mre. She is my mother.
C'est ma tante. She is my aunt.

C'est ma grand 'mre. She is my grand-mother
Qui est cette demoiselle ? Who is that young lady ?

C'est ma sur. She is my sister.
C'est ma nice. She is my niece.
C'est mon amie. She is my friend.
Qui sont ces messieurs? Who are those gentlemen ?

Qui sont ces hommes ? Who are those men ?
Qui sont ces jeunes gens ? Who are those young men (people) ?
Ce sont (or c'est) mes amis. They are my friends.
Qui sont ces dames ? Who are those ladies ?

Qui sont ces demoiselles ? Who are those young ladies ?
Qui sont ces jeunes filles ? Who are those young girls ?
Ce sont (or c'est) mes amies. They are my friends.
Comment va votre beau-pre? How is (goes) yourfather-in-law?

Comment va votre beau -frre ? How is your brother-in-law ?
Comment va votre beau-fils ? How is your sofi-in-law ?
Il va bien, merci. He is (goes) well, thank you.
Comment va votre belle-mre ? How is your mother-in-law ?

Comment va votre belle sur ? How is your sister-in-law ?
Comment va votre belle-fille ? How is your daughter-in-law?
Elle va bien, merci. She is well, thank you.
Comment vont vos parents ? How are (go) your parents ?

Ils vont bien, merci. They are (go) well, thank you.
Comment va ton pre ? (familiar. ) How is thy father ?

Il va bien, merci. He is well, thank you.
Comment va ta mre ? How is thy mother ?

Elle va bien, merci, She is well, thank you.
Comment vont tes parents ? How are thy parents ?

Ils vont bien, merci. They are well, thank yo-u.
Avez- vous vu notre cheval ? Have you seen our horse ?

Avez- vous vu notre voiture ? Have you seen our carriage ?
Avez- vous vu nos fleurs? Have you seen our flowers?
Qui avez- vous vu ? Whom have you seen ?
J'ai vu son frre, sa femme et I have seen his brother, wife and
ses enfants. children.
J'ai vu son mari, sa sur et I have seen her husband, sister and
ses enfants. children.
J'ai vu leur pre, leur mre et I have seen theirfather, mother and
leurs amis. friends.
C'est mon affaire, (f.) That is my business.

C'est son affaire. That is his or her business.
C'est votre affaire. That is your business.
C'est notre~affaire. That is our business.

C'est leur affaire. That is their business.
C'est ma faute. It is my fault.

Ce n'est pas ma faute. It is not my fault.
EXERCISE FOR TRANSLATION.

1. How do you like that cigar ?(m.) Do you know those young
It is very good. ladies?
Yes, they are my brother's
2. How do you like that sauce ? (f . ) daughters.
It is excellent. They are my nieces.
3. Do you know that young man ? 7. Do you know that young man?
Yes, he is the doctor's son. Yes, he is the janitor's son.
He is my friend.
Who is that gentleman ?
4. Do you know that young lady ? He is my wife's father.

Yes, she is my sister's daughter. He is my father-in-law.
She is my niece.
9. Who is that lady ?
5. Do you know those gentlemen ? Sheis my husband's mother.
Yes, they are my friends. Sheis my mother-in-law

TREIZIEME LEON,
LESSON XIII.
QUALIFYING ADJECTIVES.
GENERAL RULE.
The French adjective always agrees in gender and num-
ber with the noun to which it refers.
. How to form the Feminine of Adjectives.
I. The feminine of adjectives is generally formed by the

addition of a mute e to the masculine.
Un petit garon. A little boy.

Une petite fille. A little girl.
Un grand thtre. A large theatre.
Une grande maison. A large house.
Cet homme est trs grand. That man is very tall.
Cette femme est trs grande. That woman is very tall.
2. Adjectives ending in the masculine with a mute e do

not change in the feminine.
Ce monsieur est trs riche. That gentleman is very rich.

Il est trs charitable. He is very charitable.
Cette dame est trs riche. That lady is very wealthy.

Elle est trs charitable. She is very charitable.
II. How to form the Plural of Adjectives.
I. The plural of adjectives is generally formed by add-

ing s to the singular.
Ces garons sont trs grands. Those boys are very tall.
Ils sont trs polis. They are very polite.
Ces filles sont trs grandes. Those girls are very tall.
Elles sont trs polies. They are very polite.
2. When the adjective relates to two or more nouns of

different genders, it is put in the masculine gender.
Ce garon et cette fille sont trs That boy and girl are very tall.
grands.
Ils sont trs polis. They are very polite.
HI. Place of Adjectives.
I. The adjective in French has no definite place. It
sometimes precedes the noun, but more frequently fol-
lows it.
Euphony is the best rule to go by.
Un bon garon. A good boy.
Un mauvais garon. A bad boy.
Une jolie fille. A pretty girl.
Un enfant paresseux. A lazy child.
Un homme laborieux. An industrious man.
Un lve studieux. A studious pupil.
Un homme charmant. A charming man.
2. Some adjectives have a different meaning, according

as they are placed before or after the noun.
The following are those which occur more frequently :
Un grand homme, a great man. Un homme grand, a tall man.

Un petit homme, a short man. Un homme a mean fellow.
petit,
Un brave homme, an honest man. Un homme brave, a brave man.
Une sage-femme, a mid-wife. Une femme sage, a virtuous woman
IMPORTANT REMARKS
ON THE FEMININE OF CERTAIN ADJECTIVES.
I. Adjectives ending in f change that termination into

ve for the feminine.
Neuf (m.), neuve (f.), (brand)new. Vif (m.), vive (f.), lively.
Actif (m.), active (f.), active. Attentif (m.), attentive (f.),
attentive.
2. Adjectives ending in x change that termination

into se.
Heureux, heureuse, happy. Courageux, courageuse, courageous

Malheureux, malheureuse, Jaloux, jalouse, jealous.
unhappy.
3. Adjectives ending in eur generally change that ter-
mination into euse.
Flatteur, flatteuse, flattering. Trompeur, trompeuse, deceiving.

Menteur, menteuse, deceitful. Moqueur, moqueuse, mocking.
However, the adjectives extrieur, exterior ; intrieur,

interior ; suprieur, superior ; infrieur, inferior; meilleur,
better ; majeur, major ; mineur, minor, form their femin-
ine according to the general rule, that is, by the simple
addition of a mute e.
4. Adjectives ending in eau change that termination

into elle.
Beau, belle, beautiful. Nouveau, nouvelle, new {different).
5. Adjectives ending in er change that termination into

re (air).
Cher (m), chre (f), dear. Fier (m), fire (f), proud.
Amer, am re, bitter, Lger (lay-zhay), lgre, light.
6. Adjectives ending in as, os, ot, et, el, eil, il, en, on,
double the last consonant before taking the feminine
termination.
Gras (m), grasse (),fat. Ancien (m), ancienne (f), ancient.
Gros, grosse, big (stout). Bon, bonne, good.

Cruel, cruelle, cruel. Sot, sotte, foolish, silly.
Pareil, pareille, similar, alike. Coquet, coquette, coquettish.
Gentil, gentille, nice. Net, nette, neat.
7. Contrary to the above rule, the adjectives complet,

complete ; discret, discreet ; secret, secret ; inquiet, uneasy,
do not double the final t, but take a grave accent on the e
which precedes the t.
Complet, complte. Secret, secrte.
Discret, discrte. Inquiet, inquite.
ADJECTIVES WHICH FORM THEIR FEMININE

QUITE IRREGULARLY.
Blanc (m.), blanche (f.), white. Doux (m.), douce (f), sweet.
Franc, franche, frank. Roux, rousse, reddish,
Sec, sche, dry. Faux, fausse, false,
( fresh. Public, publique, public,
Frais, frache,
( cool. Long, longue, long,
Fou, folle, crazy. Favori, favorite, favorite.
Mou, molle, soft. Vieux (vee-ur), vieille (vee-ay-yur)
old.
OBSERVATIONS.
I. Before a masculine word beginning with a vowel or h
mute, the adjectives beau, nouveau, fou, vieux, are changed,
for the sake of euphony, into bel, nouvel, fol, vieil
(vee-ay-ye).
Un bel enfant. A handsome child.

Le nouvel an. The new year.
Un vieil avare. An old miser.
Un vieil homme, An old man.
Un fol espoir. A foolish hope.
2. The termination ish in English adjectives of color is
rendered in French by tre.
Bleu, blue. Bleutre, bluish.

Rouge, red. Rougetre, reddish.
Gris, grey. Gristre, greyish.
IMPORTANT REMARKS
ON THK PUJRAI, OF CERTAIN ADJKCTIVES.
I. Adjectives ending in x or s do not change in the

masculine plural.
Cet enfant est trs paresseux. That child is very lazy.

Ces enfants sont trs paresseux. Those children are very lazy.
Ce vin est trs mauvais. That wine is very bad.

Ces cigares sont trs mauvais. Those cigars are very bad.
2. Adjectives ending in au take an x. Those ending in
al change that termination into aux.

Beau, beaux, beautiful. Egal, gaux, equal.
Nouveau, nouveaux, new. Principal, principaux, principal.
S4 Practical French Course
EXCEPTIONS.
The following adjectives do not change their termina-
tion into aux, but take an s in the plural, according to the
general rule :
Amical, fatal, final, frugal, initial,

Nasal, naval, glacial, sentimental.
PRACTICE.
J'en suis fch(e) pour vous. I am very sorry for you.
Je suis fch (e) contre vous. I a?n angry with you.
Je suis trs fatigu(e) I am very tired.
Je suis trs surpris(e). I am very much surprised.
Je suis trs embarrass(e). I am very much embarrassed.
Je suis trs occup(e). I am very busy.
Je suis trs press(e). I am in a great hurry.
Je suis prt(e). I am ready.
Je suis malade. I am sick.
Je suis fch(e) de vous dranger. I am sony to disturb you.

Je suis fch(e) de vous avoir I am sony to have disturbed you.
drang.
[dre.
Je suis f ch(e) de vous faire atten- I am sorry to keep you waiting.

Je suis fch(e) de vous avoir fait I am sorry to have kept you
attendre.
Il est amoureux. He is in love.

Il est jaloux. He is jealous.
Il est mari. He is married.
Il est trs intelligent. He is very intelligent.
Il est trs fort. He is ve7y strong.
Il est trs habile. He is very skilful.
Il est trs maladroit (or) gauche. He is veiy awkward.
Il est trs heureux. He is veiy happy.
Il est malheureux. He is unhappy.
Il est reconnaissant. He is grateful.
Il est ingrat. He is ungrateful.
Il est dcourag. He is discouraged.
Il est trs avare. He is very stingy.

Il est content. He is contented.
Il est satisfait. He is satisfied.
Il est ivre, sol (or) gris. He is drunk.
Il est fou. He is crazy.
Bile est amoureuse. She is in love.

Bile est jalouse. She is jealous.
Bile est mchante. She is naughty.
Bile est trs jolie. She is very pretty.
Bile est blonde. She is fair.
Bile est brune. She is dark.
Bile est laide. She is ugly (ill-looking).
Bile est folle. She is crazy.
Nous sommes trs occups. We are very busy.

Nous sommes brouills. We are no longer friends.
Vous tes trs drle. You are very funny.

Vous tes trs aimable. You are very kind.
Ils sont trs aimables. They (m.) are very kind.

Biles sont trs aimables. They (/.) are very kind.
Soyez un bon garon. Be a good boy.

Soyez une bonne fille. Be a good girl.
Soyez sage. Be good (behave).
EXERCISE.
A new (different) hat. Un chapeau.
A new gown. Une robe.
A new (brand new) suit Un costume .
A new house. Une maison .
Some white ribbon. Du ruban .
Some white silk. De la soie .
A beautiful picture. Un tableau.

8. A beautifulframe. Un cadre.
. A beautiful painting. Une peinture.
10. A pretty flower. 10. Une fit
S6 Practical French Course
ii. An old cloak. 11. Un manteau.

12. An old house. 12. Une maison.
13. She has {some) beautiful eyes. 13. Elle a de yeux, (m.)
14. She has fine hair. 14. Elle a de cheveux, (m. pi.)
13. You are very lazy, (m.) 15. Vous tes trs .
16. You are vety lazy. (/.) 16. Vous tes trs .
1 j. Dear sir. 17. monsieur.

18. Dear madam. 18. madame.
i. Dear miss. 19. mademoiselle.
20. My dearfriend, (m.) 20. Mon ami.
21. My dear friend, (fi) 21. Ma amie.
22. Are you ready? (m.) 22. Etes-vous ?
23. Are you ready? (_/.) 23- ?
24. Is your sister, ready ? 24. Votre sur

23. Are you sick ? 25- malade ?
26. I am sick. 26. .
2j. I am sorry for you. 27. Je suis pour .
28. Are you angry with me? 28. contre moi ?
2. I am angry with you. 29. Je suis fch .
30. Are you in a hurry ? 30. Etes-vous ?
31. Are you busy ? 31- Etes-vous ?
32. He is very proud. 32. Il est .
33. She is very proud. 33- Elle est .
34. She is very nice. 34- Elle est .
33. He is very nice. 35- Il est .
36. He is crazy. 36. Il est .
37. She is crazy. 37- Elle est .
38. He is innocent. 38. innocent.
Present Indicative of AVOIR, to have; TRE, to be.
I have, etc. I am, etc.
J'ai Je suis
Tu as Tu es
II a II est
Nous avons Nous sommes

Vous avez Vous tes
Ils ont Ils sont
QUATORZIME LEON.
LESSON XIV.
I. How to form the Comparative of Adjectives.
I. The comparative formed in French

of superiority is
by placing plus (more) before the adjective and que (than)

after it.
Paris est plus beau que New York. Paris is more beautiful than New
York.
La langue anglaise est plus facile The English language is easier
que la langue franaise. than the French langttage.
Il fait plus chaud qu'hier. It is warmer than yesterday.
2. The comparative of inferiority is formed by placing"
moins (less) before the adjective and que (than) after it.
Je suis moins habile que vous. I am less skilful than you.
Je suis moins grand que vous. / am not as tall as you.
Il fait moins chaud aujourd'hui It is not as warm to-day as it was
qu'hier. yesterday.
3. The comparative of equality is formed by placing

aussi (as) before the adjective and que (as) after it.
Je suis aussi grand que vous. / am as tall as you.

I/' un est aussi bon que l'autre. One is as good as the other.
Il fait aussi chaud qu'hier. It is as warm as yesterday.
In negative sentences the adverb as before an adjective

may be rendered either by aussi or si.
Je ne suis pas
* aussi gros
que vous (or)}
J
. .
v
t Ir dtn , . .
not as stout as you.
Je ne suis pas si gros que vous. >
Il ne fait pas aussi chaud qu'hier {or) ) It is not so warm as

Il ne fait pas si chaud qu'hier. S yesterday.
IMPORTANT OBSERVATIONS.
I. More than, for nouns, is rendered into French
by plus de que de.
Plus de beurre que de pain. More butter than bread.

Plus de vin que d'eau. More wine than water.
Plus d'hommes que de femmes. More men than women.
2. Less or fewer than, for nouns, is rendered by

moins de que de.
Moins de beurre que de pain. Less butter than bread.
Moins de vin que d'eau. Less wine than water.
Moins d'hommes que de femmes. Fewer men than women.
3. As much or as many as, for nouns, is rendered by

autant de que de.
Autant de beurre que de pain As much butter as bread.
Autant de vin que d'eau. As much wine as water.
Autant d'hommes que de femmes. As many men as women.
4. So much or so many, before a noun, is rendered by

tant de. When the noun is understood the preposition de
is omitted.
J'ai tant de travail ! / have so much work !

J'ai tant de choses faire ! I have so many things to do !
J'ai tant faire ! I have so much to do !
Je n'ai pas tant d'argent. I have not so much money.
Je n'ai pas tant de livres. I have not so many books.
5. Than, followed by a number, is rendered in French

by de (not que).
Practical French Course;
Plus de vingt. More than twenty.

Plus de cinquante. More than fifty.
Plus d'une fois. More than once.
Il est plus de trois heures. It is more than three o 'clock.
6. At
the end of a sentence more is rendered by davan=
tage, and by de plus after a number.
En avez-vous assez ? Have you enough (of if) ?
Je n'en ai pas assez. I have not enough (of if).
Donnez-m'en davantage. Give me more (of if).
Donnez-m'en un de plus. Give me one more (of them).
II. How to form the Superlative of Adjectives.
I. The superlative absolute is formed in French by plac-

ing the adverbs trs, fort or bien (meaning very) before the
adjective.
C'est bien beau. It is very beautiful.

C'est trs bon. It is very good.
C'est fort intressant. It is very interesting.
2. The superlative relative is formed by placing before

the the words le plus, la plus, les plus, accord-
adjective
ing to the gender and number of the noun.
Le plus grand pays. (m. sing.) The largest country.

La plus grande ville, (f . sing. ) The largest city.
Les plus grands pays. (m. pi. ) The largest countries.
Les plus grandes villes, (f. pi.) The largest cities.
REMARK.
Adjectives in the superlative degree may be placed
either before or after the noun :
La plus grande ville,(or)

La ville la plus grande.
)
)
^ , ^
IRREGULARITIES.
I. The comparative and superlative of the adjective bon,
good, are irregular, to wit :
Meilleur, better. Le meilleur, the best.
Le vin franais est meilleur que le French wine is better than Amer-
vin amricain. ican wine.
La bire allemande est meilleure German beer is better than French
que la bire franaise. beer.
Les cigares amricains sont meil- American cigars are better than
leurs que les cigares franais. French cigars.
Le meilleur vin. (m. sing.) The best wine.

La meilleure bire, (f. sing.) The best beer.
Les meilleurs cigares, (m. pi.) The best cigars.
Les meilleures oranges, (f. pi.) The best oranges.
Le meilleur du monde. The best in the (of the) world.
2 The comparative and superlative of the adverb bien,

well, are ;
Mieux, better. Le mieux, the best.
Comment vous sentez- vous ? How do you feel ?

Je me sens mieux. Ifeel better.
Comment va votre pre ? How is yourfather?

Il va mieux. He is better.
Il va beaucoup mieux. He is much better.
Tant mieux. So much the better.
C'est le mieux que je puisse faire. It is the best that I can do.
3. The comparative and superlative of the adjective

mauvais, bad, are :
Plus mauvais (or) pire, worse.

Le plus mauvais (or) le pire, the worst.
Vous tes plus mauvais que moi (or)\ You a%

Vous tes pire que moi.
C'est le plus mauvais cigare que It is the worst cigar that I have
j'aie jamais fum. ever smoked.
C'est le pire de tous les cigares. It is the worst of all cigars.
4. The comparative and superlative of the adverb mal,

badly, are :
Plus mal (or) pis, worse, L,e plus mal (or) le pis, the worst.
Je parle mal franais. I speak French badly.

Mon frre parle plus mal. My brother speaks worse.
Ma sur parle le plus mal. My sister speaks the worst.
Tant pis. So much the worse.
C'est le pis qui puisse arriver. It is the worst that may happen.
5. The comparative and superlative of the adjective

petit, small, little, are :
Plus petit (or) moindre, smaller, less.

Le plus petit (or) le moindre, the smallest, the least.
6. The comparative and superlative of the adverb peu

little, are :
Moins, in a smaller degree, less.
Le moins, the least.
OBSERVATION.
For a better understanding of the above rules, we will
say that an adjective is a word which modifies a noun, while
an adverb is a word which modifies a verb.
COMPARATIVE EXPRESSIONS,
De plus en plus. More and more.
De moins en moins. Less and less.
De mieux en mieux. Better and better.

De mal en pis. From bad to worse.
Aussitt que possible. As soon as possible.
Le plus tt possible. The earliest possible.
Au plus tt. At the earliest.
Au plus tard. At the latest.
Plus tt que d'habitude. Earlier than usual.

Ou plutt. Or rather.
De bonne heure. Early.
De meilleure heure. Earlier.
Bon march. Cheap {good market).
Meilleur march. Cheaper.
Le meilleur march. The cheapest.
Moins on travaille, moins on veut The less one works, the less one
travailler. wishes to work.
Plus je vous vois, plus je vous The more I see you, the more I like
aime. you.
EXERCISE,
I am older than you. i. Je suis g vous.
You are than I.
taller 2. Vous tes moi.
grand
I am less rich than you. 3. Je suis riche vous.
Is it colder than yesterday ? 4. Fait-il froid hier?
It is colder than yesterday. 5. Il fait froid hier.
More bread than butter. 6. Plus pain beurre.
Less water than wine. 7. Moins eau vin.
As many boys as girls. 8. Autant garons filles.
9- More than twenty-five. 9. Plus vingt-cinq.

10. More than one thousand. 10. Plus mille.
ii. The most beautiful country. 11. beau pays.
12. The most beautiful city. 12. belle ville.
13- France and America are the 13. La France etl'Amrique sont
most beautiful countries in pays
monde.
the world.
*4> Paris is the most beautiful city 14. Paris est ville
in the world. monde.
15- The American ladies are the 15- Iês Amricaines sont
most beautiful women in the belles femmes monde.
world.
16, The best book. 16. livre, (m.)
17- The best method. 17- mthode, (f.)
18. How is {goes) your mother ? 18. Comment va ?
19. She is better, thank you, 19. Elle va .
20. How is yourfriend ? 20. Comment ?
21. He is worse. 21. Il .
22. So much the worse. 22. Tant .
23- Come early. 23- Venez .
24. I shall come early. 24. Je viendrai .
25- I shall come earlier. 25- Je viendrai .
26. Come as soon as possible. 26. Venez .
27. I shall come at six o'clock at 27. Je viendrai

the latest.
28. I am getting (I become) more 28. Je deviens
int-
and more interested in the ress(e) dans l'tude
study of the French language.
2. The more I study it, the more I 29. je l'tudi, je l'aime.
like it.
30. How do you feel ? 30. Comment ?
3i- I do not feel well. 31. Je ne me sens pas .
32. How is your mother ? 32. Comment va ?
33- She is better. 33. Bile .
34> She is much better. 34. Bile .
35- That is good. 35. C'est .
36. It is very useful. 36. C'est utile.

amusing.
37- It is very 37. C'est amusant.
38. Have you enough ? 38. En avez-vous ?
Imperfect Indicative of AVOIR, to have; TRE, to be.
I had, I was having, I used to have I was, I used to be

J'avais J'tais
Tu avais Tu tais
II avait Il tait
Nous avions Nous tions

Vous aviez Vous tiez
Us avaient Ils taient
QUINZIEME LEON,
LESSON XV.
INDEFINITE ADJECTIVE.
L Different Meanings of " Mme.'*
I. The word mme, preceded by the article le, la, les

{the), is an adjective meaning same.
Le mme jour, (m.) The same day.

Le mme matin. The same morning.
Le mme soir. The same evening.
Le mme prix. The same price.
La mme nuit, (f ) . The same night.

La mme semaine. The same week.
La mme anne. The same year.
La mme chose. The same thing.
Les mmes hommes, (m. pi.) The same men.

Les mmes femmes, (f. pi.) The same women.
Nous avons le mme got. We have the same taste.

C'est la mme chose. It is the same thing.
Que dsirez- vous boire ? What do you wish to drink

N'importe quoi. No -matter what (anything).
Le mme que vous. The same as you.
A votre sant. (Here is) to your health.

A la vtre. To yours.
2. The word mme (pi. mmes), combined with the per-

sonal pronouns, corresponds to the English adjective self
selves.
Moi-mme, myself. Nous-mmes, ourselves.

Toi-mme, thyself. Vous-mmes, yourselves.
Lui-mme, himself. Eux-mmes, themselves, (m.)
Elle-mme, herself. Elles-mmes, themselves, (f.)
3. The word mme is used as an adverb in the sense of

even.
Mme vous. Even you.

Mme maintenant. Even now.
Mme prsent. Even al present.
4. The word mme placed after a substantive is used in

the sense of very, this very :
Ce jour-l mme. That very day.

Aujourd'hui mme. This very day.
Ce matin mme. This very morning.
A l'instant mme. This very instant.
5. The word mme is used idiomatically in the expres-

sion tre mme de, to be able to.
Je suis mme de me dfendre. | I am able to defend myself.
PRACTICAL EXPRESSIONS
formed with the word Heme.
Tout de mme. All the same.

Faites de mme. Do the same.
Tl est la bont mme. He is goodness itself.
Cela revient au mme. That amounts to the same.

De la mme manire. In the same manner.
Quand mme. Even though, even if.
Venez quand mme. Come neve7'theless.
II. Different Meanings of the word "Tout."
I. The word tout {all) used as an adjective agrees in

gender and number with the substantive to which it relates.
The masculine plural of tout is tous (s silent).
Tout le jour, (m.) All the day.
Tout le temps. All the time.
Toute la nuit, (f.) All the night.

Toute la semaine. All the week.
Tous les hommes, (m. pi.) All (the) men.

Toutes les femmes, (f. pi.) All {the) women.
Tout, tous and toutes are often used in the sense of

every.
Tout le monde. Everybody (all the people).

Tous les matins. Every morning.
Tous les soirs. Every evening.
Toutes les heures. Eveiy hour.
Toutes les deux heures. Every two hours.
Tous les jours. Every day.
Tous les deux jours. Every other day.
Tous (m.), toutes (f.), are also used as pronouns. The

final s of tous is then sounded (toos).
Venez tous, (m.) Come ail.

Venez toutes, (f.) Come ail.
Prenez ces livres. Take these books.

Prenez-les tous. Take them all.
Prenez ces fleurs. Take these flowers.

Prenez-les toutes. Take them all.
Tout and toute are sometimes used as adverbs in the

sense of quite, very, entirely.
Il est tout jeune. He is quite young.

Elle est toute jeune. She is very young.
Ce chapeau est tout neuf. That hat is brand new.
Cette robe est toute neuve. This dress is brand new.
C'est tout nouveau That is qtiite new (novelty).
C'est une toute autre histoire. That is quite a different story.
Tout autre (m.), toute autre (f.), are used in the sense of
any other.
Tout autre aurait pleur. Any other would have cried.
Toute autre aurait ri. Any other would have laughed.
PRACTICAL EXPRESSIONS
FORMED WITH THE WORD * Tout."
Pas du tout. Not at all.

Du tout. Not at all (don't mention if).
Point du tout. None at all.

Rien du tout. Nothing at all.
C'est tout. That is all.
Voil tout. That is all.
En tout. In all.
Tout ensemble. Altogether.
Tout vous. All yours (yotirs very truly).
Tout-puissant. Almighty.
Tout d'un coup. All at once.
Tout coup. All of a sudden.
Surtout (or) par dessus tout. Above all.
Tout de bon. For good, in earnest (honest /)
Pas tout--fait. Not quite.
Tout--1' heure. Within one hour (just now).
Tous les deux. Both of them.
C'est tout un. It is all the same.
Tout au plus. At the most.
Tout au moins. At the least.
De tout mon cur. With all my heart.
Tout est bien qui finit bien. All is well that ends well.
III. Other Indefinite Adjectives.
Aucun (m.), aucune

Nul (m.), nulle (f.)
(f.))
)
N f
' (b
K f nQun)J
The above two adjectives require the particle ne before

the verb. Nul is a stronger negative than aucun.
Aucun homme n'est parfait. No man is perfect.

Nul homme n'est immortel. No man is immortal.
Tel (m.), telle (f.), such.
Tel n'est pas mon intrt. Such is not my interest.

Telle n'est pas ma pense. Such is not my thought.
Monsieur un tel. (idiom) Mr. So-and-So.
Madame une telle. Mrs. So-and-So.
Chaque, each, every.

Chaque pays a ses coutumes. I Every country has its customs.
Chaque billet cote cinq francs. I Each ticket costs five francs.
Plusieurs, several.
Pour plusieurs raisons. For several reasons.

Pour plusieurs motifs. For several motives.
L'autre, the other. Les autres, the others.
L'autre livre. The other book.

Les autres livres. The other books.
Quelconque, whatever, any.
D'une manire quelconque. I In anyway whatever (anyhow).

Donnez-moi un livre quelconque. I Give me a book (any kind of a book).
Quelque, quelques, some, a few.
Quelque chose. I Something.

Quelques livres. I A few books.
OBSERVATION
When quelque chose is followed by an adjective, it
requires the preposition de (of) before the adjective which

retains the masculine form. The same rule applies to rien,
Quelque chose de bon. Something (of) good.

Rien de mauvais. Nothing bad.

i. The same boy. 6. Is it the same? (m.)
2. The same girl. 7. It is the same.
3. The same children. 8. Is it the same? (f.)
4. The same book. 9. It is the same.

5. The same books. 10. Even I.
II. Even the professor. 41. Nothing extraordinary.

12. This very day. 42. Nothing good.
13- This very evening. 43- Both of them, (f.)
14. All the time, (m.) 44. He is almighty.
15- All the year, (f.) 45- The almighty dollar, (m.)
16. All the Americans. 46. How many in all ?
17. All the Frenchmen. 47- Twelve in all.
18. All the French women. 48. The other day.

19- All the people. 49- Another time.
20. Every day. 50. Give me a few matches.
21. Every month, (m.) 5i. Take these fruits.
22. Every week, (f.) 52. Take them all. (m.)
23- They (m.) are all good. 53- Take these apples.
24. They (f.) are all bad. 54- Take them all. (f.)
25. Is that all ? 55- She is goodness itself.
26. That is all. 56. The same exercise, (m.)
27. What do you wish? 57- The same mistake (faute), (f.)
28. Nothing at all. 58. Is it the same price?

29. Do you understand ? 59- It is the same price.
30. Not quite. 60. Every other week.
3i- How many in all ? 61. This very evening.
32. Miss So-and-So. 62. He is quite small.
33- Each time {fois). 63. She is quite small.
34- Sometimes. 64. Are you tired ?
35- Several times. 65- Not at all.
36. No man is perfect {parfait). 66. Not the least in the world.
37- Something funny {drle). 67. What do you wish ?
38- Something easy {facile). 68. Nothing at all.
39- Something good. 69. All is wrong. (All goes badly!)
40. Nothing better. 70. All is right. (All goes well !)
Future Indicative of AVC >IR, to have; TRE, to be.
I shall or will have, etc. I shall or will be, etc.
J'aurai Je serai
Tu auras Tu seras
Il aura Il sera
Nous aurons Nous serons

Vous aurez Vous serez
lis auront Ils seront
SEIZIEME LEON,
LESSON XVI.
. Personal Pronouns Used as Subject of the Verb.
The personal pronouns used as subject of the verb are,

in French :
Je, /. Nous, we.

Tu, thou. Vous, you.
Il, he\ Ils, they, (m.)
u
Elle, she) Elles, they. (/.)
Personal pronouns are placed before the verb in affirm-

ative sentences, and after the verb in interrogative sen-
tences, with a hyphen connecting them.
Je suis, I am. Suis-je? am I ?
Tu es, thou art. Es-tu ? art thou ?
II est, he is I
{Uis)
Est-il? is he? (is it?)
Elle est, she ts> Est-elle ? is she ?
Nous sommes, we are. Sommes-nous ? are we ?

Vous tes, you are. Etes- vous ? are you ?
Ils sont, they (in.) are. Sont-ils ? are they ?
Elles sont, they (f.) are. Sont-elles ? are they ?
IMPORTANT REMARKS.
I. The pronoun they is rendered in French by on {one,
someone, somebody) when it does not refer to anybody in
particular.
On vient. They are coming.

On le dit. They say so.
On vous appelle. They call you {some one calls you).
On vous demande. They want you {you are wanted).
On me l'a dit. They told me so.
2. The pronouns /, thou, he, they, are rendered by moi,
toi, lui, eux (m.), elles (f.), when they are preceded by
c'est, it is, and also in comparative sentences.
Qui a fait cela ? Who has done that ?

C'est moi. It is I.
C'est toi. It is thou.
C'est lui. It is he.
Vous tes plus riche que moi. You are richer than I.
Je suis plus jeune qu'elle. I am younger than she.

Je suis plus jeune qu'eux, (m.) I am younger than they {are).
Je suis plus jeune qu'elles (f.) I am younger than they {are).
3. It is they is generally rendered by c'est eux (m.),

c'est elles (f.), when followed by que, whom, and by ce sont
eux (m.), ce sont elles (f.), when followed by qui, who.
C'esteux que je cherche. It is they whom I seek.

Ce sont eux qui me cherchent. It is they who seek me.
4. The same pronouns moi, toi, lui, eux, are employed

instead of je, tu, il, ils, when they are used absolutely or
after a verb to give a greater force to the subject of the

sentence,
Vous et moi. You and 1.

Vous et lui. You and he.
Vous et eux. You and they.
Je le sais, moi. I know it, I do.

Il le sait, lui. He knows it, he does.
II. Personal Pronouns Used Objectively.
accusative or direct object. DATIVE OR INDIRECT OBJECT.
Me (m' before a vowel), me. He (m* before a vowel), to me.

Nous, us. Nous, to us.
Te (f before a vowel), thee. Te (V before a vowel), to thee.

Vous, you. Vous, to you.
Le
I (V before a vowel),
htm Lui, to him.
\
La her Lui, to her.
Les, them. Leur, to them.
III. Place of Personal Pronouns.
Both accusative and dative pronouns are placed

I.
before the verb in interrogative and affirmative sentences.
fie comprenez-vous ? (or) Do you understand me ?

Est-ce que vous me comprenez ?
" " "
Je vous comprends. I understand you.
2. In negative sentences the personal pronouns are also

placed before the verb, but after the particle ne.
Ne me comprenez- vous pas ? Do you not understand me ?
Je ne vous comprends pas. I do not understand you.
3. When the verb is in a compound tense the pronouns

are placed before the auxiliary.
M'avez- vous crit? I Have you written to me?

Je vous ai crit. I I have written to you-
PRACTICE.
He connaissez-vous? Do you know me ?
Ne me connaissez-vous pas ? Do you not know me?
Je VOUS connais. I know you.
Je ne vous connais pas. I do not know you.
Voyez-vous ce monsieur ? Do you see that gentleman ?

Oui, je le vois. Yes, I see him.
Le connaissez- vous ? Do you know him ?
Je le connais. I know him.
Je ne le connais pas. I do not know him.
Voyez-vous cette dame ? Do you see that lady ?

Oui, je la vois. Yes, I see her.
La connaissez- vous ? Do you know her?
Je la connais. I know her.
Je ne la connais pas. I do not know her.
Voyez- vous ces messieurs ? Do you see those gentlemen ?

Oui, je les vois. Yes, I see them.
Les connaissez-vous ? Do you knozv them ?
Je les connais. I know them.
Je ne les connais pas. I do not know them.
M 'entendez- vous ? Do you hear me?

Est-ce-que vous m'entendez?
Oui, je vous entends. Yes I hear you.
n'aimez- vous? Do you love me?

Oui, je vous aime. Yes, I love you.
Aimez- vous ce monsieur ? Do you like that gentleman
Oui, je l'aime. Yes, I like him.
Aimez- vous cette dame ? Do you like that lady ?
Aimez- vous cette demoiselle ? Do you like that young lady ?
Oui, je l'aime. Yes, I like her.
Aimez- vous ces messieurs? Do you like those gentlemen ?
Oui, je les aime. Yes, I like them.
Aimez- vous langue franaise ?

la Do you like the French language ?
.
Oui, je l'aime beaucoup. Yes, I like it very much.
n'avez- vous vu? Did you see me ? {Me have you

seen ?)
Oui, je vous ai vu. Yes, I saw you. {I you have seen. )
Avez- vous vu votre ami ? Did you see yourfriend ?

Oui, je l'ai vu. Yes, I saw him.
Quand l'avez- vous vu? When did you see him ?
Je vu ce matin.
l'ai I saw him this morning.
O l'avez-vous vu? Where did you see him f
Je l'ai vu dans le parc. I saw him in the park.
Avez- vous vu votre amie? Ha ve you seen your friend ?

Oui, je l'ai vue. (f.) Yes, I have seen her.
Avez- vous vu vos* amis ? Have you seen yourfriends ?

Oui, je les ai vus. (pi.) Yes, I have seen them.
n'avez- vous crit? Have you written to me ?
Je vous ai crit. I have written to you.
Lui avez- vous crit ? Have you written to him or her?

Je lui ai crit. I have written to him or her.
Leur avez- vous crit? Have you written to them

Je leur ai crit. I have written to them.
Que lui avez- vous dit ? What did you tell him or her
Que leur avez- vous dit ? What did you tell them ?
Je lui ai dit . I told him or hev

Je leur ai dit I told them
Que vous a-t-il dit ? What did he tell you ?

Que vous a-t-elle dit ? What did she tell you ?
Que vous ont-ils dit ? What did they (m.) tell you f
Que vous ont-elles dit? What did they (/.) tell you ?
Il m'a dit He told me

Bile m'a dit She told me
Ils m'ont dit They (m.) told me
Biles m'ont dit They (f.) told me
Cela (or a) m'est gal. (idiom.J // is all the same (equal) to me.
Cela nous est gal. It is all the same to us.
Cela lui est gal. It is all the same to him.
Cela leur est gal. It is all the same to them.
Qu'est-ce que a me fait? What difference does it make to met

{What do I care f)
a ne me fait rien. It makes no difference to me.
Qu'est-ce que a nous fait ? What do we care f

Qu'est-ce que a vous fait? What do you care ?
Qu'est-ce que a lui fait? What does he care ?
Qu'est-ce que a leur fait? What do they care ?
Cela ne me regarde pas. That does not concern me.

Cela ne nous regarde pas. That does not concern us.
Cela ne vous regarde pas. That does not concern you.
Cela ne le regarde pas. That does not concern him.
Cela ne la regarde pas. That does not concern her.
Cela ne les regarde pas. That does not concern them.
Peu m'importe. It does not matter to me.
IMPORTANT REMARKS.
I. In the imperative used affirmatively the pronouns fol-
low the verb, as in English. Me and to me are then ren-
dered by moi.
Croyez-moi. I Believe me.

Parlez-moi. I Speak to me.
2. In the imperative used negatively the pronouns are

placed before the verb, according to the general rule, but
after the particle ne. Me and to me are then rendered
by me.
Ne me taquinez pas. I Do not tease me.
Ne me parlez pas. I
Do not speak to me.
3. When two pronouns, one direct and the other in-

direct, occur with one verb, the personal pronouns te and
vous are placed before the objective pronouns le, la, les,
but the pronouns lui and leur are placed after them.
Je te le donne. I give it (m.) to thee.

Je vous le prte. I lend it to you.
Je le lui donne, I give it to him.
Je le leur prte, I lend it to them.
4. In the imperative used affirmatively the objective pro-

noun is placed, as in English, before the personal pronoun.
Donnez-le-moi. Give it (m.) to me.
Donnez-le-nous. Give it to us.
Donnez-Ia-lui. Give it (/.) to him or her.
Donnez-les-leur. Give them to them. {Lit.)
EXCEPTION.
In the imperative used negatively the personal pronouns
me and nous precede the objective pronouns le, la, les {it,
them) .
Ne me le donnez pas. |
Do not give it (m.~) to me.
Ne nous le donnez pas. \ Do not give it to us.
OBSERVATION.
After a preposition the pronouns him, her, them, are ren-
dered by lui, elle, eux (m.), elles (f.).
Avec lui. With him.

Sans elle. Without her.
Pour eux. For them, (m.)
Contre elles. Against them. (f.)
NOTE.
This lesson being one of the most important, it should be
made the object of very serious sttidy.
EXERCISE.
I. He is younger than I. 1. 11 est jeune .
2. She than he.

is taller 2. Bile est
grande .
3> Do you understand him ? 3- comprenez- vous ?

4- I understand him. 4- Je comprends.
5- Do you understand her 5- comprenez- vous ?
6. I understand her. 6. Je comprends.
7- Have you written to your 7- Avez- vous crit ?
friend ?
8. I have written to him. 8. Je ai crit.
9- Has yourfriend written to you? 9- Votre ami a-t-il crit?
10. He has written to me. 10. Il a crit.

ii. I bet you. 11. Je parie.
12. Speak to me in French. 12. Parlez en
13- Write me.

(to) 13- Ecrivez .
14. I shall write to you. 14. Je crirai.

15- Tell {to) him. 15- Dites .
16. Tell (to) them. 16. Dites .

DIX-SEPTIEME LEON,
LESSON XVII.
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS,
I. The interrogative pronoun who (nominative) is ren

dered in French by :
Qui (or) qui est=ce qui.
Qui est venu ? (or) Who has (is) corne ?

Qui est-ce qui est venu ?
Qui a gagn ? (or) Who has won ?

Qui est-ce qui a gagn ?
Qui est votre professeur ? (or) Who is your teacher ?

Qui est-ce qui est votre professeur?
Qui vous a enseign ? (or) Who has taught you

Qui est-ce qui vous a enseign ?
Qui vous a crit ? (or) Who has written to you ?

Qui est-ce qui vous a crit
Qui vous a donn cela? (or) Who gave you that

Qui est-ce qui vous a donn cela ?
Qui vous l'a dit ? (or) Who told you so?

Qui est-ce qui vous l'a dit?
2. The interrogative pronoun whom (accusative) is ren-

dered in French by :
Qui (or) qui est-ce que.
Qui demandez- vous ? (or) Whom do you ask for ?

Qui est-ce que vous demandez ?
Qui avez-vous vu ? (or) Whom have you seen ?

Qui est-ce que vous avez vu ?
Qui aimez- vous? (or) Whom do you love?

Qui est-ce que vous aimez ?
OBSERVATION.
The interrogative forms qui est=ce qui and qui est-ce que
are less elegant than qui, but they are nevertheless frequently
employed by French people in ordinary conversation.
When, however, who and whom are used absolutely,
they are always rendered by qui.
3. The interrogative pronoun what, used as an accusa-

tive before a verb, is rendered in French by :
Que (or) qu'est=ce que.
Que dsirez- vous ? (or) What do you wish ?

Qu'est-ce que vous dsirez?
Que voulez-vous ? (or) What do you want ?

Qu'est-ce que vous voulez ?
Que voulez- vous dire ? (or) What do you mean ?

Qu'est-ce que vous voulez dire ?
Que faites- vous ? (or) What are you doing ?

Qu'est-ce que vous faites?
Que dites-vous ? (or) What do you say

Qu'est-ce que vous dites ?
Que pensez- vous ? (or) What do you think ?

Qu'est-ce que vous pensez?
Que cherchez- vous ? (or) What are you looking for?

Qu'est-ce que vous cherchez?
Que prfrez- vous ? (or) What do you prefer .
Qu'est-ce que vous prfrez?
Qu'avez- vous? (or) What is the matter with you ?

Qu'est-ce que vous avez ?
Qu'avez- vous mang? (or) What have you eaten ?

Qu'est-ce que vous avez mang ?
Que lui avez-vous dit? (or) What have you told him or her?
Qu'est-ce que vous lui avez dit?
Je lui ai dit bonjour. I bade him ' '
good morning. '
'
Que leur avez-vous dit ? (or) What have you told them ?
Qu'est-ce que vous leur avez dit ?
Je leur ai dit I told them
Que vous a-t-il dit ? (or) What did he tell you ?

Qu'est-ce qu'il vous a dit?
Il m'a dit He toldme ,
Que vous a-t-elle dit ? (or) What did she tell you ?
Qu'est-ce qu'elle vous a dit?
Elle m'a dit She told me
Que vous ont-ils dit ? (or) What did they tell you ?
Qu'est-ce qu'ils vous ont dit?
Ils m'ont dit They told me
4. What used as a nominative before a verb is trans-

lated by :
Qu'est=ce qui.
Qu'est-ce qui vous fait mal? What hurts you?

Qu'est-ce qui lui fait mal? What hurts him or her ?
Qu'est-ce qui leur fait mal? What hurts them ?
Qu'est-ce qui vous chagrine? What worries you ?
Qu'est-ce qui vous rend triste ? What makes you sad?
Qu'est-ce qui vous fait rire ? What makes you laugh ?
IMPORTANT REMARKS
on the word What.
1. What {between two verbs) is ce que when it is used as
an object, and ce qui when it is used as a subject.
Savez- vous ce que je pense? Do you know what I think ?
Savez- vous ce que je crois ? Do you know what I believe ?
Savez- vous ce que j'ai fait? Do you know what I have done?
Savez- vous ce que j'aime? Do you know what I like ?
Savez-vous ce que j'aimerais ? Do you know what I would like?
Faites ceque vous voudrez. Do what you will.

Dites ceque vous voudrez. Say what you will.
Mangez ce que vous voudrez. Eat what you will.
Buvez ce que vous voudrez. Drink what you please.
Savez-vous ce qui est bon ? Do you know what is good ?

Savez-vous ce qui m'ennuie ? Do you know what worries me ?
Savez-vous ce qui est arriv ? Do you know what has (is)
happened ?
Mlez-vous de ce qui vous regarde! Attend to what concerns you !
Mlez-vous de vos affaires ! Mind your own business !
2. What, employed absolutely or indefinitely, is ren-

dered by quoi.
Practical French Cours k 113
Quoi ! What!
De quoi parlez- vous ? Of what do you speak ?
De quoi riez- vous ? What are you laughing at ?
De quoi est-il question? What ij the discussion about 9
De quoi s'agit-il ? (idiom.) What is it about ?

A quoi pensez- vous ? What are you thinking of?
A quoi bon ? (idiom.) What is the use ?
A quoi bon pleurer ? What is the use of crying ?
La vie est trop courte ! Life is too short !
3. What (or) which, relating to a noun, is translated by

quel, quelle; quels, quelles,
according- to the gender and number of the noun.

Quel est votre nom ? What is your name ?
Quel ge avez-vous ? How old are you ?
Quel est votre mtier ? What is your trade ?
Quel temps f ait-il ? How is the weather ?
Quel est le jour du mois ? What day of the month is it ?
Quel est le train pour Paris ? Which is the train to Paris ?
Quelle est votre adresse ? What is your address ?

Quelle est votre profession ? What is your profession ?
Quelle heure est-il ? What time is it f-
Quelle est cette rue ? What street is this ?
Quelle est cette avenue ? What avenue is this ?
A quelle heure dnez- vous ? At what time do you dine ?
Quels romans lisez- vous ? What novels do you read?

Quelles sont vos intentions ? What are your intentions ?
Which one is translated by :
Lequel, in reference to a masculine noun, singular.

Laquelle, in reference to a feminine noun, singular.
Which ones is translated by :
Lesquels, in reference to a masculine noun, plural.

Lesquelles, in reference to a feminine noun, plural.
EXERCISE.
/. Who has tola you that ? 1. Qui vous a dit cela ? (or)
Qui est-ce qui ?
2. Who has broken that window f 2. Qui a cass cette vitre? (or)
?
j. Who has been elected ? 3. Qui a t lu ? (or)
4. What does he want 4. Que veut-il ? (or)

Qu'est-ce qu' ?
5. What does she want 5. Que veut-elle ? (or)

?
6. What do they want ? 6. Que veulent-ils ? (or)

(m.) ?
7. What do they want ? 7. Que veulent-elles ? (or)
(/)
_ ?
8. What are you doing there 8. Que f aites-vous l ? (or)

?
. What did he say ? 9. Qu'a-t-il dit? (or)
10. What did she say ? 10. Qu'a-t-elle dit? (or)
Conditional of AVOIR, to have; ETRE, to be.
I should or would have, etc. I should or would be, etc.
J'aurais Je serais
Tu aurais Tu serais
Il aurait Il serait
Nous aurions Nous serions

Vous auriez Vous seriez
Us auraient Ils seraient
DIX-HUITIEME LEON.
LESSON XVIII.
I. Demonstrative Pronoi ins.
SING! JI,AR.
Masculine Feminine
That, the one Celui Celle
This Celui-ci Celle-ci
That Celui-l Celle-l
PUJRAI,.
Masculine Feminine
Those, the ones Ceux Celles
These Ceux-ci Celles-ci
Those Ceux-l Celles-l
PRACTICE.
Quel livre avez- vous? Which book have you?
J'ai celui de mon frre. I have my brother's (that of my
brother).
Quelle montre avez- vous ? Which watch have you

de ma sur.
J'ai celle I have my sister's.
Quels gants avez- vous ? Which gloves have you ?

J'aiceux de mon frre. I have my brother's.
Quelles bagues avez- vous ? Which rings have you ?

J'ai celles de ma sur. I have my sister's.
Mon chapeau est noir; celui de My hat is black ; my brother's {that

mon frre est gris. of my brother) is gray.
Ma robe est noire ; celle de ma My gown is black ; my sister's {that

sur est grise. of my sister) is gray.
Mes gants sont noirs ; ceux de mon My gloves are black ; my friend's
amie sont blancs. {those of my friend) are white.
Vos cheveux (*) sont plus noirs que Your hair is blacker than your sis-
ceux de votre sur. ter's (that of your sister).
Vos robeo oont plus jolies que Your dresses are prettier than your
celles de votre sur. sister's (those ofyour sister).
Voyez ces deux livres : See these two books :

Lequel prfrez-vous? Which do you prefer ?
Choisissez. Choose.
Je prfre celui = ci. (m. sing.) I prefer this.
Je prfre celui = l. I prefer that
Voyez ces deux bagues : See these two rings :

Laquelle prfrez-vous ? Which do you prefer?
Je prfre celle=ci. (f. sing.) I prefer this.
Je prfre celle=l. I prefer that.
Regardez ces gants : Look at these gloves :

Lesquels prfrez- vous ? Which do you prefer f
Je prfre ceux-ci. (m. pi.) I prefer these.
Je prfre ceux=l. I prefer those.
Regardez ces fleurs : Look at these flowers :

Lesquelles prfrez- vous ? Which do you prefer?
Je prfre celles=ci. (f. pi.) I prefer these.
Je prfre celles-l. I prefer those.
(*) The hair of persons is in French les cheveux, the hairs (pi.)
The hair other than that of the head, and also the hair of animals is
called poils.
II. Demonstrative Pronouns Used Absolutely.
Ceci, this. Cela (or) a, that
Ceci and cela are never used before a noun. They are
indefinite or absolute pronouns serving only to point out
objects.
Voulez- vous ceci ? Do you want this ?

Prenez ceci. Take this.
Donnez-moi cela (or) a. Give me that.

Racontez-moi cela. Tetl me that.
Regardez cela. Look at that.
Voyez cela. See that.
Voyez-vous cela ? Do you see that?
Ne dites pas cela. Do not say that.
Ne faites pas cela. Do not do that.
Ne touchez pas cela. Do not touch that.
Ne croyez pas cela. Do not believe that.
C'est cela (or) c'est a. That is it.
Cela va sans dire. That goes without saying.
Laissez a tranquille. Leave that alone.
IMPORTANT REMARKS
on the; pronoun It.
I. The pronoun it, relative to a noun, is translated by

il or elle (he or she) according to the gender of the noun,
as there is no neuter in French :
Le dner est-il prt ? Is the dinner ready ?

Oui, il est prt. Yes, it (he) is (ready).
La table est-elle mise ? Is the table set ?

Oui, elle est mise. Yes, it (she) is (set).
2. //, indefinite pronoun (not relative to a noun) is ren-

dered in French by ce (c* before a vowel) as the nominative
of the verb tre, to be :
Qui a dchir ce papier ? Who tore (has torn) this paper?

C'est moi. It is I.
Ce n'est pas moi. It is not I.
Est-ce moi que vous parlez ? Do you speak to me ?

Oui, c'est vous que je parle. Yes, it is to you that I speak.
qui est-ce jouer ? Whose turn is it to play ?

C'est moi jouer. It is my turn to play.
C'est vous jouer. It is your turn to play.
C'est mon tour It is my turn.
3. The word ce is generally used by French people in

the sense of that :
Qu'est-ce que c'est? What is it ? ( What is that ?)

C'est l'ambulance. It is (that is) the ambulance.
C'est le bruit des voitures. It is the noise of carriages.
Ce n'est rien. It is (that is) nothing.
Qu'est-ce que c'tait? What was it ?

C'tait une parade. It was a parade.
Ce n'tait rien. It was nothing.
Qu'est ceci ? What is this ?

Qu'est cela ? (or) What is that ?
Qu'est-ce que c'est a? (or)
Qu'est-ce que c'est que a? (pop.)
C'est une aiguille. It is (or that is) a needle.

C'est une pingle. It is a pin.
C'est un d. It is a thimble.
C'est du fil. It is thread.
C'est un bouton. It is a button.
Practical French course 119
PRACTICAL EXPRESSIONS.
C'est bon, It is good. C'est assez, It is enough.
C'est mauvais, bad. C'est trop, too much.
C'est facile, easy. C'est trop petit, too small.
C'est difficile, difficult. C'est trop grand, too large.
C'est joli, pretty. C'est trop haut, too high.
C'est laid, ugty- C'est trop bas, too low.
C'est gentil, nice. C'est trop gros, too big.
C'est simple, simple. C'est trop mince, too thin.
C'est parfait, perfect. C'est trop lourd, too heavy.
C'est correct, correct. C'est trop lger, too light.
C'est absurde, absurd. C'est trop court, too short.
C'est ridicule, ridiculous. C'est trop long, too long.
C'est intressant, interesting C'est trop clair, too light.
C'est amusant, amusing. C'est trop fonc, too dark.
C'est drle, funny. C'est trop loin, too far.
C'est doux, sweet. C'est trop prs, too near.
C'est amer, bitter. C'est trop bte, too foolish.
C'est certain, certain. C'est trop tt, too soon.
C'est sr, sure. C'est trop tard, too late.
C'est douteux, doubtful. C'est trop cher, too dear.
C'est possible, possible. C'est trop froid, too cold.
C'est impossible, impossible. C'est trop serr, too tight.
C'est terrible, terrible. C'est trop sec, too dry.
C'est affreux, dreadful. C'est trop mouill, too wet.
C'est pouvantable, frightful.
C'est dangereux, dangerous. C'est It is, that is
C'est pratique, practical. Ce n'est pas It is not
C'est ncessaire, necessary. C'tait It was
C'est bien well done.
fait, Ce sera It will be
C'est mal fait, badly done. Ce serait It would be
Here is. Here are.
Here is or here are is rendered in French by voici, which

is a contraction of vois ici, see here.
There is or there are is translated by voil, which is a

contraction of vois l, see there.
Voici votre chapeau. Here is your hat.

Voici vos gants. Here are your gloves.
Voil votre parapluie. There is your umbrella.

Voil vos caoutchoucs. There are your rubbers.
Here he is,
}
Le voici. There he is,
}
Le voil.
> (Here it is.) y (There it is.)
Here she is, ) La voici. There she is, ) La voil.
Here they are, Les voici. There they are, Les voil.
O est mon chapeau ? Where is my hat ?

Le voici. Here it (he) is.
Le voil. There it is.
O est ma canne ? Where is my cane ?

La voici. Here it (she) is.
La voil. There it is.
O sont mes gants ? Where are my gloves f

Les voici. Here they are.
Les voil. There they are.
Me voici. Here I am.

Nous voici. Here we are.
EXERCISE.
i. Whose hat is this ? A qui
. est ? (m.)
It is my brother's (that of). C'est .
2. Whose umbrella is this ? 2. A qui est parapluie ? (m.)

It is my friend's. C'est .
j. Whose gloves are these f 3. A qui sont gants? (m. pi.)

They are my sister's. Ce sont .
4. Whose rings are these ? 4. A qui sont bagues? (f. pi.)

They are my sister's. Ce sont .
5. Take this {one). (/.) 5. Prenez .
Take that {one), {m.) Prenez .
6. Take these {ones), (m.) 6. Prenez .
Take those {ones). (/.) Prenez .
7. Here are two rings. 7- deux bagues, (f.)
Which do you prefer ? prf rez-vous ?
8. Here are two diamonds. 8. deux diamants, (m.)

Which do you prefer ? prfrez- vous ?
. Where is your book ? 9- Ouest livre? (m.)

Here it is.
10. Where is my pencil ? 0. O est crayon? (m.)

Here it is.
11. Where are my gloves f 1. O sont gants?

Here they are.
There they are.
12. Where is my box of cigars ? 12. O est -? (f.)
Here it is.
There it is.
13. Is it correct ? 13. Est-ce ? {or)

Est-ce que ?
It is correct.
It is not correct.
14, Here he is. 14. voici.

75. There she is. 15. voil
16. There you are! 16. voil!
DIX-NEUVIEME LEON,
LESSON XIX.
I. Relative or Conjunctive Pronouns.
Qui, who, which (nominative).

Que, whom, which, that (accusative).
A qui, to whom, whose (dative).
The relative pronoun que can never be suppressed in

French like the corresponding English pronouns whom,
which.
Likewise, the conjunction que [that), which is often
omitted in English, must always be expressed in French.
PRACTICE.
L'homme qui demeure au premier The man who lives on the first
tage est un vieux garon. floor is an old bachelor.
Le monsieur que j'ai salu est mon The gentleman (whom) I have
professeur de franais. saluted is my French teacher.
J'ai lu avec un trs grand plaisir I have read with (a) very great
la charmante lettre que vous pleasure the charming letter
m'avez crite. {which) you have written {to) me.
Voici le livre que vous m' Here is the book {which) you lent
prt la semaine passe. me last week.
Je l'ai trouv trs intressant. Ifound it very interesting.
Je vous remercie beaucoup. I thank you very much.
A qui avez-vous crit ? To whom have you written ?

J'ai crit mon ami. I have written to my friend.
A qui est ceci ? Whose is this ?

C'est moi. It ismine {belongs to me).
A qui est ce parapluie ? Whose umbrella is this f

Il est moi. It is mine.
A qui est cette canne ? Whose cane is this ?

Elle est mon frre. It is my brother's.
A qui sont ces gants ? Whose gloves are these ?

Ils sont ma sur. They are my sister's.
A qui pensez-vous ? Of {to) whom do you think ?

Je pense mon ami. I think of (to) my friend.
De qui parlez- vous ? Of whom do you speak ?

Je parle du maire de New York. I speak of the Mayor of New York.
Pour qui est ceci ? For whom is this ?

Pour qui est cela ? For whom is that ?
C'est pour vous. It is for you.
Avec qui avez-vous t au parc ? With whom have you been to the
park ?
Avec mon ami. With my friend.
Je pense que vous avez raison. I think {that) you are right.
Je pense que vous avez tort. I think you are wrong.
OTHER CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS.

The following are employed with reference to a noun or
to avoid a double meaning in the sentence.
SlNGUIyAR.
Masculine. Feminine.
Which or whom. Lequel. Laquelle.
Of which, of whom. Duquel. De laquelle.
To which, to whom. Auquel. A laquelle.
PU7RAI,.
Which or whom. Lesquels. Lesquelles.
Of which, of whom. Desquels. Desquelles.
To which, to whom. Auxquels. Auxquelles.
PRACTICE.
A qui appartient l'htel dans To whom does the hotel in which
lequel vous demeurez? you live belong ?
A qui appartient la maison dans To whom does the house in which

laquelle vous demeurez ? you live belong ?
Auquel de ces messieurs avez- vous To which (one) of those gentlemen

parl ? did you speak ?
La dame laquelle j'ai parl est The lady to whom I spoke (I have
franaise. spoken) is French.
REMARK.
The pronouns de qui, of whom, or from whom, and

duquel, de laquelle, desquels, desquelles, of which, ox from
which, are most frequently replaced by the invariable pro-
noun dont, when they are not used interrogatively.
Connaissez-vous l'homme dont je Do you knozv the man of whom I

parle ? si
La femme dont je parle est fran- The woman of whom I speak is
aise. French.
Les personnes dont je parle sont The persons of whom I speak are
riches. rich.
C'est ce dont j'ai peur. That what I am afraid of

is
Voil ce dont j'ai besoin. That what I have need of
is
Vous ne savez pas ce dont je suis You do not know what I am
capable. capable of.
II. Demonstrative and Relative Pronouns Combined.
NpMINATlVE.
Celui qui, he who, the one which. I Ceux qui, they who, the ones which
Celle qui, she who, the one which. I Celles qui, they whoJJie ones which
ACCUSATIVE.
Celui que, the one whom or which. I Ceux que, the ones whom or which.
Celle que, the one whom or which. j
Celles que, the ones whom or which
INDIRECT OBJECT.
Celui dont, that of which. Ceux dont, the ones of which.
Celle dont, that of which. Celles dont, the ones of which.
Ce dont (neuter), that of which.
PRACTICE,
Celui qui est riche n'est pas tou- He who is rich is not always
jours heureux. happy.
Avez- vous remarqu ce monsieur ? Have you noticed that gentleman t

Lequel ? Which (one) ?
Celui qui m'a salu. The one who has saluted me.
Celui que j'ai salu. The one whom' I saluted.
Avez- vous remarqu cette dame ? Have you noticed that lady f
Laquelle ? Which (one) ?
Celle qui m'a salu. The one who (has) saluted me.
Celle que j'ai salue. The one whom I have saluted.
Apportez-moi mes gants. Bring me my gloves.

Lesquels ? Which (ones)?
Ceux qui sont sur la commode. Those which are on the bureau.
Ceux que j'ai achets ce matin. Those which I bought this -morning.
L'homme dont vous parlez est The man of whom you speak is
petit ; celui dont je parle est whom I speak
small ; the one of
grand. is tall.
I,a dame dont vous parlez est The lady of whom you speak is
brune ; celle dont je parle est dark ; the one of whom I speak
blonde. is fair.
HI. Possessive Pronouns.
SINGULAR.
Mine. Le mien. La mienne.
Thine. Le tien. La tienne.
His or hers. Le sien. La sienne.
Ours. Le ntre. La ntre.
Yours. Le vtre. La vtre.
Theirs. Le leur. La leur.
PIJJRAI,.
Mine. Les miens Les miennes.
Thine. Les tiens. Les tiennes.
His or hers. Les siens. Les siennes.
c
Ours. Les ntres.

Yours. Les vtres.
Theirs. Les leurs.
PRACTICE.
Votre chapeau est l ; le mien est I Your hat is there ; mine is here.
Practical French Coursk 127
Votre canne est l ; la mienne est Your cane is there ; mine is here.
ici.
Vos gants sont sur la table ;

les Your gloves are on the table ; mine
miens sont sur la chaise. are on the chair.
Vos mains sont trs petites ; les Your hands are very small ; mine
miennes sont grandes. are large.
Mon chapeau est noir ; le vtre My hat is black ; yours is gray.

est gris.
Ma robe est bleue ; la vtre est My dress is blue ; yours is pink.

rose.
OBSERVATIONS.
I. When used without the prefixed article, the above
possessive pronouns become possessive adjectives.
Ce chapeau est mien, This hat is mine (belongs to me).

Cette canne est mienne. That cane is mine.
Ces gants sont miens. Those gloves are mine.
Ces fleurs sont miennes. Those flowers are mine.
2. There is in French no such construction as a friend

of mine, of yours, etc. We say :
Un de mes amis, (m.) One of my friends.

Une de mes amies, (f.)
Un de nos amis. One of ourfriends.
EXERCISE.
/. Do you know the gentleman who i. Connaissez- vous le monsieur
on the third floor ?
lives demeure ?
Yes, I know him. Oui, je connais.

He is a doctor. docteur.
He is a dentist. dentiste.
He is a jeweler. bijoutier.
He is a druggist. pharmacien.
He is a clock-maker. horloger.
He is a grocer. picier.
He is a butcher. boucher.
He is a banker. banquier.
2. Do you know the lady who lives 2. Connaissez- vous

on the fifth floor?
Yes, I know her. Oui, je connais.
She is a milliner. modiste.
She is a dressmaker. couturire.
She is a corset maker. corsetire.
She is a palmist. palmiste.
She is a manicure. manicure.
She is a clairvoyant. clairvoyante.
Is the gentleman French whom Le monsieur nous

we {have') met? rencontr est-il ?
No. he is German. Non. allemand.
4. Is the lady French to whom you 4. L,a dame vous avez parl
have spoken ? est-elle ?
No, she is English. Non, .
5. Whom have you seen ? 5. avez-vous vu?

6. Whom have you met ? 6. avez-vous rencontr ?
7. To whom have you spoken? 7-
parl?
8. For whom is this book ? 8. est
livre? (m.)
. For whom ai'e these flowers. 9- sont
fleurs?
10. The man of whom I speak is 10. I/homme je parle est

very rich.
11. The lady of whom I speak is 11. I,a dame est
very pretty.
12. Whose pe?icil is this ? 12. est crayon? (m.)

It is mine. Il est
(or) c'est .
ij. Whose veil is this ? 13. voilette

est ? (f.)
It is mine. Elle est (or) c'est

14. W/tose books are these ? 14. sont livres? (m.)
They are mine. Ils sont (or) ce sont
Whose flowers are these 15. fleurs? (f.)
They are mine. Biles sont - (or) ce sont
16. He is a friend of mine. 16. C'est un

17. She is a friend of mine. 17. C'est une
18. Where is your book ? 18. O est ?
It is on the table. Il sur

Where is yours ? O est ?
It is on the chair. Il sur
i. Where is your sister ? 19. O est ?
She is uptown. en haut de la ville.

Where is yours ? O est ?
She is downtown. en bas de la ville.
20. Where are your brothers ? 20. O sont ?
They are upstairs. Ils en haut.

Where are yours ? O sont ?
They are downstairs. sont en bas.

2i. Where are your sisters ? 21. O sont vos surs?
They are in London. Elles sont .
Where are yours ? O sont ?
They are in Paris.
22. To whom does this book belong? 22. appartient

It belongs to me. Il appartient.
23. To whom does this house belong? 23. appartient cette ?
Mr. Vanderbilt.
It belongs to Elle .
Present Subjunctive of AVOIR, to have; TRE, to be.
That Imay have, etc That I may be, etc.

Que j'aie Que je sois
Que tu aies Que tu sois
Qu'il ait Qu'il soit
Que nous ayons Que nous soyons

Que vous ayez Que vous soyez
Qu'ils aient Qu'iJs soient
VINGTIEME LEON.
LESSON XX.
INVARIABLE PRONOUNS.
En, some, any, of it, of them.
This most important pronoun is employed in answers

when the noun is understood to avoid repetition thereof.
It immediately precedes the verb, except in the affirmative
imperative, when it is placed after the verb.
Encore, ^ more
some more.
Ne plus,
not any more.
PRACTICE.
Ayez- vous du tabac? Have you any tobacco?
J'en ai (zhah-nay). I (of it) have.
Je n'.en ai pas. I (of it) have not.
Avez- vous encore de l'argent ? Have you any more money ?

J'en ai encore. I have some more.
Je n'en ai plus. I have not any more.
Dsirez-vous encore un peu de Do you wish some more chicken ?

poulet ?
Merci ;
j'en ai assez. Thank you ; I haveênough.
Avez- vous des enfants ? Have you any children?

Oui, j'en ai. Yes, I have.
Combien en avez- vous ? How many (of them) have you ?

J'en ai deux. I have two.
Avez- vous du papier ? Have you any paper ?

Avez-vous de la colle? Have you any glue f
Avez- vous des enveloppes ? Have you any envelopes ?
J'en ai. I have some.
Je n'en ai pas. I have not any.
Je n'en ai point. I have none.
Je n'en ai plus. I have no more.
Combien de frres avez-vous ? How many brothers have you ?

J'en ai un. I have one.
Combien de surs avez-vous ? How many sisters have you ?
J'en ai une. (f.) I have one.
Combien d'enfants avez-vous? How many children have you ?
J'en ai plusieurs. I have several.
Combien en avez-vous ? How many have you ?
J'en ai cinq. I have five.
Avez-vous beaucoup d'lves? Have you many pupils t

J'en ai beaucoup. I have many.
En avez-vous assez ? Have you enough ?
J'en ai assez. I have enough.
Je n'en ai pas assez. I have not enough.
J'en ai trs peu. I have very little (or) few.

J'en ai trop. I have too much (or) too many.
J'en ai de reste. I have some left.
En voulez- vous ? Do you want some ?

J'en veux. I want some.
Je n'en veux pas. I do not want any.
En voulez- vous encore ? Will you have some more?

Je n'en veux plus. I do not want any more.
J'en ai assez. I have enough.
En dsirez-vous ? Do you wish for some (of it) ?

Combien en dsirez- vous ? How much (of) how many do you
want ?
132 Practical 'French Course
Donnez-m'en un peu. Give me (of if) a little.

Donnez-m'en un morceau. Give me a piece.
Donnez-m/en une tranche Give me a slice.
Donnez-m'en un verre. Give me a glass.
Donnez-m'en une tasse. Give -me a cup.
Donnez-m'en une livre. Give me a pound.
Donnez-m'en une douzaine. Give me a dozen (of them).
Donnez- lui-en un peu. Give him or her (of it) a little.
Donnez-leur-en un peu. Give them a little.

Donnez-nous-en un peu. Give us a little.
Ne lui en donnez pas. Do not give him or her any.

Ne leur en donnez pas. Do not give them any.
Ne m'en donnez plus. Do not give me any more.

Ne lui en donnez plus. Do not give him any more.
Ne lui en donnez plus. Do not give her any more.
Ne leur en donnez plus. Do not give them any more.
J'en ai assez. I have enough (of it or of them).

Il en a assez. He has enough.
Elle en a assez. She has enough.
Nous en avons assez. We have enough.
Vous en avez assez. You have enough.
Ils en ont assez. They ha ve enough .
( m .
)
Elles en ont assez. They have enough, (f.)
OBSERVATION.
The word en is also used as an adverb in the sense of
from there.
Etes- vous de Paris? Are youfrom Paris?
J'en suis. I (from there) am.
Venez- vous de Paris ? Do you come from Paris ?
J'en viens. I do. (Ifrom there come.)
Practical Frknch Course 133
Y.
This is another important word in French. Used as a

pronoun, it means to it, to them ; at it, at them. Used as
an adverb, itmeans there. It is placed before the verb,
except in the affirmative imperative.
Pensez-y (png-say-zee). Think of it. Lit.: Think to it.
J'y pense. I think of it.

J'y penserai. I wilt think of it.
Y avez- vous pens ? Have you thought of it?

J'y ai pens. I have thought of it.
Je n'y ai pas pens. I have not thought of it.
N'y pensez pas. Do not think of it.

N'y pensez plus. Do not think of it any more.
N'y pensons plus. Let us not think of it any more.
Votre pre est-il chez lui (or) la Ls yourfather at home (or) in the
maison ? house ?
Il y est. He (there) is.
Il n'y est pas. He is not.
Votre mre est-elle chez elle (or) Ls your mother at home (or) in the
la maison? house ?
Elle y est. She is.
Elle n'y est pas. She is not.
Vos parents sont-ils chez eux Cor) Are your parents at home (or) in
la maison ? the house ?
Ils y sont. They are.
Ils n'y sont pas. They are not.
Vos surs sont-elles chez elles Are your sisters at home (or) in the
(or) la maison ? house ?
Elles y sont. They are.
Elles n'y sont pas. They are not.
Allez-y !
J'y vais ! Go there ! I go there !
Allons-y ! Let us go there !
IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS
FORMED WITH THE WORD Y.
Il y a, there is (or) there are.

Il y avait, there was (or) there were.
Il y aura, there will be.
Y a-t=il ? (or)
Is there (or) are there ?
Est=ce qu'il y a?
Y avait-il ? (or) )
Wa$ there ,^ were theye ?
v
Est-ce qu'il y avait?)
Yaura-t=il?(^) ,
Est-ce qu'il y aura?
Il y a beaucoup de monde There are many people

Il y avait beaucoup de monde There were many people ..,
Il y aura beaucoup de monde There will be many people
Il y a, ago. Lit. : There is (or) there are.
Combien de temps y a-t-il ? How long ago ?

Il y a deux ans. Two years ago.
Il y a environ trois ans. About three years ago.
Il y a longtemps. Long ago.
Il y a bien longtemps. It is a very long time since.
Il n'y a pas longtemps. Not long ago.
EXERCISE.
/. Is your brother married ? 1. Votre frre mari?
2. Has he any children ? 2. A-t-il ?
3. How many has he ? 3. Combien a-t-il ?
4. He has two. 4. Il a .
5. How many pupils have you f 5. Combien - avez- vous?

6. I have twenty. 6. J'
7. Has he many pupils? 7. A-t-il ?
8. He has not many. 8. Un' a beaucoup.

. He has very few. 9. Il a .
10. Have you much work ? 10. Avez-vous travail (or)

ouvrage ?
11. I have too much. n. J' trop.
12. Have you any matches ? 12. Avez-vous ?
13. I have not any. 13. Je n' ai point.
14. I have one. 14. J' ai .
75. / have only one. 15. Je n' ai qu' .
16. Do you wish any oranges ? 16. Dsirez- vous ?
1 j. Yes, give me a dozen. 17. Oui, donnez m' .
18. Do you wish any beer ? 18. Dsirez- vous ?
i. Yes, give me a glass. 19. Oui, donnez m' .
20. Are there many people ... 20. beaucoup ?
21. There are not many. 21. Il n'y a .
22. Were there many people . 22. beaucoup

23. There were not many. 23. Il n'y avait .
24. Is he from Paris? 24. Est-il ?
25. Yes, he is from there. 25. Oui, il est.

26. Will you think of it ? 26. penserez- vous ?
27. Yes, I will think of it. 27. Oui, j' penserai.
28. Will you be at home? 28. Serez- vous vous?
29 . Yes, I shall be there. 29. Oui, j' serai.
30. Do not go there. 30. N' allez pas.
VINGT ET UNIEME LEON,

LESSON XXL
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
ON.
The pronoun on is used very often in the French
language.
It stands for the English words one, somebody, people -,
we, they, whenever these words have a general and indefin-

itemeaning that is, whenever they do not refer to any-
;
body in particular.
The pronoun on enables the French to use the verb in
the active form, which they always prefer to the passive.
On sonne. Somebody rings.

On a sonn. Somebody has rung.
On frappe. Somebody knocks
On frappe la porte. Somebody raps at the door.
On a frapp. Somebody has knocked.
On dit qu'il est trs riche. They say that he is very rich.
On le dit. They say so {one it says.)
On me l'a dit. I was told so.
On craint (que) It is feared {that)
On croit It is believed
Ici on parle franais (or) French is spoken here.
Ici l'on parle franais (euphonie 1') French is spoken here.
Quelqu'un, somebody, some one, anybody.

Personne, nobody, no one, not anybody.
Avez-vous vu quelqu'un? Have you seen anybody ?

Je n'ai vu personne. I have not seen anybody.
Y a-t-il quelqu'un ? Is there anybody there

Il n'y a personne. There is nobody there.
Y avait-il quelqu'un ? Was there anybody there?

Il.n'y avait personne. There was nobody there.
Quelque chose, something, anything.

Rien, nothing, not anything.
Avez-vous achet quelque chose ? Have you bought anything?

J'ai achet quelque chose. I have bought something.
Je n'ai rien achet. I have not bought anything.
Quelque chose de beau. Something fine.

Quelque chose de drle. Something funny.
Quelque chose de nouveau. Something new.
Quelque chose d'intressant. Something interesting.
Donnez-moi quelque chose boire. Give me something to drink.
Rien du tout. Nothing at all.

Rien de bon. Nothing good.
Rien de meilleur. Nothing better.
Que faites- vous? What are you doing ?

Je ne fais rien. I am doing nothing.
Que dites- vous ? What do you say ?

Je ne dis rien. I do not say anything.
Qu' avez-vous dit? What have you said?

Je n'ai rien dit. I said nothing.
Quelques=uns (m.))
Quelques-unes (f.) ; bome Jew
a f
<-.
'
'
Voulez- vous des timbres-poste ? Do you want some postage stamps $

Oui, donnez-m'en quelques-uns. Yes, give me a few.
Voulez- vous des enveloppes ? Do you want any envelopes

Oui, donnez-m'en quelques-unes. Yes, give me a few.
Chacun (m.))
} ^ 7
Chacune Each
(f.) \
Chacun de ces messieurs. Each one of those gentlemen.

Chacune de ces dames. Each one of those ladies.
Chacun son got. Each one to his taste.
Chacun son mtier. Each one to his trade.
Chacun son tour. Each in his turn.
Chacun pour soi. Each one for himself.
Tout le monde, everybody.
Tout le monde sait cela. Everybody knows that.

Tout le monde le sait. Everybody knows it.
Tout le monde le dit. Everybody says so.
Tout le monde aime l'argent. Everybody likes money.
Quiconque, whoever, whosoever.
Quiconque n'aime pas sa mre' Whoever loves not his mother is

n'est pas digne d'tre aim. unworthy of being loved.
Quiconque flatte ses matres, les Whoever flatters his masters be-
trahit. trays them.
L'un (m.), l'une (f.), (the) one. L'autre, the other.

Les uns, les unes, (the) ones. Les autres, the others.
L'un est blanc, l'autre est noir. One is white, the other is black.
L'une est blanche, l'autre est noire.
Ivesuns sont bons, les autres sont Some are good, the others are bad.
mauvais.
Les uns disent oui, les autres Some say yes, the others say no.
disent non.
Donnez-moi l'autre. Give me the other.

Donnez-moi les autres. Give me the others.
L'un est aussi bon que l'autre (or) One is as good as the other.
L'un vaut l'autre.
L'un aprs l'autre. One after another.

Les uns aprs les autres. The ones after the others.
L'un ou l'autre, (m.) Either one ; the one or the other.

L'une ou l'autre, (f.)
L'un et l'autre (or) Either, both.

<<
Tous les deux, (m.) <
L'une et l'autre (or) Either, both.

<< <<
Toutes les deux, (f.)
Ni l'un ni l'autre, (m.) Neither.

Ni l'une ni l'autre, (f.)
Il faut s'aimer les uns les autres, We must love one another.
(idiom.)
Autrui, others (invariable applies to people only).
Il faut respecter le bien d' autrui. We must respect other 's property.
Ne faitespas autrui ce que vous Do not unto others that whtCh you
ne voudriez pas qu'on vous ft. would not to be done unto you.
Qui que, whoever, whosoever.

Quoi que, whatever (before a verb in the subjunctive mood).
Quelque, whatever (relating to a masculine noun).
Quelle que, whatever (relating to a feminine noun).
Qui que ce soit. Whoever it may be.

Quoi que ce soit. Whatever it may be.
Quel que soit le prix. Whatever the price may be.

Quelle que soit la difficult. Whatever the difficulty may be.
i. One ca?i. I. peut.

2. One cannot. 2. peut .
3- One copJd. 3- pourrait.

4- They would 4- voudrait
5- It is thought that 5- pense que ...
6. Has he seen anybody ? 6. A-t-il vu ?
7- He has seen nobody. 7- Il n' .
8. Do you wish for anything 8. Dsirez-vous ?
Je dsire
,
9- I do not wish for anything. 9-
io. Give me something to eat. 0. Donnez-moi manger.
ii. Will you have a few cigars ? 11. Voulez- vous ?
12. Yes, giveme a few. (m.) 12. Oui, donnez m'en .
ij. Will you have a few oranges ? 13. Dsirez- vous ?
14. Yes, give me afezo. (_/".) 14. Oui, donnez m'en .
75. What did he say ? 15. Qu'a-t-il

16. He did not say anything. 16. Un'
1 j. What did she say ? 17. Qu'a-t-elle
18. She did not say anything. 18. Elle n'
i. Everybody likes him. 19. Tout le monde 1'
20. Everybody likes her. 20. Tout le monde 1'
21. Everybody likes them.
22. One is red, the other is pink. 22. 1/ est rouge, est rose.
1'
23. One is blue, the other is yellow. 23,. 1/ est bleu, 1' est jaune.
Practical French Course: 141
VINGT-DEUXIEME LEON,
LESSON XXII.
THE ADVERB.
I. Formation of the Adverbs.
Adverbs, in French, are generally formed by adding

ment to the feminine termination of the adjective. Ment
corresponds to the English ending ly :
Iênte, (f.) slow. Lentement, slowly,

Forte, (f.) strong. Fortement, strongly,
'
Grande, (f.) great. Grandement, greatly.

Heureuse, (f.) happy. Heureusement, happily.
Adjectives ending in ant, ent, form their adverbs in

amment, emment.
Constant, constamment, constantly.
Ngligent, ngligemment, negligently.
Prudent, prudemment, prudently.
Some adverbs require an acute accent over the e pre-

ceding the termination ment :
Profondment, deeply, Communment, commonly.

Prcisment, precisely. Commodment, commodiously
Expressment, expressly. Enormment, enormously
II. Place of the Adverbs.
In simple tenses the adverb is placed after the verb, but

in compound tenses it is generally placed between the aux-
iliary and the past participle :
Je travaille beaucoup. / work very much.

J'ai beaucoup travaill. I have worked very much.
Vous faites trs bien. You are doing very well.

Vous avez trs bien fait. You have done very well.
Je m'amuse beaucoup. I enjoy myself very much.

Je me suis beaucoup amus. I have enjoyed myself very much.
III. List of Adverbial Expressions.

(I.) ADVERBS OF MANNER.
Bien, well, right. 1 Mieux, better.
Mai, badly, wrong. |

Ainsi, so, thus.
(2.) ADVERBS OF ORDER.

Premirement, firstly. 1 Ensemble, together.
Finalement, finally. |
Sparment, separately.
(3.) ADVERBS OF QUANTITY.

Peu, little, few. Assez, enough.
Beaucoup, much, many. Trop, too much, too many.
Plus, more. Tant, so much, so many.
Moins, less, fewer. Autant, as much, as many.
(4.) ADVERBS OF AFFIRMATION.

Vraiment, truly, indeed. Assurment, assuredly.
Certainement, certainly. Naturellement, naturally,
of course.
( 5.) ADVERBS OF INTERROGATION.

O? where ? Comment ? how?
D'o? from where ? whence ? Combien ? how much ? how many?
Quand ? when 1
?
Pourquoi ? why ?
(6.) ADVERBS OF PI, ACE.
Ici, here Dedans, inside.

L, there Dehors, outside.
Devant, before ', in front of. Loin, far.
Derrire, behind. Prs, near.
Dessus, upon Ailleurs, elsewhere.
Dessous, unde meath . Partout, everywhere.
( 7.) ADVEB JBS OF TIME.

Aujourd' hui, to-day. Autrefois, formerly.
Hier, yesterday. Dsormais, henceforth.
Demain, to-morrow. Dornavant , hereafter.-
Maintenant, now. Aussitt, as soon,
immediately.
Tt, soon. Tard, late.
Bientt, very soon. Souvent, often.

Alors, then. Jamais, never, or ever.
Soudain, suddenly. Toujours, always.
Ensuite, after, afterwards. Rarement, seldom, rarely.
Enfin, lastly, at last. Longtemps a long time.
(8.) ADVERBIAE PHRASES.

D'abord, first, at first. A prsent, at present.
Tout d' abord, from the very first. En avance, early, in advance.
Quelque part, somewhere. En retard, late, behind time.
Nulle part, nowhere, En haut, up, upstairs.
Peu peu, little by little. En bas, down, down-stairs.
Petit petit, by degrees. D'ailleurs, besides, in other respects.
Peut-tre, perhaps. Du reste, besides, '
'
Tout d'un coup, all at once. En outre, besides that, further.

Tout coup, all of a sudden. De plus, moreover, furthermore.
Tout fait, quite. Par consquent, consequently.
Tout de suite, at once. De nouveau, anew, anon, again.
Tout l'heure, just now,by-and-by. En mme temps, at the same time.
De bonne heure, early. De temps en temps, once in a while.

A la bonne heure, very well. Loin de l, far from it.
Combien de fois ? how many times ? Tant s'en faut, farfrom it, (id.).
Une fois, once. A peine, hardly, scarcely.
Plusieurs fois, several times. Tant pis, so much the worse.
Combien de temps ? how long? a se peut, it may be.
Depuis quand ? since when ? a se pourrait, it might be.
REMARKS ON THE ADVERBS OF QUANTITY.

I. Before a noun the adverbs of quantity, as already
stated, are always followed by the preposition de (of) :
Combien de frres avez-vous ? How many brothers have you?

Combien d'argent avez-vous ? How much money have you ?
Beaucoup de livres. Many books.
Beaucoup d'argent. Much money.
Trop de travail. Too much work.
Trop de peine. Too much trouble.
Trop d'argent. Too much money.
Trop de monde. Too many people.
Peu d'argent. Little money.
Peu de personnes. Few persons.
Tant d'argent. So much money.
Tant de fois. So many times.
Plus d'argent. More money.
Moins de travail. Less work.
2. The adverb assez, enough, is always placed, in

French, before the noun, adjective, or adverb.
Assez d'argent. Enough money.

Assez grand. Large enough.
Assez haut. High enough.
Assez loin. Far enough.
Assez bien. Well enough.
PRACTICE.
Je dsire parler franais / desire to speak French
couramment et correctement fluently and correctly.
Je dsire apprendre fond / desire

to learn the French
langue franaise. language thoroughly.
Est-ce que je parle trop vite ? Do I speak too fast ?

Oui, vous parlez trop vite. Yes, you speak too fast
Parlez plus lentement. Speak slower.
Parlez plus haut. Speak louder.
Parlez plus bas. Speak lower.
Kst-ce que je prononce bien. Do I pronounce well ?
Vous prononcez trs bien. You pronounce very well.
Me comprenez- vous ? Do you understand me ?

Je vous comprends parfaitement. I understand you perfectly.
Vous prononcez trs distinctement. You pronounce very distinctly.
Aimez-vous la langue franaise ? Do you like the French

Je l'aime beaucoup. I like it very much.
Aimez- vous la musique ? Do you like music ?
Je l'aime passionnment. I like it passionately.
Aimez- vous l'argent ? Do you like money ?
Naturellement. Of course.
Cet homme est normment riche. That man is enormously rich.

Cette femme est immensment That woman is immensely rich.
riche.
Il fait terriblement chaud. It is terribly hot.

Il fait excessivement froid It is exceedingly cold.
Allez-vous souvent au bal ? Do you go to the ball often ?

J'y vais trs rarement. I go (there*) very seldom.
Allez-vous souvent au thtre ? Do you go to the theatre often
J'y vais une fois par semaine. I go once a week.
Comment va votre ami ? How is yourfriend ?

Il est trs malade. He is very sick.
Tant pis ! So much the worse !
Comment va votre mre ? How is your mother?

Elle va beaucoup mieux. She is very much better.
Tant mieux ! So -much the better !
EXERCISE.
I. You work too much. 1. Vous travaillez
2. Yes, I work too much. 2. Oui, je travaille
3- He is doing very well. 3- Il fait
4- He has done very well. 4- Il a fait.
5- She speaks very well. 5- Elle parle

6. She has spoken very well. 6. Elle a parl.
7 He pronounces very badly. 7. Il prononce .
8. She pronounces very distinctly. 8. Elle prononce

9- You speak better. 9- Vous parlez
10. She speaks very much better. 10. Elle parle .
ii. Let us go together. 11. Allons

12. Let us go separately. 12. Allons
13- Where have you been ? 13- avez-vous t ?
14. When will you leave? 14. partirez- vous ?
15- L shall leave to-morrow. 15. Je partirai
16. How
do you pronounce this 16. prononcez-vous mot?
word ? (m.)
17- How do you spell that word? 17.
-
pelez-vous
18. Why do you cry ? 18. pleurez- vous ?
19. Why do you laugh ? 19- riez-vous ?
20. Why do you smile? 20. souriez- vous ?
21. Where do you live ? 21. demeurez- vous ?
22. You live too far away. 22. Vous demeurez

23- Are you angry with me ? 23- Etes- vous fch
24. Far from it. 24. .
25- With much pleasure. 25- Avec plaisir.

26. Many people. 26. monde.
27 More than that.
. 27. cela.
28. Less than that. 28. cela.
29. That is good enough. 29. C'est .
30. That is too easy. 30. facile.
J/. It is too difficult. 31- difficile.
m&p?
VINGT-TROISIEME LEON.
LESSON XXIII.
[. The Preposition.
(I.) SIMPLE PREPOSITIONS.
A, at or to. Hors de, out of.

Aprs, after. Malgr, in spite of.
Avant, before. Moyennant by means of.
Avec, with. Nonobstant notwithstanding.
,
Chez, at or to the house of. Outre, besides, beyond.

Contre, against. Parmi, amongst.
Dans, in, into, within. Pendant, pending, during.
De, of or from. Pour, for.
Depuis, since. Sans, without.
Durant, during. Sauf, save, except.
Except except.
,
Selon, according to.
En, in. Suivant, following.

Entre, between Sur, on, upon.
Environ about.
, Sous, under. [time)
Hormis, except. Vers, towards (direction or
Hors, except. Envers, towards (of people).
(2.) COMPOUND PREPOSITIONS.

A cause de, on account of En faveur de, in favor of.
A l'gard de, in regard to. Vis vis de opposite.
,
Au del de, beyond. En face de, facing.

A l'exception de, with the excep- Prs de, near, close to.
Au dessus de, above. tion of. Loin de, far from.
Au dessous de, below. A ct de, at the side of.
Au milieu de, in the middle of. Au devant de, before, in front.
Au lieu de, instead of. Jusqu', until, as far as.
Autour de, around. Quant , as for.
II. The Conjunction.
(I.) SIMPLE CONJUNCTIONS..

Car, for, because. Or, now then, well now.
Cependant, however. Ou, or.
Comme, as, like. Pourtant, however, though.
Donc, then, therefore. Puisque, since.
Et, and. Que, that.
Lorsque, when. Quoique, although.
Mais, but. Si, sinon, if,if not.
Ni ni .... , neither nor Soit, whether, so be it.
Nanmoins, nevertheless. Toutefois, however, yet, still.
(2.;
'
COMPOUND CONJUNCT ions (followed by a verb).
Aussitt que as soon , as. Pourvu que, provided that.

Ds que, as soon as. Bien que, although
Pendant que while. , De sorte que, so that.
Tandis que, while. Jusqu' ce que, until.
Afin que, so that. A moins que, unless.
Pour que, in order that. De peur que, lest, for fear that.
Parce que, because. Avant que, before. .
Ou bien, or. Par consquent, consequently.

Aprs que, after. Sans que, without.
III. The Interjection.
The following is a list of the most usual interjections

and exclamatory phrases :
Ah! Ah! Parbleu ! Forsooth !

Oh! Oh! Courage ! Courage !
H bien ! Now then ! Allons ! Come ! Courage !
Eh bien ! Well then ! Allons done ! Nonsense! Is that
H! Dites donc ! Hey ! See here! Bravo Bravo ! {sot
Hlas ! Alas! Chut ! Hush !

Hol! Hello ! "Vraiment ! Indeed !
Bien ! Well! Quoi ! What!
Bon! Good ! Comment ! How !
A la bonne heure ! Very well ! Dame ! Ah, well !
Gare! Look out ! Tiens ! Hold!
Attention ! Attention ! Tenez ! Behold !
Prenez garde ! Take care ! Misricorde ! Mercy !
Mais oui ! Why yes ! Mon dieu ! Good gracious !
Mais si ! Yes indeed ! Ma foi ! My faith !
Bis! Encore ! Silence ! Silence !
PRACTICE.
Avec moi. With me.
Avec nous. With us.
Avec lui. With him.
Avec elle. With her.
Avec eux. (m.) With them.
Avec elles, (f ) With them.
Avec plaisir. With pleasure.
Aprs vous. After you.

Aprs cela. After that.
Aprs djeuner. After breakfast.
Aprs dner. After dinner.
Aprs-midi. Afternoon.
Sans doute. Without a doubt.

Sans peine. Without any trouble.
Sans* difficult , Without any difficulty.
Sans cesse. Without ceasing.
Sans souci. Without care.
Pourquoi ? Why?
Pourquoi pas ? Why not ?
Pourquoi pleurez- vous ? Why do you cry ?
Porquoi n'tes- vous pas venu? Why did you not come ?
C'est pourquoi (or) voil pourquoi. Therefore, that is why.
Parce que. Because.

Parce que je ne peux pas. Because I cannot.
Parce que je ne veux pas. Because I will not.
Avant, before (for time).

Devant, before (for place).
Avant maintenant. Before now.

Avant longtemps. Before long.
Devant vous. Before (in front of) you.
Devant ma maison. Before my house.
Depuis, since (for time).

Puisque, since, as, for the reason that.
Depuis longtemps. Since a long time.

Depuis ce temps-l. Since that time.
Depuis lors. Since then.
Puisque vous le voulez ainsi. Since you will have it so.
Puisque vous ne pouvez pas. Since you cannot.

Puisque c'est impossible. Since it is impossible
Depuis que, since (before a verb).
Depuis que je suis n. Ever since I was born.

Depuis que je suis New York. Since I am in New York.
Depuis que je suis venu. Since I came.
Depuis que je suis retourn. Since I returned
Ds from, beginning.
,
A partir de, from, starting from.
Ds aujourd'hui. From to-day.

Ds maintenant. From now on.
Ds demain. From to-morrow.
A partir d'aujourd'hui. From this day forward.

Practical French Coursk 151
Aussitt que (or) ds que, as soon as.
Ds que possible. As soon as possible.

Aussitt que possible. As soon as possible.
Entre, between. Parmi, among, amid.
Entre vous et moi. Between you and me.

Entre nous. Between us.
Entre deux et trois heures. Between two and three o'clock.
Parmi nous. Amongst us.

Parmi le nombre (or) Among the number.
Dans le nombre. Among the number.
Vers, towards (direction) about (time).

Envers, towards (of people).
Il allait vers la rivire. He was going towards the river.

Elle allait vers le parc. She was going towards the park.
Je viendrai vers cinq heures (or) I shall come around five o 'clock.
Je viendrai vers les cinq heures.
Il faut tre poli envers les dames. One must be polite towards the ladies
Prs de, near, close to.
Auprs de, near, about.

Prt (adjective), ready to.
Prs de ma maison. Near to my house.

Il demeure prs d'ici. He lives close by.
Restez auprs de moi. Stay near me (or by me).
Je suis prt sortir. I am ready to go out.
Durant, during (whole duration).

Pendant, pending, during.
Pendant que, while.
Durant sa vie. During his life. [winter.

en Floride pendant
J'irai l'hiver. I shall go to Florida during the
Pendant que j'y suis. While I am at it (or there).
Pendant que vous y tes. While you are at it (or there).
Pendant que j'y pense. While I think of it.
Sur, upon. Sous, under. Derrire, behind.
Sur la table. Upon the table.

Sur la chemine. Upon the mantel-piece
Sur le perron. Upon the stoop.
Sur le toit. Upon the roof.
Sur ma parole. Upon my word.
Sous le sofa. Under the sofa.

Sous l'arbre. Under the tree.
Derrire la porte. Behind the door.

Derrire vous. Behind you.
Dessus, upon, over. Dessous, underneath.
Otez cela de dessus la table. Take that off the table.

Otez cela de dessous la chaise. Remove that from under the chair.
C'est au dessus de mes forces. It is beyond my strength.
Par dessus le march. Into the bargain.

Par dessus le mur. Over the wall.
Ci-dessus. {Here) above.
L dessus. Thereupon.
Ci-dessous. {Here) below.
Cent francs et au dessus. One hundred francs and upward.
En, in (countries, time, situation).

Dans, in (into, within, at the end of).
Je suis n en France en i860. I was born in France in i860.

J'espre que vous tes en bonne I hope that you are in good health.
sant.
Rome n'a pas t btie en un jour. Rome was not built in a day.
Dans une heure. In one hour.

Dans un quart d'heure. In a quarter of an hour.
Dans une demi-heure. In half an hour.
Dans deux mois. In two months.
Dans ma poche. In my pocket.
Dans le tiroir. In the drawer.
Dans la cuisine. In the kitchen.
Dans le salon. In the parlor.
Dans la salle manger. In the dining-room.
Dans la salle de bain. In the bathroom.
Dans le corridor. In the hall.
Dans l'armoire. In the closet.
Dans l'escalier. In (on) the staircase.
Dans la rue. In the street.
Dans le jardin. In the garden.
Dans le parc. In the park.
Dans la cave. In the cellar.
EXERCISE.
/. With much difficulty. lm difficult.
2. With great pleasure. 2. un plaisir.
j. With the greatest pleasure. 3. le plaisir.
4. After my lesson. 4 ma .
5. After my dinner. 5 mon .
6. Without you. 6 vous.

7. Without him. 7 lui.
8. Without her. 8 elle.
. Why do you not study ? 9 tudiez-vous ?
10. Why do you not try ? 10 essayez-vous ?
11. Because I am too busy. 11 je suis occup.

12. Because I am tired. 12 fatigu.
13. Because it is useless. 13 inutile.
14. Before to-day. 14 aujourd'hui.
75. Before the stove. 15 fourneau, (m.)
16. Behind the curtain. 16 rideau, (m.)
17. Behind the screen. 17 paravent, (m.)
18. As soon as you can. 18 vous pourrez.
ig. As soon as I can. 19 je pourrai.
20. Near there. 20 l.
21. I shall come at about 2 o'clock. 21 Je viendrai .
22. While zve are at it. 22 nous y sommes.

23. In the bureau. 23 commode, (f.)
24. On the desk. 24 bureau, (m.)

25. In the pantry. 25 garde-manger, (m.)
26. In a moment. 26 un moment.
27. In the middle of the street. 27 rue. (f.)
28. Until to-morrow. 28 demain.
29. As for me. 29 moi.
30. Closed on account of death. 30 Ferm dcs.
31. During the lesson. 3i leon.
32. In spite ofyou. 32 vous.
33. In spite of all that. 33 cela.
Imperfect Subjunctive of AVOIR, to have; TRE, to be.
That I might have, etc. That I might be, etc.
Que j'eusse Que je fusse

Que tu eusses Que tu fusses
Qu'il et Qu'il ft
Que nous eussions Que nous fussions

Que vous eussiez Que vous fussiez
Qu'ils eussent Qu'ils fussent
Practical French Course: 155
VINGT-QUATRIEME LEON.
LESSON XX IV.
PRACTICAL EXERCISE ON SOME INVARIABLE WORDS

WHICH HAVE SEVERAL MEANINGS.
Corresponds generally to the English prepositions aland

to> but in many cases it is used idiomatically and may be
rendered in English by after; till, by, on.
A mon regret. To my regret.

A droite. To the right.
A gauche. To the left.
A quelle heure dnez- vous ? At what time do you dine ?

Je dne six heures. I dine at 6 o'clock.
A la franaise. After the French fashion.

A l'amricaine. After the American fashion.
A bord. On board.
A cheval. On horseback.
A pied. On foot.
A bicyclette. On a bicycle.
A ce soir. Till this evening, K
A demain. Till to-morrow,

A bientt. ( Till) shortly.
A tout l'heure. {Till) by and by.
Pas pas. Step by step.
Peu peu. Little by little.
Petit petit l'oiseau fait son nid. Little by little the bird builds {up)
her nest.
IMPORTANT REMARK.
The preposition is often used idiomatically between
two nouns in the sense of used for, propelled by, made with.
Une tasse caf. A coffee-cup.

Une cuillre caf. A coffee-spoon.
Une brosse dents. A tooth-brush.
Une brosse cheveux. A hair-brush.
Une pingle cheveux. A hair-pin.
Une assiette soupe. A soup plate.
Une assiette dessert. A dessert plate.
Une cuillre bouche. A tablespoon.
Une cuillere bouche. A tablespoonful.
Du papier lettre. Some letter-paper.
Une bote lettres. A letter-box.
Une chambre coucher. A bedroom.
Un bateau vapeur. A steamboat.
Un bateau voiles. A sail boat.
Une peinture l'huile. An oil pai?iting.
Une tarte la crme. A cream pie.
Une omelette au rhum . A rum omelet.
Du caf au lait. Coffee and milk.
EN
Corresponds generally to the English preposition in, but
it is used idiomatically and maybe rendered in English by
at, to, from there, of it, of them, as or like, on, by.
En hiver en t en automne.
; ;
hi winter; in summer; in autumn.
En Europe en France en prison.
: ; I?i Europe; in France; in jail.
En traneau. In a sleigh.
En voiture. In a carriage. {All aboard!)
En guerre ; en paix. At war ; at peace.

En libert ; en nourrice. At liberty ; at nurse.
Etes-vous de Paris? Are you from Paris?

Oui, j'en suis. Yes, I {from there) am.
De temps en temps. Fro?n time to time. {Once in a

while. )
De mal en pis. From bad to worse.
Avez-vous un crayon ? Have you a pencil?

Oui, j'en ai un. Yes, I have one.
Avez-vous des allumettes ? Have you any matches ?
Oui, j'en ai. Yes, I have some.
En partant. On leaving.
En arrivant. On arriving.
En dbarquant. On landing.
Un officier en civil. An ununiformed officer.

Je vous parle en ami. I speak to you as a friend.
DE
Corresponds generally to the English prepositions of
and from.
Le cheval de mon oncle. My uncle's horse, {The horse of)
L'automobile de mon ami. My friend' s automobile
La bicyclette de ma femme. My wife's bicycle.
Je viens de Versailles. I come from Versailles.

Versailles n'est pas loin de Paris. Versailles is not far from Paris.
IMPORTANT REMARK.
The name of the material of which an object is com-
posed always follows, in French, the name of the object
itself, the two words being connected either by the prepo-
sition en or de.
Une montre d'or (or) A gold watch.

Une montre en or. A gold watch.
Une montre d'argent (or) A silver watch.
Une montre en argent. A silver watch.
Une plume d'acier. A steel pen.
Un chapeau de paille. A straw hat.

Une robe de soie. A silk dress.
Des bas de laine. Wool stockings.
Des bas de coton. Cotton stockings.
QUE
Corresponds generally to what and that, but it has
several other meanings, being rendered into English,
according to the sense of the phrase, by than, as, but or
only, how, how much or how many, till, when, whether,
why (exclamatory).
Que pensez-vous de Paris ? What do you think of Paris f
Je pense que c'est la plus belle I think (that} it is the most beauti-
ville du monde. fui city in the (of the) world.
Il n'y a pas d'erreur ! (popular.) There is no mistake about that.
Fait-il aussi chaud qu'hier? Is it as war in as yesterday ?

Il fait plus chaud qu'hier. It is warmer than yesterday.
Avez-vous de l'argent sur vous ? Have you a?iy money about you ?
Je n'ai que cinq francs. I have but five francs.
Combien de cigares avez-vous ? How many cigars have you f
Je n'en ai qu'un. I have but one.
Que vous tes aimable ! How kind you are !

Que vous tesbon ! How good you are !
Qu'il fait chaud ! How warm it is !
Que vous tes jolie ! How pretty you are !
Oh ! que je vous aime ! Oh ! how I love you !
Que d'argent ! How much money ! (exclam.)

Que de monde ! How many people /
Attendez que je vienne. Wait till I come.
1,'anne que j'tais Paris. The year (when) I was in Paris.
Qu'il pleuve ou qu'il neige. Whether it rains or snows.
Que ne le faites-vous ! Why don't you do it ! (exclam.)
Que n'y allez-vous ! Why don't you go !

BIEN
Corresponds generally to the English adverb well, but
in many instances it is used idiomatically, and maybe ren-
dered into English by very, quite, right, very much or very
many and indeed.
Je me porte bien. I am well ; I have good health.

Tout va bien. Everything goes well.
Tout est bien qui finit bien. All is well that ends well.
C'est bien. All right ; that's right.
Je suis bien las. I am very tired.

Je suis bien content. I am very satisfied.
J'en suis bien aise. I am very glad of it.
J'en suis bien fch. I am very sorry {for if).
C'est bien cher. It is very dear.
C'est bien tonnant. It is very astonishing.
C'est bien fait pour vous. It serves yoti right.
Il faitbien chaud. It is quite warm
C'est bien gentil de votre part. It is very nice of you.
J'ai bien ri. I laughed very much.

Je me suis bien amus. I enjoyed myself very much.
J'ai vu bien des pays. I have seen many countries.
Bien des personnes. A great many people.
Il a bien promis qu'il viendrait, He certainly promised he would
mais je ne crois pas qu'il vienne. come, but I do not believe he wilL
Je vous le promets bien. I do promise (it to) you.

Si vous le voulez bien. Ifyou are quite willing.
Je veux bien. I am quite willing.
REMARK.
The word bien is also used as a substantive in the sense
of good, blessing, property, estate.
Le bien d' autrui. . The property of others.

Cela fait du bien. That does one good.
Cela vous fera du bien. That will do you good.
Il faut rendre le bien pour le mal. We must re?ider goodfor evil.
C'estun homme de bien. He is an honest man.
La sant est le bien le plus Health is the most precious of
prcieux. blessings.
Les biens de la terre (or) d'ici -bas. The good things of the earth.
SI
Corresponds to the English words if, whether, so.
Si c'est possible. If it is possible.

Si je peux. If I can.
Si vous pouvez. Ifyou can.
Si le temps le permet. If the weather permits.
S'il fait beau temps. If it is fine weather.
S'il vous plat. Ifyou please.
Je ne sais si je pourrai venir ou I do not know whether I shall be

non. able to co7ne or not.
chaud
Il fait si ! It is so warm !
C'est bon
si ! It is so good !
C'est une si bonne location . It is so good a location.
Je ne suis pas si bte (pop. ) ! I am not so foolish !
POUR.
The word pour, as already seen, corresponds to the
English preposition for, but it is also used in the sense of
to, in order to and per.
Pour qui est ceci ? For whom is this ?
C'est pour vous. It is for you.
Il faut manger pour vivre. One must eat to live.

J'ai dit cela pour plaisanter. I said that in jest.
Pour parler et crire correctement In order to speak and write cor

en franais il faut savoir fond rectly in French, one tmist
la grammaire franaise. know {the) French grammar
thoroughly.
Les caisses d'pargne paient le The savings banks pay three and
trois et demi pour cent. a half per cent, (interest).
Le pour et le contre, (subst.) Pro and con.
PAR
Corresponds to the English prepositions by, per, through.
It serves also to form many idiomatic expressions.
Qu'avez- vous lu ? What have you read?

J'ai lu les " Trois Mousquetaires, " I have read the " Three Guards-
par Dumas, pre, et "Cyrano men," by Dumas, the elder, and
de Bergerac, par Edmond Ros-
' ' "Cyrano de Bergerac," by
tand. Edmond Rostand.
Combien payez-vous par jour ? How much do you pay per day ?
Combien payez-vous par semaine ? How much do you pay per week ?
Par o tes- vous entr ? How didyou get in ?

Je suis entr par la fentre. I got in through the window.
Cela ne vaut rien. That is not good.

Jetez-le par la fentre. Throw itout of the window.
Par o faut-il passer ? Which way must one go ?

Par ici. This way.
Par l. That way.
Par ici la sortie. This way out.
Par ci, par l (or) Here and there (or) so so.
a et l. Here and there.
Par amour. For love.
OU.
The word ou (unaccented) corresponds to the English
conjunction or.
Tt ou tard. Sooner or later.

Tout ou rien. All or nothing.
Maintenant ou jamais. Now or never.
Plus ou moins. More or less.
Mort ou vif. Dead or alive.
OU (accented)
Corresponds generally to the English adverb where, but

also used idiomatically in the sense of in, which and
it is
when.
O demeurez- vous ? Where do you live f
O avez- vous t ? Where have you been ?
Le danger o vous tes. The danger in which you are.
Le sicle o nous vivons. The century in which we live.
Le jour o je suis venu. The day (when) I came.
JUSQUE.
The word jusque an adverb which denotes both time
is
and distance, being rendered into English by till and as

far as. It is also used sometimes in the sense of even.
Jusqu' prsent. Until now.

Jusqu'alors. Until then.
Jusqu'o ? As far as where ?
Jusqu' Boston. As far as Boston.
Jusqu' la rivire. As far as the river.
Jusqu'au parc. As far as the park.
Jusqu' ses amis. Even his friends.
Jusqu' la dernire minute. Up to the last minute.
Depuis le premier jusqu'au dernier. From the first to the last.
EXERCISE.
i. To my great regret. 1. mon regret.
2. Turn to your right. 2. Tournez votre
3. I shall come at one o'clock. 3. Je viendrai
4- He is in (at) Paris. 4- 11 est .
s. I shall go on foot. 5- J'irai .
6. We will go on horseback. 6. Nous irons .
7- Give me a coffee-cup. 7- Donnez-moi .
8. Give me a cup of coffee. 8. Donnez-moi .
9- My friend' s father is sick. 9- Le pre est malade.

10. A gold bracelet. 10. Un .
11. A silk hat. 11. Un .
12. What do you think of Miss X? 12. pensez-vous Mlle X ?
13- I think she is charming. 13. Je pense elle est charmante

14- How nice ! 14. c'est gentil !
i5- I am so tired ! 15- Je suis lasse ! (f.)
i.She is very pretty 16. Elle est .
n- She is so pretty ! 17. Klle est jolie !
18. Where is he ? 18. est-il?

ig. He is in (at) Paris or London. 19- Il est .
20. Good-bye ; till to-morrow. 20. Au revoir ;

.
2T. A French lesson. 21. de franais.

22. My sister's bicycle. 22. La bicyclette .
23- A silver watch. 23- Une montre .
24. A wooden chair. 24. de bois.

25- What do you think of me ? 25- de moi ?
26. What do you think of her ? 26. d'elle?

27. It serves him right. 27. C'est bien fait .
her right.
28. It serves 28. C'est bien fait .
29. What do you wish ? 29. dsirez-vous?

30. What do you say ? 30- dites- vous ?
V> What did you say ? 31. avez- vous dit?

32. Are you sorry for it ? 32. tes- vous fch ?
33 I am sorry for it. 33. J' suis fch.

34- We laughed very much. 34. Nous avons .
Imperative of AVOIR, to have; ETRE, to be.
Aie, have thou Sois, be thou

Ayez, have you Soyez, be you
Ayons, let us have Soyons, let us be
Qu'il ait, let him have Qu'il soit, let him be
Qu'elle ait, her have
let Qu'elle soit, let her be
Qu'ils aient, let them have Qu'ils soient, let them be
Qu'elles aient, let them have Qu'elles soient, let them be
VINGT-CINQUIEME LEON.
LESSON XXV.
REMARKS ON THE RIGHT USE OF SOME
PRACTICAL WORDS.
DAY. MORNING. EVENING.

The words day, morning and evening are translated in
French by jour, matin and soir (m.) when one refers to
any part of the day, morning or evening, and also after
the words tous, every ; chaque, each ; ce, this or that.
They are translated by journe, matine, soire, (f.) when
one wants to express the whole duration of the day, morn-
ing or evening.
Chaque jour (or) Each day.
Tous les jours. Every day.
Ce jour. This day.
Il a fait une belle journe. It has been a fine day.

Il a plu toute la journe. It has rained all day long.
Je viendrai demain matin, I shall come to-morrow morning.

Je partirai huit heures du matin. I shall leave at 8 o'clock a.m.
Je viendrai dans la matine. j

I shall come in the forenoon.
J'ai travaill toute la matine. I have worked all the morning.
Nous viendrons ce soir. We will come to-night.

Nous partirons huit heures du We will leave at 8 o'clock p.m.
soir.
[us.
Venez passer la soire avec nous. Come and spend the evening with
J'ai pass une trs agrable soire. I have spent a very pleasant
evening.
YEAR.
The word year is translated in French by an (m.) for a
definite number of years, and by anne (f.) for an indefinite
number, for interrogative sentences and after an ordinal
number.
Il y a deux ans. Two years ago.
Deux ans aprs. Two years after.
En quelle anne tes-vous n ? In what year were you born ?

Je suis n en l'an 1880. I was born in the year 1880.
L,a mme anne. The same year.

Je vous souhaite une bonne anne. I wish you a prosperous year.
PARENTS. RELATIVES.
The French word parents (pah-rahng) means both
parents and relatives.
The word relations means only social or commercial
acquaintances.
Comment se portent vos parents ? How are your parents ?
Nous sommes parents. We are related.
Un proche parent. A near relative.
Un parent paternel (or) du ct de A relation on my father' s side.
mon pre.
Un parent maternel (or) du ct A relative on my mother's side.

de ma mre.
Nous sommes en relations We are commercially related.
d'affaires.
FATHER=IN=LAW, STEP=FATHER, ETC.

The words father-in-law, step-father, and all similar
words, are rendered in French by the same expression.
Beau-pre. Father-in-law (or) step-father.

Beau-frre. Brother-in-law (or) step-brother.
Beau-fils. Son-in-law (or) step-son.
Belle -mre. Mother-in-law (or) step-mother.

Belle-sur. Sister-in-law (or) step-sister.
Belle-fille. Daughter-in-law (or) step-
daughter.
PIECE.
The English word piece is translated in French by
morceau, for a material portion of something-, and for
music. The. French word pice is used for coins, theatri-
cal plays, rooms, and (speaking of price) a piece, each.
Un morceau de pain. A piece of bread.

Un morceau de musique. A piece of music.
Une pice de cinq francs. A five-franc piece.
Une pice amusante. An amusing play.
Ceci est une belle pice. This is a fine room.
Un appartement de six pices. An apartment of six rooms.
Combien la pice ? How much for one ?
Un franc pice. One franc a piece (or) each.
LECTURE.
The English word lecture is translated in French by
confrence. The French word lecture means reading.
Je vais entendre une confrence. I am going to hear a lecture.
Un confrencier. A lecturer.
Un livre de lecture. A (reading) book.
Un cabinet de lecture. A reading room.
OFFICE.
The word office is translated in French as follows :
Practical French Cours k 167
Etude (f.), for lawyers, notaries, etc.

Cabinet (m.), for statesmen, doctors, dentists.
Bureau (m.) for tradesmen and bankers.
Atelier (m.) for printers, artists, etc.
The French word office is used with quite a different

meaning.
Thus, we say :
L'office divin. The divine service.

Mes bons offices. My good services.
Un avocat nomm d'office. A lawyer appointed by the judge.
Une office bien garnie. A pantry well provided.
END.
The word end is translated by fin (f.) for the end of a
period of time and for the end of a book. It is rendered
by bout (m.) for the extremity of an object.
La du livre.
fin The end of the book.
A du mois.
la fin At the end of the month.
Au bout du corridor. At the end of the hall.
Un bout de ruban. A bit of ribbon.
D'un bout l'autre. From beginning to end.
Le bout des doigts. The finger-ends.
Le bout de la langue. The tip of the tongue.
Au bout du compte. After all ; upon-the whole.
TICKET. BILL. NOTE.

The words ticket billy and note are translated in French
as follows :
Billet fm.), for theatres, railroads, lotteries and bank-notes.

Carte Cf.), for visiting cards and bills of fare.
Etiquette (f.) for clothing tickets, etc.
Note (f.), for a bill and a short letter.
Facture (f.), for invoices.
Addition (f.), amount of check (for meals).
Un billet de theatre. A theatre ticket.
Un billet de faveur. A complimentary ticket.
Un billet d'aller et retour. An excursion ticket.
Un billet doux. A love-letter.
Envoyez-moi votre note. Send me your bill.

Envoyez-moi la facture. Send me the invoice.
Un billet de banque. A bank-note.
Un billet vue. A draft payable at sight.
Un billet ordre. A draft payable to order.
PRESENT. GIFT.
The word present or gift is rendered in French by-
prsent for valuable presents, and by cadeau tor small
presents.
C'est un joli prsent. It is a fine present.

C'est un joli cadeau. It is a fine present.
Je vous en fais cadeau. I give it to you.
Je vous ferai un prsent. I will make you a present.
On m'en a fait cadeau. It was given to me.
On m'en a fait prsent. It was given to me as a present.
MOUTH.
The word mouth is translated by bouche for men, horses
and cannon by gueule for animals (except horses), and
;
by embouchure for rivers.

Ouvrez la bouche. Open your mouth.
Fermez la bouche. Close your mouth.
Bouche bante. Open-mouthed.
Faire la bouche en cur. To screw up one's mouth.
Cela fait venir l'eau la bouche. That makes one's mouth water.
I,a gueule d'un animal. The mouth of an animal.
L'embouchure d'une rivire. The mouth of a river.
FIRE.
The "word, fire is generally translated by feu (m.). It is
rendered by incendie (m.) when it means the burning of a

building, a conflagration.
Allumez le feu. Light the fire.

Faites du feu dans ma chambre. Make afire in my room.
Le feu est teint. The fire is out.
Quel bon feu ! What a good fire !
Un feu d'artifice. Fire-works.
Un feu de joie. A bonfire.
Au feu au feu
! ! Fire ! fire !
Un terrible incendie. A terrible fire.

Une pompe incendie. A fire engine.
Iês pompiers. The firemen.
WORD.
Is translated in French by mot (m.) or parole (f.).
Mot is used for a word written, spelled or printed. Parole

means a word spoken.
Comment pelez-vous ce mot ? How do you spell that word ?
Un mot mal imprim. A word badly printed.
Une faute d'impression. A mistake in printing\ a misprint.
Je vous donne ma parole. I give you my word.
Parole d'honneur! My word of honor !
LINEN.
Is translated by linge (m.) or toile (f.). The first is used

for (linen) apparel, the second for the material.
Cette dame a de beau linge. That lady has fine linen.

Ives femmes aiment la lingerie. Women are fond oflinen garments.
Un mtre de toile. A meter of linen cloth.
NEXT.
The word next is rendered in French as follows :
Suivant=e, for the order.

Prochain =e, for the time.
Voisin-e, for the place.
Le chapitre suivant. Next (following) chapter.

Dans la chambre voisine. In the next room.
Le mois prochain. Next month.
Le jour suivant (or) le lendemain. The day following.
Le surlendemain. Two days after ; the third day.
AUDIENCE.
The word audience is translated in French by l'auditoire
(m.) or les auditeurs.
The French word audience means the hearing, the re-
ception (sovereigns, the Pope, etc).
Un nombreux auditoire. A large audience.
L'audience du tribunal. The hearing of the tribunal.
Jour d'audience. Court day.
SENSIBLE.
The word sensible is translated into French by sens.
The French word sensible means sensitive.
Il est trs sens. He is a very sensible man.
I
Il est trs sensible. He is very sensitive.

I
WAGES.
The word wages is, in French, les gages for servants,
le salaire or la paie (pay-yur) for workmen, le traitement
for officials
4
, les honoraires for clergymen, lawyers, doctors.
RIVERS.
The word river is, in French, rivire (f.) for a river flow-
ing into another river ; fleuve (m.) for a river emptying

into the sea.
EXERCISE.
/. It has snowed all day. 1. Il a neig .
2. I spent twenty days in Paris. 2. J'ai pass Paris.

j. I spent two years in London. 3- J'ai pass .
4. The first year. 4. La .
5. At about 10 'clock a.m. 5- Vers .
6. At about 11 p.m. 6. Vers .
7. Is he y our son ? 7- Est-ce ?
8. He is my step-son. 8. C'est .
. Is she your daughter ? 9- Est-ce ?
10. She is my step-daughter. 10. C'est .
11. A magnificent piece of music. 11. Un magnifique .
12. A twenty-franc piece. 12. Une

de vingt francs.
13. I heard a very fine lecture. 13. J'ai entendu une trs belle
14. He is a brilliant lecturer. 14. C'est brillant .
15. A lawyer's office. 15- L' d' avocat.

16. A doctor's office. 16. Le d' docteur.
17. A banker's office. 17. Le d' banquier.
18. The end of the lesson. 18. La .
i. At the end of the table. 19. Au .
20. A complimentary ticket. 20. Un .
2i. It is a fine present. 21. C'est .
22. Put out the fire. 22. Eteignez .
23. It was a terrible fire. 23. C'tait .
24. Upon my word. 24. Sur .
25. I do not understand that word. 25. Je ne comprends pas

26. Next time. 26. La fois.
2j. There was a large audience. 27. Il y avait .
28. The workmen's wages. 28. Le des ouvriers.

2. The President's salary. 29. Le du prsident.
30. The priest's salary. 30. Les
du prtre.
31, The Seine is a river. 31. La Seine est .
m&t?
172 PbacticaIv French Course
VINGT-SIXIEME LEON.
LESSON XXVI.
Auxiliary Verbs.
There are only two auxiliary verbs in French:

Avoir, to have, and tre, to be.
These two verbs are so important that the pupil should

have them, so to speak, at his finger-ends. He must,
therefore learn them by heart, affirmatively\ negatively and
interrogatively.
In studying them at the same time, their points of differ-
ence and similarity will be noticed more readily.
Experience has shown that most pupils have difficulty

in correctly pronouncing the various forms of the verbs
avoir and tre. I have therefore deemed it advisable to
give approximate equivalents of these sounds in English,
as a help to the pupil.
However, a perfect pronunciation can only be acquired
by hearing the sounds enunciated by the teacher.
Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verbs.
I. Simple Tenses.
INFINITIVE PRESENT (Infinitif prsent).
A
Avoir (ah-voo-ahr), to have.
I
|
Etre (ay-tr), to be.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE (Participe prsent).
I /
Ayant (ay-yng), having. |
Etant (ay-tng), being.
PAST PARTICIPLE (Participe pass).
Eu (), had. I Et (ay-tay), been.
INDICATIVE PRESENT (Indicatif prsent).
I have, etc. I am, etc.
J'ai (zhay). Je suis (zher siiee).
Tu as (tii ah). Tu es (tii ay).

Il a (ill ah). Il est (ill ay).
Elle a (ell ah). Elle est (ell ay).
Nous avons (noo-zah-vng). Nous sommes (noo-sohm).

Vous avez (voo-zah-vay). Vous tes (voo-zett).
Ils ont (ill-zng). Ils sont (ill-sng).
Elles ont (ell-zng). Elles sont (ell-sng).
IMPERFECT (Imparfait).
I had, I was having, or I used to I was, I was being, or I used

have, etc. to be, etc.
J'avais (zhah-vay). J'tais (zhay-tay).

Tu avais (tii-ah-vay).
'
Tu tais (tii-ay-tay).
Il avait (ill-ah-vay). Il tait (ill-ay-tay).
Nous avions (noo-zah-vee-ng). Nous tions (noo-zay-tee-ng).

Vous aviez (voo-zah-vee-ay). Vous tiez (voo-zay-tee-ay).
Ils avaient (ill-zah-vay). Ils taient (ill-zay-tay).
PAST DEFINITE (Pass dfini).
This tense is narrative only ; therefore, it is not used in

ordinary conversation.
I had, I did have, etc. I was, etc.
J'eus (zh). Je fus (zher fi).
Tu eus (tii ti). Tu fus (tii fii).
Il eut (illii). Il fut (ill fii).
Nous emes (noo-z-m). Nous fmes (noo fii-m).

Vous etes (voo-z-t). Vous ftes (voo fii-t).
Ils eurent (ill-ziir). Ils furent (ill fii-r).
FUTURE (Futur).
I shall or will have, etc. I shall or will be, etc.
J'aurai (zhoh-ray). Je serai (zher suray).

Tu auras ^tii oh-rah). Tu seras (tii surah).
Il aura (ill oh-rah). Il sera (ill surah).
Nous aurons (noo-zoh-rng). Nous serons (noo-srng).

Vous aurez (voo-zoh-ray). Vous serez (voo-sray).
Ils auront (ill-zoh-rng). Ils seront (ill-srng).
CONDITIONAL (Conditionnel).
I should or would have, etc. I should or would be, etc.
J'aurais (zhoh-ray). Je serais ( zher sray).

Tu aurais (tii oh-ray). Tu serais (tii sray).
Il aurait (ill-oh-ray). Il serait (ill sray).
Nous aurions (noo-zoh-ree-ng). Nous serions (noo-sr-ee-ng)

Vous auriez (voo-zoh-ree-ay). Vous seriez (voo-sr-ee-ay).
Ils auraient (ill-zoh-ray). Ils seraient (ill suray).
Practical French course 175
SUBJUNCTIVE (Subjonctif).
Present.
That I may have, etc. That I may be, etc.
Que j'aie (ker-zhay). Que je sois (ker-zher-swah).

Que tu aies (ker-t-ay). Que tu sois (ker-tu-swah).
Qu'il ait (kill-ay). Qu'il soit (kill-swah).
Que nous ayons Que nous soyons

(ker-noo-zay-yng). (ker-noo-swah-yng).
Que vous ayez (ker-voo-zay-yay). Que vous soyez
(ker-voo-swah-yay).
Qu'ils aient (kill-zay). Qu'ils soient (kill-swah).
IMPERFECT (imparfait).
This tense is always derived from the past definite.
That I might have, etc. That I might be, etc.
Que j'eusse (ker-zh-ss). Que je fusse (ker zher fii-ss).
Que tu eusses (ker tii i-ss). Que tu fusses (ker tu fii-ss).
Qu'il et (kill ). Qu'il ft (kill fi).
Que nous eussions Que nous fussions

(ker noo-zu-se -ng). (ker noo-fii-see-ng).
Que vous eussiez Que vous fussiez
(ker-voo-zii-see-ay). (ker voo-fii-see-ay).
Qu'ils eussent (kill-zii-ss). Qu'ils fussent (kill fii-ss).
IMPERATIVE (Impratif).
Aie (ay), have {thou). Sois (swah), be {thou).

Ayez (ay-yay), have (you). Soyez (swah-yay) be {you).
Ayons (ay-yng), let us have. Soyons (swah-yng), let us be.
OBSERVATION.
The imperative in French has no third person. The
English forms let him, let her, let them
are rendered by
the third person singular or plural of the subjunctive,

present.
Qu'il ait (kill-ay). That he may have (or) let him have.
Qu'elle ait (kell-ay). That she may have (or) let her have.
Qu'ils aient (kill-zay). That they may have (or) let them
{have.
Qu'il soit (kill-swah). That he may be (or) let him be.
Qu'elle soit (kell-swah). That she may be (or) let her be.
Qu'ils soient (kill-swah). That they may be (or) let them be.
II. Compound Tenses (Temps composs).
We will give only the first person singular of the differ-
ent compound tenses, as from that the other persons can

readily be formed.
PAST INFINITIVE (Infinitif pass).
To have had. To have been.
Avoir eu. Avoir t.
COMPOUND PARTICIPLE (Participe compos).
Having had. Having been.
Ayant eu. Ayant t.
PAST INDEFINITE (Pass indfini).
This tense is always used in conversation instead of the

past definite.
I have had, etc. I have been, etc.
J'ai eu, etc. J'ai t, etc.

PLUPERFECT (Plus-que-parfait).
I had had, etc. I had been, etc.
J'avais eu, etc. J'avais t, etc.
FUTURE ANTERIOR (Futur antrieur).
I shall have had, etc. I shall have been, etc.
J'aurai eu, etc. J'aurai t, etc.
CONDITIONAL PAST (Conditionnel pass).
I would have had, etc. I would have been, etc.
J'aurais eu, etc. J'aurais t, etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE PAST (Subjonctif pass).
That I may have had, etc. That I may have been, etc.
Que j'aie eu, etc. Que j'ai t, etc.
PLUPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE

(Plus-que-parfait du subjonctif).
That I might have had, etc. That I might have been, etc.
Que j'eusse eu, etc. Que j'eusse t, etc.
III. How to Conjugate the Verbs Negatively,
The negation in French is formed, as we have already

stated, by placing ne before the verb and pas after it. In
i?8 Practical French Course
compound tenses ne is placed before the auxiliary and pas

before the past participle.
MODEL OF NEGATIVE FORM,
SIMPLE TENSES (ist person singular).
Let the pupil supply the other persons.

Je ne suis pas, etc. I am not.
Je n'tais pas, etc. I was not.

Je ne fus pas, etc. I was not.
Je ne serai pas, etc. I shall not be.
Je ne serais pas, etc. I would not be.
Je n'ai pas, etc. I have not.

Je n'avais pas, etc. I had not.
Je n'eus pas, etc. I had not.
Je n'aurai pas, etc. I shall not have.
Je n'aurais pas, etc. I would not have.
COMPOUND TENSES (ist person singular).
Je n'ai pas eu, etc. / have not had.

Je n'avais pas eu, etc. I had not had.
Je n'aurai pas eu, etc. I shall not have had.
Je n'aurais pas eu, etc. I would not have had.
Je n'ai pas t, etc. I have not been.

Je n'avais pas t, etc. I had not been.
Je n'aurai pas t, etc. I shall not have been.
Je n'aurais pas t, etc. I would not have bee?i.
IV. How to Conjugate Verbs Interrogatively.
Verbs are conjugated interrogatively by placing the

nominative pronoun after them, or by using the expression
est=ce que (is it thai) before the nominative pronoun

followed by the verb.
MODEL OF INTERROGATIVE FORM.
FIRST FORM. SECOND FORM.
Suis-je ? Am I? Est-ce que je suis ?
Ne suis-je pas ? Am I not ? Est-ce que je ne suis pas?
Est il ? Is he ? Est-ce qu'il est?

N'est-ilpas? Is he not? Est-ce qu'il n'est pas?
Sommes- nous ? Are we ? Est-ce que nous sommes ?

Ne sommes-nous pas ? Are we not ? Est-ce que nous ne sommes pas ?
Etes- vous ? A re you ? Est-ce que vous tes?

N '
tes- vous pas ? Are you not ? Est-ce que vous n'tes pas ?
Sont-ils? Are they? Est-ce qu'ils sont?

Ne sont-ils pas ? Are they not ? Est-ce qu'ils ne sont pas?

I. Was I ? (imperfect.) 13- Shall I be?
2. Was he not ? 14. Shall I have?
3- Was she not ? 15- Will you be?

4- Had you ? 16. Will you have?
5- Had you not ? 17- I shall not be.
6. Were we ? 18. I shall not have.
7. Were you? 19- Would you be?
8. Were you. not ? 20. I would be.
9- Had I not? 21. Would she have
10. Had we ? 22. She would not have
11. Ihad. 23- Are you not ?
12. We had. 24. Have you not ?
i8o Practical French Course
VINGT-SEPTIEME LEON.
LESSON XXVII.
PRACTICAL EXERCISE
on the verb Etre, to be.
PRELIMINARY OBSERVATION.
The two parts of the French negative (ne pas) are used
conjointly before a verb in the infinitive, or before the
objective pronoun, which may precede the verb in the
infinitive.
Etre, ou ne pas tre, voil la To de or not to be, that is the

y
question. question.
Pour ne pas vous dranger. Not to disturb you.
Je suis charm de vous voir. I am delighted to see you.

Je suis enchant de vous voir. I am very pleased to see you.
Je suis bien aise de vous voir. I am very glad to see you.
O est votre frre ? Where is your brother?

Il est sorti. He is (gone) out.
O est votre sur ? Where is your sister ?

Elle est sortie. She is (gone) out.
O sont vos parents ? Where are your parents \
Ils sont sortis . They are (gone) out.

Ils sont absents. They are away.
Ils sont la campagne. They are in the country.
O sont vos surs ? Where are your sisters ?

Elles sont au bord de la mer. They are at the seashore.
Elles sont l'tranger. They are abroad.
Elles sont en Allemagne. They are in Germany,

Elles sont Berlin. They are in Berlin.
Etes- vous content de moi ? Are you pleased with me ?

Je suis trs content de vous. I am very much pleased with you.
Etes- vous satisfait de mes Are you satisfied with (of) my

progrs en franais ? progress in French ?
Oui, vraiment ;
j'en suis trs Yes, indeed ; I am very well
satisfait. satisfied (with it).
Votre fils est-il au collge ? Is your son at college ?

Non, il est en vacances. No, he is on his vacation.
Votre petite sur est-elle la Is your little sister at home?

maison ?
Non, elle est l'cole. No, she is at school.
O est la femme de chambre ? Where is the chambermaid ?

O est la bonne ? Where is the children's maidf
Elle est en haut. She is upstairs.
Elle est en bas. She is downstairs.
O est le concierge ? Where is the janitor ?

Il est dans le sous-sol. He is in the basement.
Il est dans la cave. He is in the cellar.
Il est au rez-de-chausse. He is on the ground floor.
O sont les enfants ? Where are the children ?

Ils sont sur le perron. They are on the stoop.
Ils sont sur le trottoir. They are on the sidewalk.
Ils sont dans la rue. They are in the street.
Ils sont dans la cour. They are in the back yard.
Ils sont dans le jardin. They are in the garden.
Avez-vous djeun? Have you had your breakfast ?

Je suis jeun. I have not had my breakfast.
(I am fasting.)
A propos, o tiez-vous hier soir ? By the way, where were you last
night ?
J'tais au thtre. / was at the theatre.

Y avait-il beaucoup de monde ? Were there many people there ?
La salle tait comble. The house {hall ) zvas crowded.
Iv. pice tait-elle intressante ? Was the play interesting ?
Oui, en vrit. Yes, indeed.
Avez-vous t chez monsieur X ? Have you been to Mr. X's ?

J'en viens. I have just been there.
Etait-il chez lui ? Was he at home ?
Non, il n'y tait pas. No, he was not {there).
O tait-il ? Where was he ?
Il tait son bureau. He was at his office.
Avez-vous vu vos amis ? Have you seen your friends

Non, ils n'taient pas chez eux. No, they were not at home.
O taient-ils ? Where were they ?
Ils taient au thtre. They were at the theatre.
Serez- vous chez vous demain ? Will you be at home to-morrow ?

Oui, je serai chez moi toute la Yes, I shall home all (the)
be at
journe. day long.
Je serai bien aise de vous voir. I shall be very glad to see you.
Je serai bien aise de le voir. I shall be very glad to see him. .
Je serai bien aise de la voir. I shall be very glad to see her.

Je serai bien aise de les voir. I shall be very glad to see them.
Il sera bien aise de vous voir. He will be very glad to see you.
Elle sera bien aise de vous voir. She will be very glad to see you.
Ils seront bien aise de vous voir. They will be very glad to see you.
Nous serons trs heureux de vous We will be very happy to see you.
voir.
J'ai t trs occup. I have been very busy.

Il a t trs malade. He has been very sick.
Elle a t trs surprise. She was very much surprised.
Nous avons t trs peines. We have been very much grieved.
Vous avez t trs heureux. You have been very fortunate.
Ils ont t trs contents. They were very pleased.
Je serais trs heureux de le voir. I should be very happy to see him.

Il seraitenchant de vous voir. He would be delighted to see you.
Elle serait trs heureuse de She would be very happy to
faire votre connaissance. make your acquaintance.
Nous serions trs heureux de We would be very happy to
recevoir votre visite. receive your visit.
Restez un peu plus. Stay a little longer.

Je le voudrais, mais je ne puis. I sliould like to, but I cannot.
Il faut que je sois chez moi deux I must be {it is necessary that I be)
heures prcises. at home at 2 o'clock sharp.
Soyez attentif, (m.) Be attejitive.

Soyez attentive, (f.) Be attentive.
Soyez prompt. Be prompt.
Soyez exact. Be exact.
Soyez ponctuel. Be punctual.
Soyez sage ! Be good ! {of children.)
Soyez un bon garon ! Be a good boy !
Soyez une bonne fille ! Be a good girl !
Ne soyez pas fch ! DonH be angry !
Ne soyez pas de mauvaise humeur. Don't be cross ! {in bad humor.)
FORMED WITH THE VERB Etre.
Je n'y suis pour personne. / am at hoyne to no one.

Madame n'y est pas. Madam is not at home.
Vous y tes ! You have it ! {There you are !)
Vous n'y tes pas ! That's not it !
J'y suis ! I have it !
O en tes- vous ? Where are you {at) ?

Je ne sais o j'en suis. I do not know where I am {at).
Voulez-vous tre des ntres ? Will you be one of us ? {Join us.)
Si j'tais de vous. If I were you.
Il n'en est rien. It is nothing of the sort.
Je n'en suis plus. I cry off! {I quit f)
Je suis gn. I am uncomfortable.
Je vous suis redevable. I am indebted to you.
i84 Practical French Course
Je ne suis pas en train. / am not in the mood.

Je suis sur les pines. I am ill at ease [on thorns.)
Je suis sur le point de partir. I am about to leave.
Je suis vous dans un moment. I shall be with you in a moment.
C'est vous de parler. It is for you to speak.
En tes- vous
encore l ! Do you still believe that !
Cela n'est pas ! It is not so !

C'en est fait de lui ! It is all over with him !
Nous sommes de moiti ! We go halves !

Je ne suis pas dans mon assiette ! I am not myself!
H bien, soit ! Well, let it be so !
Ainsi soit-il ! So be it ! Amen !

ENGLISH CONSTRUCTION. FRENCH CONSTRUCTION.
1. Isyour brother married ? 1. Your brother, he married ?

is
2. Isyour wife French? 2. Your French ?

wife, is she
3. Are my brothers here ? 3. My brothers, are they here ?
4. Are my sisters here ? 4. My sisters, are they here ?
5. Where are your friend's 5. Where are the parents of
parents ? your friend ?
6. Was Mr. Smith at home ? Mr. Smith, was he chez lui?
7. Was Mrs. Smith at home? Mrs. Smith, was she chez elle?
8. *Were your sons at home? Your sons, were they chez eux ?
9. Will your father be at home ? Your father, will be he chez lui?
10. Is not thatman very rich ? 10. That man, is he not very rich ?
11. Isnot that lady very pretty ? 11. That lady, is she notverypretty?
12. Are not those boys lazy ? Those boys, are they not lazy ?
13. At what time will you be here ? At what hour will be you here ?
14. At what time will your At what hour your husband
husband be at home ? will be he chez lui?
15. At what time will your At what hour the mother of your
friend's mother be at home? friend will be she chez elle ?
16. Do not be in such a hurry. 16. Be not so hurried.
17. Is it good? 17. Is it that it is good ?
18. Was it good ? 18. Is it that it was good ?
19. What is it ? 19. What is it that it is?
20. Is it correct ? 20. Is it that it is correct?

VINGT-HUITIEME LEON.
LESSON XXVIII.
PRACTICAL EXERCISE
on The verb Avoir, to have.
E SAY IN FRENCH :
Avoir faim, to have hunger, , for To be hungry.

Avoir soif, to have thirst, for To be thirsty.
Avoir sommeil, to have sleep,i, for To be sleepy.
Avoir chaud, to have warmth h, for To be warm.
Avoir froid, to have cold. for To be cold.
Avoir peur, to have fear, for To be afraid.
Avoir honte, to have shame, for To be ashamed.
Avoir raison, to have reason , for To be right (of people).
Avoir tort, to have wrong, for To be wrong (of people),
II. WE SAY IN FRENCH

Avoir besoin, to have need, for To need.
Avoir soin, to have care, for To take care.
Avoir piti (de), to have pity, for To pity.
Avoir coutume (de), to have custom for To be in the habit.
Avoir envie (de), to have desire, for To feel like.
Avoir sujet (de), to have subject, for To have reason for.
Avoir lieu (de), to have cause, for To have cause for.
Avoir lieu, to have place, for To take place.
Avoir mal (), to have pain, for To have a pain.
Avoir l'air, to have the appearance, for To look (as if).
Avoir de la chance, to have luck, for To be lucky.
Avoir bonne mine, to have a healthy appearance, for To look well.
Avoir quelque chose, to have something for something to be the matter.
III. WE SAY IN FRENCH:

Moi aussi (7 also). For so have 7, so am 7, so do 7, so did 7, etc.
Ni moi non plus (nor I either), For neither have 7, neither
am 7, neither do 7, *fc.
PRACTICE.
J'ai faim. I am hungry. (7 have hunger.)
J'ai soif. I am thirsty. (I have thirst.)
J'ai sommeil. I am sleepy. (I have sleep.)
J'ai chaud. I am warm. (I have warmth.)
J'ai froid. I am cold. (I have cold.)
J'ai peur. I am afraid. (I have fear.)
J'ai honte. I am ashamed. (I have shame.)
J'ai raison. I am right. (I have right.)
J'ai tort. I am wrong. (I have wrong.)
Avez- vous faim ? Are you hungry?

Oui, j'ai faim. Yes, I am.
Moi aussi. So am I.
N'avez-vous pas soif? Are you not thirsty ?

Si, j'ai trs soif. Yes, I am very thirsty.
Moi aussi. So am I.
Je n'ai pas sommeil. I am not sleepy.

Ni moi non plus. Neither am I.
Je n'ai pas faim. I am not hungry.

Ni moi non plus. Neither am I.
Si vous avez faim, mangez. Ifyou are hungry, eat.

Si vous avez soif, buvez. Ifyou are thirsty, drink.
Si vous avez sommeil, dormez. Ifyou are sleepy, sleep.
Si vous avez froid, chauffez- vous. Ifyou are cold, warm yourself
Si vous avez chaud, tez votre Ifyou are warm, take offyour coat.
paletot.
N'ai- je pas raison ? Am I not right?

Si, vous avez parfaitement raison. Yes, you air perfectly right.
Ai- je tort ? Am I wrong ?

Non, vous n'avez pas tort. No, you are not wrong.
Avez-vous besoin de quelque Do you need something f

chose ?
J'ai besoin de beaucoup de choses. I need many things.
De quoi avez-vous besoin ? What do you need ?

J'ai besoin d'un chapeau. I need a hat.
J'ai besoin d'un gilet. I need a vest.
J'ai besoin d'un paletot. I need a coat.
J'ai besoin d'un pantalon. I need trousers.
J'ai besoin d'un nouveau costume. I need a new suit.
J'ai besoin d'une paire de souliers. I need a pair of shoes.
J'ai besoin de gants. I need gloves.
Avez-vous tout ce dont vous avez Have you all you need?
besoin ?
Oui, j'ai tout ce dont j'ai besoin. Yes, I have all I need.
Vous avez bonne mine. You look well.

Je me sens bien. Ifeel well.
Vous avez mauvaise mine. You look bad.

Vous avez l'air malade. You look ill.
Je ne me sens pas bien. I do not feel well.
Qu'est-ce que vous avez? What is the matter with you ?

J'ai mal la tte. I have a headache.
J'ai mal la gorge. I have a sore throat.
J'ai mal l'estomac. I have a pain in the stomach.
J'ai mal aux dents. I have a toothache.
J'ai un violent mal de tte. I have a violent headache.

J'ai la fivre. I am feverish.
J'ai une terrible nvralgie. I have a terrible neuralgia.
J'ai pris froid. I have taken cold.
J'ai un gros rhume. I have a severe cold.
Un rhume de poitrine. A cold in the chest.
Un rhume de cerveau. A cold in the head.
Je suis enrhum. I have a cold.
Je suis enrhum du cerveau. I have a cold in my head.

Ayez soin de vous-mme. Take {have) care of yourself.
Cet homme est plaindre. Thai man is to be pitied.

J'ai piti de lui. Ipity him.
Qu'est-ce qu'il a ? What is the matter with him ?
Il est aveugle. He is blind.
Il est estropi. He is a cripple.
Il est sourd et muet. He is deaf and dumb.
J'aide la chance. I am lucky.

J'aibeaucoup de chance. I am very lucky.
Je n'ai pas de chance. I am not lucky.
J'ai eu de la chance. I have been lucky.

J'ai eu beaucoup de chance. I have been very lucky.
Je n'ai pas eu de chance. I have not been lucky.
La runion aura lieu demain soir. The meeting will take place to-mor-
row evening.
La crmonie aura lieu ce soir. The ceremony will take place this
evening.
Le mariage (or la noce) aura lieu The wedding will take place to-
demain matin. morrow morning.
Le baptme aura lieu dimanche The christening will take place on
aprs la messe. Sunday after mass.
L'enterrement aura lieu cette The interment will take place this
aprs midi au cimetire afternoon at cemetery.
Les funrailles (or les obsques) The funeral will take place to-mor-
auront lieu demain matin. row morning.
La runion n'a pas eu lieu elle a ; The meeting did not take place ; it
t renvoye dimanche pro- was postponed until Sunday
chain. next.
Comment vont les affaires ? How is business ?

Trs bien, en vrit. Very good, indeed.
Je n'ai pas lieu (or sujet) de me I have no reason for complaining.
plaindre.
Tant mieux. So much the better.
IMPORTANT REMARKS.
I. The English expressions to be good tempered, to be
bad tempered, are rendered in French by avoir bon carac-

tre, avoir mauvais caractre.
Character is, in French, renomme, rputation.
Il a un mauvais caractre. He is bad tempered.

Elle a un trs bon caractre. She is good tempered.
Un homme de mauvaise rputation. A man of bad character.

Une femme de mauvaise A woman of bad reputation.
rputation.
2. Avoir, to have, followed by a noun, takes the prepo-

sition de before a verb in the infinitive.
J'ai envie de fumer. Ifeel like smoking.

J'ai envie de dormir. Ifeel like sleeping.
J'ai envie d'aller au thtre. Ifeel like going to the theatre.
Je n'ai pas le temps de sortir. I have not the time to go out.

Je n'ai pas le temps d'y aller. I have not the time to go {there).
J'ai coutume de me lever de grand I am in the habit of rising very

matin. early in the morning.
J'ai l'habitude de me coucher trs I am in the habit of going to bed
tard. at a very late hour.
Je n'ai pas l'honneur de vous I have not the honor of knowing

connatre. you.
J'ai l'honneur de vous saluer. I have the honor to salute you.
3. Avoir, to have, requires the preposition before a

verb in the infinitive.
Qu'avez-vous faire ? What have you to do ?

J'ai beaucoup faire. I have much to do.
Je n'ai rien faire. / have nothing to do.

Je n'ai absolument rien faire. I have absolutely nothing to do.
Qu'avez- vous dire ? What have you to say?

Je n'ai rien dire. I havenothing to say.
Vous n'avez rien dire. You have nothing to say.
4. To have something left is rendered in French by avoir

de reste or rester (the latter used impersonally).
Combien avez- vous de reste ? How much have you left ?

J'ai vingt sous de reste. I have twe?ity cents left.
Je n'ai rien de reste. I have nothing left.
Combien vous reste-t-il ? How much have you left ?

Il me reste vingt francs. I have twenty francs left.
Il ne me reste rien. I have nothing left.
5. The age in French is expressed with the verb avoir.

In speaking of old people, the adjective g, aged, is more
respectful than the words vieux (m.), vieille (f.), old.
Quel ge avez-vous ? How old are you ?

J'ai un an de plus que vous. I am one year older than you.
Quel ge a-t-il ? How old is he ?

Il a quarante ans. He is forty.
Il a trois ans de plus que moi. He is three years older than I.
J'aurai trente ans demain. I shall be thirty to-morrow.

Il aura quinze ans le premier mai He will be fifteen on the first of
prochain. May next.
Mon pre est trs g. My father is very old.

Ma mre est trs ge. My mother is very old.
Ma fte de naissance. My birthday.
Practical, French Course; 191
FORMED WITH THE VERB Avoir.
Je n'ai pas de quoi. / have not the means.
Il a de quoi satisfaire ses gots. He has the means to satisfy his
tastes.
Il n'y a pas de quoi. Don't mention it. {There is noth-
ing to it.)
J'ai beau faire. I try in vain.
Vous avez beau dire. You speak in vain.
Vous avez beau pleurer. You cry in vain.
Vous auriez beau pleurer. You would cry in vain.
EXERCISE FOR TRANSLATION

1. He is hungry. 1 He has hunger.
2. I was thirsty. 2. I had thirst.
3- She is sleepy. 3. She has sleep.
4- He is right. (*) 4. He has reason.
5- What does he need ? 5. Of what has he need ?
6. What does she need? 6. Of what has she need ?
7- He looks well. 7. He has good appearance.
8. He looks sick. 8. He has the air sick.
9- He has a headache. 9. He has pain in the ( la) head.
10. She is feverish. 10. She has the fever.
11. You are lucky. 11 You have (some) luck.
12. You are not lucky. 12. You have no luck.
13- You have been lucky. 13. You have had (some) luck.
14. At what time will the meeting 14. At what hour the meeting will
take place ? it (she) take place ?
15. That boy is bad tempered. 15. That boy has a bad temper.
16. That girl is good tempered. 16. That girl has a good temper.
17. How old is your boy? 17. What age has your boy?
(*) In speaking of things, right and wrong are translated idiomatically

by bon, mauvais, correct, bien, mal, juste, convenable. Ex.: C'est
bien, c'est juste, c'est mal, ce n'est pas bien.
We also say idiomatically :
L'homme qu'il faut. The right man.

L'endroit d'une toffe. The right side of (dry) goods
L'envers d'une toffe The wrong side of (dry) goods.
192 Practical French Course)
VINGT-NEUVIME LEON
LESSON XXIX.
REGULAR VERBS.
I. General Notions.
There are French three regular conjugations.

in
Each conjugation is distinguished by the termination of

the verb in the infinitive.
The ist conjugation has the infinitive ending in er, as parler, to speak.
The 2d conjugation has the infinitive ending in ir, as finir, to finish.
The 3d conjugation has the infinitive ending in re, as vendre, to sell.
Two parts must be distinguished in the French verbs :
the radical or essential part, ordinarily invariable, and the

termination or accidental part, generally variable.
The radical is what remains of a verb in the infinitive,
after its termination has been cut ofT. Thus :
The radical of the verb parler is pari.
The radical of the verb finir is fin.
The radical of the verb vendre is vend.
IMPORTANT REMARK.
For the purpose of simplification, in our table of conju-
gations,some tenses and persons of the verb finir are
formed by prefixing finiss, from the present participle
finissant, finishing.
All verbs of the second conjugation are formed in the

same way, some tenses being formed from the infinitive,
and some from the present participle, as will be readily
seen from the table.
OBSERVATION
Old grammars contain a fourth conjugation comprising
the verbs ending in
oir, as recevoir, to receive. But inas-
much as these verbs are only five in number, namely:
apercevoir; to perceive ; dcevoir, to deceive ; concevoir,
to conceive ; devoir, to owe ; we have followed the ex-
ample set by modern grammarians, and placed them
among the irregular verbs.
II. Hints for Conjugating the Regular Verbs.
(1.) HOW TO FORM THE IMPERFECT.
The imperfect is formed by adding to the radical of the

verb the terminations of the imperfect of the verb avoir;
viz.
ions, aient.
:
ais, ais, ait, iez,
(2.) HOW TO FORM THE FUTURE.
The simplest way of forming the future is to add to the

verb in the infinitive the terminations of the indicative
present of the verb avoir; viz. :
ai, as, ons, a, ez, ont.

194 practical French Course
(3.) HOW TO FORM THE CONDITIONAL.
The simplest way of forming the conditional is to add to

the verb in the infinitive the terminations of the imperfect
tense of the verb avoir ; viz. :
ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient.
(4.) HOW TO FORM THE FIRST AND SECOND

PERSONS OF THE IMPERATIVE.
The first and second persons, plural, of the imperative

are the same as the corresponding persons of the indicative
present, minus the personal pronouns :
Nous parlons, we speak. Parlons, let us speak.

Vous parlez, you speak. Parlez, speak.
The second person, singular, of the imperative is the same

as the corresponding person of the indicative present, minus
the personal pronoun :
Je parle, / speak. Parle, speak (thou).
REMARK,
The following table has been so arranged that the
student can see at a glance how, in fact, the three regular
conjugations may be reduced into one, the terminations

being perfectly alike in most tenses and persons.
III. Conjugation of the Regular Verbs.
MODEL VERBS.
First Conjugation. Second Conjugation. Third Conjugation.
INFINITIF PRESENT.
Pari er, to speak, |
Fin ir, to finish. |
Vend re, to sell.
PARTICIPE PRESENT.
Pari ant, speaking. |
Finiss ant, finishing. |
Vqnd ant, selling.
PARTICIPE PASSE.
Pari , spoken I
Fin i, finished. |
Vend u, sold.
[NDICATIF PRSENT 1
I speak, I finish ,
/ sell,
I am speaking. / am finishing I am selling.
Je pari e. Je fin is. Je vend s.
Tu es. Tu is. Tu s.
Il e. Il it. Il
Nous ons. Nous finiss ons. Nous ons.

Vous ez. Vous ez. Vous ez.
Ils ent. (*) Ils ent. Ils ent.
(*) Ent is silent when it marks the third person plural of a verb.
However, if the next word begins with a vowel, the final t is sounded
and carried over.
IMPARFAIT.
/ was speaking, or I was finishing, or I was selling, or

used to speak. used to finish. used to sell.
Je pari ais. Je finiss ais. Je vend ais.

Tu ais. Tu ais. Tu ais.
11 ait 11 ait. 11 ait.
Nous ions. Nous ions. Nous ions.

Vous iez. Vous iez. Vous iez.
Ils aient (ay). Ils aient (ay). Ils aient (ay).-
PASSE DEFINI.
This tense is only narrative, and therefore not used in
ordinary conversation.
I spoke, or Ifinished, or / sold, or

did speak. did finish. did sell.
Je pari ai. Je fin is. Je vend is.
Tu as. Tu is. Tu is.
Il a. 11 it. 11 it.
Nous mes (ahm). Nous mes (eem). Nous mes (eem)

Vous tes (aht). Vous tes (eet). Vous tes (eet).
Ils rent (air). Ils irent (eer). Ils irent (eer).
FUTUR.
/ shall, or will speak. I shall, or im 'Il finish. I shall, or will sell.
Je parler ai. Je finir ai. Je vendr ai.
Tu as. Tu as. Tu as.

Il a. Il a. Il a.
Nous ons. Nous ons. Nous ons.

Vous ez. Vous ez. Vous ez.
Us ont. Us ont. Us ont.
CONDITIONNEL.
I would, or I would, or I would, or

should speak. should finish. should sell.
Je parler ais. Je finir ais. Je vendr ais.

Tu ais. Tu ais. Tu ais.
Il ait. Il ait. Il ait.
Nous ions. Nous ions. Nous ions.

Vous iez. Vous iez. Vous iez.
Ils aient (ay). Ils aient (ay). Ils aient (ay).
SUBJONCTIF PRESENT.
That I may speak. That I may finish. That I may sell.
Que je pari e. Que je finiss e. Que je vend e.
Que tu es. Que tu es. Que tu es.

Qu'il e. Qu'il e. Qu'il e.
Que nous ions. Que nous ions. Que nous ions.

Que vous iez. Que vous iez. Que vous iez.
Qu'ils ent. Qu'ils ent. Qu'ils ent.
IMPARFAIT DU SUBJONCTIF.
This tense is always formed from the past definite.
That I might speak. That I might finish. That I might sell.
Que je pari asse. Que je fin isse. Que je vend isse.

Que tu asses. Que tu isses. Que tu isses
Qu'il t. Qu'il t. Qu'il t.
Que nous assions. Que nous issions. Que nous Issions.

Que vous assiez. Que vous issiez. Que vous issiez.
Qu'ils assent. Qu'ils issent. Qu'ils issent
(as) (iss) (iss)
: 98 Practical French Course
IMPRATIF.
Pari e, speak {thou) Fin is, finish (s.) Vend s, sell {s.)
Pari ez, speak {you). Finiss ez, finish {pi.) Vend ez, sell {pi.)
Pari ons, let us speak. Finiss ons,let us finish Vend ons, let us sell.
IV. Compound Tenses,
The compound tenses of active verbs are formed, as in

English, by combining the past participle with the dif-
ferent tenses (simple) of the verb avoir, to have.
PASS INDFINI.
This tense being the most used (it always replaces the
past definite in ordinary conversation), we will conjugate
it in full, but will give only the first person singular of the
other tenses, as from that the other persons can easily be
formed.
J'ai parl (fini ou vendu). / have spoken {finished or sold).

Tu as parl. Thou hast spoken.
Il a parl. He has spoken.
Elle a parl. She has spoken.
Nous avons parl. We have spoken.

Vous avez parl. You have spoken.
Ilsont parl. They {m.) have spoken.
Elles ont parl. They {/.) have spoken.
PLUS-QUE-PARFAIT.
J'avais parl, etc. |
I had spoken or been speaking.
PASS ANTRIEUR.
J'eus parl, etc. |
I had spoken.
FUTUR ANTERIEUR.
J'aurai parl, etc. |
I shall have s
CONDITIONNEL PASSE.
J'aurais parl, etc. |
/ would have spoken.
SUBJONCTIF PASS.
Que j'aie parl, etc. |
That I may have spoken.
PIvUS-QUE- PARFAIT DU SUBJONCTIF.

Que j'eusse parl, etc. |
That I might have spoken.
INFINITIF PASSE.
Avoir parl. |
To have spoken.
PARTICIPE COMPOSE.
Ayant parl. |
Having spoken.
1. Do I speak well? 1. Is it that I speak well ?

2. Does he speak French ? 2. Speaks he French ? (or)
Is it that he speaks French ?
3. Does she speak English ? 3. Speaks she English ? (or)

Is it that she speaks English ?
Practical French Course
4. Do we speak ? 4. Speak we ? (or)

Is it that we speak ?
5. Do they speak ? (m.) 5. Speak they ? (or)
Is it that they speak ?
6. Did I speak ? 6. Have Ispoken ? (or)

Is it that I have spoken ?
7. Didst thou speak ? 7. Hast thou spoken ? (or)
Is it that thou hast spoken ?
8. Did he speak ? 8. Has he spoken ? (or)

Is it that he has spoken ?
9. Did we finish ? 9. Have we finished ? (or)
Is it that we have finished ?
10. Did she finish ? 10. Has she finished ? (or)

Is it that she has finished ?
11. Did they sell ? 11. Have they sold? (or)
Is it that theyhave sold?
12. I do not speak. 12. I speak not.
13. I did not speak. 13. I have not spoken.
14. She did not sell. 14. She has not sold.
15. We did not finish. 15. We have not finished.
16. They did not speak. 16. They have not spoken.
17. Shall I ever speak French? 17. Shall speak I ever French ?
18. Do you like French? 18. Like you the French?
19. Do you speak to me? 19. (To) me speak you ?
20. I speak to you. 20. I (to) you speak.
21. To whom are you speaking ? 21. To whom speak you ?
22. To whom did you speak ? 22. To whom have you spoken ?
23. To whom were you speaking ? 23. To whom spoke you?
24. At what time did you finish ? 24. At what hour have you
finished ?
25. Did she speak to you ? 25. (To) you has she spoken ?
26. She spoke to me. 26. She to me has spoken.
27. I spoke to her. 27. I to her have spoken.

28. What are you selling ? 28. What sell you ?
29. What does he sell ? 29. What sells he?
30. I am through. 30. I have finished.
ms&v
Practical French Course 20I
TRENTIEME LEON,
LESSON XXX.
I. Verbs of the First Conjugation.
The following verbs ending in er belong to the first
conjugation and therefore must be conjugated after the

model verb parler.
Those governing a preposition before another verb in

the infinitive are followed by that preposition :
Abandonner, to abandon. Appeler, to call.

Acheter. to buy. Appliquer, to apply.
Adresser, to address. Arrter, to stop, to arrest.
Agacer, to irritate. Arriver (), to arrive, or
Agrer, to accept. to succeed.
Aimer, to like or to love. Arroser, to sprinkle.
Ajouter, to add. Atteler, to hitch up a horse.
Allumer, to light. Attnuer, to extenuate.
Amener, to bring {people.) Attirer, to attract.
Apporter, to bring ( things.) Avaler to swallow.
\ 3
Badiner, to trifle, to joke. Bouder, to pout, to sulk.

Bailler, to yawn, to gape. Bouger, to stir, to budge.
Balayer, to sweep. Brider, to bridle.
Baiser, to kiss. Briser, to break (to pieces).
Baisser, to lower. Broder, to embroider.
Bavarder, to prattle, to gossip Broncher, to stumble, to trip.
Bercer, to rock, to lull. Brosser, to brush.
Boucher, to cork 'pottles). Brler, to burn.
Cacher, to hide, to conceal. Coller, to paste.

Cacheter, to seal up. Commander (de), to order.
Cajoler, to cajole. Commencer (), to begin.
Caresser, to caress. Compter, to count, or
Casser, to break. to intend.
Cesser (de), to cease. Conjurer (de), to implore.
Chanter, to sing. Continuer (), to continue.
Chtier, to chastise. Copier, to copy.
Chercher, to look for ', Couper, to cut.
or to try. Cracher, to spit.
Cirer, to black {boots). Crier, to cry out, to yell.
Danser, to dance. Dieter, to dictate.

Dater, to date. Diminuer, to diminish.
Dboucher, to uncork {bottles). Discontinuer (de), to discontinue
Dcacheter, to unseal {letters). Discuter, to discuss.
Dcider, to decide. Distinguer, to distinguish.
Dchirer, to tear. Dompter, to tame, or
Demander (), to ask. to subdue.
Demeurer, to live, to dwell. Donner (), to give.
Dpenser, to spend (money). Dorer, to gild.
Dsirer, to wish, to desire. Douter, to doubt.
Deviner, to guess. Durer, to last.
i
j B
Ecouter, to listen. Encadrer, to frame {a picture).

Ecraser, to crush. Ennuyer, to annoy.
Effacer, to rub out, to efface. Enseigner () to teach.
Effleurer, to graze. Envoyer, to send.
Effrayer, to frighten. Epeler, to spell.
Egarer, to mislay. Epouser, to marry, to espouse.
Egratigner, to scratch, to claw. Epousseter, to dust.
Embrasser, to emb-ace. Essayer (de), to try, to attempt.
Emmener, to take away Essuyer, to wipe.
{people or animals ). Estropier, to cripple.
Empeser, to starch. Etouffer, to choke.
Employer (), to employ. Etrangler, to strangle.
Emporter, to carry away Eviter (de), to avoid.
{things). Exciter (), to excite.
Emprunter, to borrow. Exiger, to exact.

Fatiguer, to tire. Fortifier, to fortify, or

Faufiler, to baste. to strengthen.
Feuilleter, to turn over {pages). Fouetter, to whip.
Fermer, to close tip, to shut. Frapper, to knock.
Flageller, to cowhide. Frquenter to frequent.
Flner, to idle, to lounge. Friser, to curl.
Flatter, to flatter. Frissonner, to shiver.
Forcer (de), to force. Fumer, to smoke.
Former, to form. Fusiller, to shoot,
Formuler, to formulate. {to execute militarily).
0.
Gager, to lay a wager. Goter, to taste.

Gagner (), to gain, to win. Graisser, to grease.
Garder, to keep. Gratter, to scratch.
Gaspiller, to waste, to squander. Gronder, to scold.
Glisser, to slip. Guider, to guide.
1
1 i
Habiller, to clothe. Hriter, to inherit.

Habiter, to inhabit. Hsiter () to hesitate.
Harnacher, to harness. Honorer, to honor.
Hausser, to raise, to lift up. Huiler, to oil.
Imaginer, to conceive. Insinuer, to insinuate.

Imiter, to imitate. Insister, to insist.
Importer, to import. Insulter, to insult.
Imprimer, to print. Intresser, to interest.
Incorporer, to incorporate. Interroger, to interrogate.
Indiquer, to indicate. Inviter, to invite.
Informer, to inform. Inventer, to invent.
Jeter, to throw. 1
Juger, to judge.
Jouer, to play. 1 Jurer (de), to swear.
1
L
Labourer, to plough. I Lever, to arise.
fcher, to let go, to release. 1 Librer, to liberate.

Laisser, to leave, to let. Lier, to tie up.

Laver, to wash. Livrer, to deliver.
Lecher, to lick. Lorgner, to ogle.
M
Mcher, to masticate. Marquer, to mark.
Manuvrer, to maneuver. Mler, to mix up.
Manger, to eat. Mener, to lead, to take to.
Manier, to handle. Mriter (de), to deserve.
Manifester, to manifest. Modifier, to modify.
Manquer, to miss, to fail. Monter, to go up, to mount.
Marteler, to hammer. Montrer, to show.
Maugrer to curse and swear Mouiller, to wet, to moisten.
Marcher, to walk. Murmurer, to murmur, to grumble.
Nager, to swim, Notifier, to notify.

Ngliger, to neglect, Noter, to note.
Ngocier, to negotiate, Nommer, to name, to iiominate.
Nier, to deny, Nouer, to knot.
Niveler, to level. Noyer, to drown.
o
Objecter, to object. Opposer, to oppose.
Obliger ( or de), to oblige. Ordonner, (de), to order.
Observer, to observe. Oser, to dare, to venture.
Offenser, to offend. Oter, to take off.
Oprer, to operate. Oublier (de), to forget.
Panser, to dress {wounds). Plaisanter, to jest, to joke.

Pardonner, to forgive. Pleurer, to ay, to weep.
Parier (de), to bet. Plier, tofold.
Passer, to pass, to spend Porter, to carry, to wear.
(time). Poser, to place.
Patiner, to skate. Possder, to possess, to own
Payer (pour), to pay (to orfor). Prter, to lend, to loan.
Penser () to think. Prier (de), to pray.
Pcher, to sin. Priver, to deprive.
Pcher, to fish. Profiter, to profit.
Peser to weigh. Prononcer, to pronounce.
Quter, to collect money (alms). 1 Questionner, to question.

Quereller, to quarrel. ! Quitter, to quit, to leave.
Ramasser, to pick up. Regretter (de), to regret.

Ramer, to row (boat). Rejeter, to reject.
Ramener, to bring back (people). Remuer, to stir up.
Ramper, to crawl. Rentrer, to re-enter.
Rappeler, to recall. Renvoyer, to send back.
Rapporter, to bring back (things). Rpter, to repeat.
Raser, to shave. Reprocher, to reproach.
Rciter, to recite. Rester, to remain, to stay.
Reculer, to fall back, to recoil. Retirer, to withdraw, or
Redouter, to dread. to draw (money).
Refuser (de) to refuse. Retourner, to return. .
Regarder, to look at. Rver, to dream.
Saigner, to bleed. Simer, to whistle.

Saler, to salt. Soigner, to nurse.
Saluer, to salute. Songer (), to think.
Sauter, to jump. Sonner, to ring (the bell).
Scier, to saw. Soulever, to lift up.
Secouer, to shake up. Soupirer, to sigh.
Semer, to sow. Suer, to sweat.
Sparer, to separate. Supposer, to suppose.
Serrer, to squeeze, to tighten. . Surveiller, to look after, to watch
Taquiner, to tease. Transpirer, to perspire.

Tirer, to pull (the trigger) Travailler (), to work.
to shoot. Traverser, to cross.
Tourner, to turn. Trembler (de) to tremble.
Tousser, to cough. Tricher, to cheat.
Torturer, to torture. Tromper, to deceive.
Tourmenter to torment. Trouver, to find.
Tracasser, to annoy. Tuer, to kill.
2o6 Practical French Course
V
Veiller, to watch, to sit up. Viser, to aim.
Venger, to avenge. Visiter, to visit.
Verser, to pour, to shed (tears). Voler, to fly, or to steal.
Vider, to empty. Voyager, to travel.
II. Remarks on the Spelling of Some Verbs of the First

Conjugation.
i Verbs ending in the infinitive in cer, as avancer, take

a cedilla under the before the vowels a, o:
Il avana, he advanced ; nous avanons, we advance.
2. Verbs ending in ger, as voyager, take a mute e after

the letter g, to soften it, before a and o :
Il voyagea, he travelled ; nous voyageons, we travel.
3. The verbs appeler, to call ; jeter, to throw ; double the

1 and t before a mute e ;
J'appelle, I call ; Je jette, I throw.

J'appellerai, I shall call ; Je jetterai, I shall throw.
4. Verbs ending in yer, as envoyer, to send ; essayer,

to try ; change the letter y into i before a mute e :
J'envoie, I send ; J'essaierai, I shall try.
5. Verbs having a mute e in the penultimate syllable

of the infinitive take a grave accent over that e before a
syllable containing a mute e :
Amener, to bring ; J'amne, I bring ; J'amnerai, I shall bring.

Practical Frknch Course; 207
6. Verbs having before the final syllable of the infin-

itive change the acute accent into a grave accent before a
syllable beginning with a mute e:
Esprer, to hope ; J'espre, I hope ; J'esprerai, I shall hope.
III. Verbs of the Second Conjugation.
The following verbs ending belong to the second in ir
conjugation, and therefore they must be conjugated after

the model verb finir:
Abolir, to abolish. Jouir (de), to enjoy or possess.

Accomplir, to accomplish. Danguir, to languish.
Assortir, to sort, to match. Maigrir, to get thin.
Agir, to act, to do. Obir, to obey.
Agrandir, to enlarge. Plir, to become pale.
Avertir, to warn, to inform of. Punir, to punish.
Btir, to build. Rajeunir, to grow young again.
Chrir, to cherish. Rflchir, to reflect, to think.
Choisir, to choose. Remplir, to replenish, to fulfill.
Compatir, to sympathise with. Russir, to succeed.
Dfinir, to define. Rtir, to roast.
Dmolir, to demolish. Rougir, to blush.
Dsobir, to disobey. Salir, to soil, to stain.
Emplir, to fill up. Trahir, to betray.
Gmir, to groan, to moan. Unir, to unite.
Grandir, to grow, to grow tall. Vernir, to varnish.
Grossir, to grow stout. Vieillir, to grow old.
Gurir, to cure, to recover. Vomir, to vomit.
IV. Verbs of the Third Conjugation.
The following verbs ending in re belong to the third

conjugation, and therefore must be conjugated after the
model verb vendre :
Attendre, to wait for, or Mordre, to bite.

to expect. Pendre, to hang.
Confondre, to confound. Perdre, to lose.
Correspondre , to correspond. Prtendre, to pretend.
Corrompre, to corrupt. Rpandre, to spread, to spill.
Dfendre, to defend, to forbid. Rpondre, to answer.
Descendre, to descend. Revendre, to sell again.
Etendre. to spread, to expand. Rendre, to render, to give back
Entendre, to hear. Tendre, to stretch.
Fendre, to split. Tondre, to shear.
Fondre, to melt down. Tordre, to twist, to wring.
V.-Exercises for Translation.
i. Do you like ? i. Lit. : Like you ? ( or, is it

that you like ? )
2. Does he like ? 2. Likes he ?

3- Does she like ? 3- Likes she ?
4- Do they like ? 4- Like they ?
5- Do I pronounce well? 5- Is it that I pronounce well ?
6. Do you sing ? 6. Sing you ?

7- Do you dance ? 7- Dance you ?
8. Do you play ? 8. Play you?

9- Did you find ? 9- Have you found ?
io. Did he buy? IO. Has he bought ?
ii. Did she sing ? ii. Has she sung ?
12. Did they win ? 12. Have they won ?
II.
1. He is building a new theatre. He builds a new theatre.

2. She is growing tall. She grows (tall).
3. punish you.
I shall I you shall punish.
4. He punish you.
will He you will punish.
5. She would punish me. She me would punish.
6. Why do you blush? Why blush you?
7. Do not blush. Blush not.

8. Which do you choose ? Which (m.s.) choose you?
9- Which did you choose ? Which (f.s.)have you chosen?
10. I enjoy good health. I enjoy of a good health.
n. He has cured me. He me has cured.
12. I have done my duty. I have fulfilled mon devoi?\
III.
1. What are you waiting for ? What is it that you wait (for)?
2. Did you wait for me ? Me have you waited (for) ?

3. Do you hear ? Hear you ?
4. Do you hear it? It hear you ?
5. Did you not hear me ? Me have you not heard ?
6. I forbid you. I you it forbid.
7. How much did you lose ? How much have you lost ?
8. I shall defend you. I you shall defend.
9. What did he answer ? What has he answered ?

10. Come down ! Descend !
11. Is the first book finished ? The first book is he finished ?

12. Yes, it is. Yes, he is finished.
MAXIMES ET REFLEXIONS.
1. Iâ conscience est la voix de l'me; les passions sont la voix
du corps, (J. J. Rousseau)
2. L,a conscience est un juge plac dans l'intrieur de notre tre.
(Sgur)
3. I/es conseils agrables sont rarement des conseils utiles.
(Massillon)
Ceux qui donnent des conseils sans les accompagner d'exemples,
4.
ressemblent ces poteaux de la campagne qui indiquent les chemins
sans les parcourir. (Rivarol)
5. sommes loigns de notre pays, que nous
C'est lorsque nous
sentons surtout l'instinct qui nous y attache. (Chateatibriand)
6. Ceux qui gouvernent sont comme les corps clestes qui ont
beaucoup d'clat et n'ont point de repos.
7. L,a nature nous a donn deux oreilles et une bouche, afin que
nous coutions beaucoup et que nous parlions peu.
TRENTE ET UNIEME LEON.

LESSON XXXI.
The Use of the Tenses.
THE INFINITIVE.
I. A verb preceded by another verb is put in the

infinitive present (except the two auxiliaries avoir and
tre).
Je vais prendre un bain. I am going to take a bath.

Voulez- vous sortir avec moi ? Will you go out with me ?
Je ne peux pas voir. I cannot see.
Je ne peux pas y aller. I cannot go there.
Je dsire parler, comprendre, I desire to speak, understand, read

lire et crire le franais. and write the French language.
2. The infinitive is used in French after certain verbs,

which are, in English, joined to other verbs by the con-
junction and.
Allez chercher le mdecin. Go and bring the physician.

Allez voir un docteur. Go and see a doctor.
Allez me chercher un journal. Go and get me a newspaper.
Venez me voir. Come and see me.
3. Some verbs, which practice will teach, govern other

verbs in the infinitive with the preposition or de.
J'aime parler franais. / like to speak French.

Je commence comprendre. I begin to understand.
Je n'ai rien faire. I have nothing to do.
J'ai peur de vous dranger. I am afraid to disturb you.

Je regrette de vous dranger. I regret to disturb you.
J'ai oubli de prendre mon livre. I have forgotten to take my book,
J'ai oubli de l'apporter. I forgot to bring it.
4. The French prepositions (except en, in) do not gov-

ern the present participle as in English, but the infinitive
present.
Sans sortir. Without going out (to go out).

Sans courir. Without running (to run).
Sans rire. Without laughing (to laugh).
Sans plaisanter. Without joking (to joke).
Avant de commencer. Before commencing (to begin).
Avant de manger. Before eating (to eat).
Avant de boire. Before drinking (to drink).
Avant d'aller au lit. Before going (to go) to bed.
Aprs avoir dn. After having (to have) dined.
5. The infinitive of a verb is sometimes used substan-

tively, as in the following examples :
Le lever du soleil. The sunrise.

Le coucher du soleil. The sunset.
Au lever du soleil. At sunrise.
Le boire, le manger et le dormir Drinking, eating and sleeping are
sont ncessaires. necessary.
PRACTICE.
Je ne sais que dire. / do not know what to say.
Je ne sais que faire. I do not know what to do.

Je ne sais que manger. I do not know what to eat.
Je ne sais que boire. I do not know what to drink,
Je ne sais que rpondre. I do not know what to answer,
Je ne sais que penser. I do not know what to think.
Je ne sais qu'acheter. I do know
not what to buy.
Je ne sais lequel choisir. I do know
not which to choose,
Je ne sais o aller. I do not know where to go.
Je ne sais comment faire. I do not know what to do.
Je ne puis y aller. 1 cannot go there.

Je ne puis le dire. I cannot say it.
Je ne saurais vous le dire, (id.) I could not tell you.
Je n'ose le faire. I dare not do it.
Je ne veux pas le savoir. I do not want to know it.

Je ne veux pas vous dranger. I do not want to disturb you.
Voulez- vous prendre un verre Will you have (take a glass) a

avec moi ? drink with me ?
Trs volontiers. Very willingly.
Que dsirez-vous prendre ? What will you have ? ( What

you wish to take ?)
N'importe quoi. No matter what.
Le mme que vous. The same as you.
Voulez- vous fumer un cigare? Will you smoke a cigar?

Avec plaisir. With pleasure.
Voulez-vous me donner du feu, Will you please give me a light

s'il vous plat? {some fire) ?
Certainement. Certainly.
Merci beaucoup. Thank you very much.
De rien, monsieur. Not at all, sir.
Avez- vous jamais t en Europe Have you ever been to Europe ?

PRACTICAI, FRKNCH COURSE 213
Jamais ; mais j'espre y aller Never ; but I hope to go there

bientt. soon.
Quand comptez- vous partir ? When do you expect to leave ?

Je compte partir le mois prochain. I expect to leave next month.
Quand comptez-vous tre de When do you expect to be back f

retour ?
Je compte tre de retour New I expect to be back in New York
York vers la fin du mois de sep- by the end of September or the
tembre ou au commencement beginning of October.
d'octobre.
Voulez-vous sortir et faire une Will you go out and take a walk
promenade avec moi ? with me ?
Je le voudrais, mais je ne puis ;
I should like to y
but I cannot ; 1
j'attends du monde. expect company.
Qu'avez- vous faire ? What have you to do ?

J'ai beaucoup faire. I have much to do.
Je n'ai rien faire. I have nothing to do.
Je n'ai absolument rien faire. I have absolutely nothing to do.
Qu'est-ce que vous avez dire? What have you to say ?

Je n'ai rien dire. I have nothing to say.
Parlez- vous franais ? Do you speak French ?

Je commence parler. I am beginning to speak.
Aimez- vous parler franais ? Do you like to speak French ?

Oui, je l'aime beaucoup. Yes, I like it very much.
Qui avez-vous vu ? Whom have you seen ?

J'ai vu mon ami. I have seen my friend.
Il m'a invit djeuner. He has invited me to lunch.
J'ai vu mes amis. I have seen my friends.

Ils m'ont invit dner avec eux. They have invited me to dine with
them.
Pourquoi ne venez-vous pas me Why do you not come to see me

voir plus souvent ? oftener ?
J'ai peur de vous dranger. I am afraid to disturb you.
Avez- vous apport votre livre ? Have you brought your book?
J'ai oubli de l'apporter. I have forgotten to bring it.
Je vous prie de m' excuser. I beg you to excuse me.
Il me tarde de vous voir. (*) I long to see you.

Il me tarde de dner. I long to dine.
Il me tarde d'aller au lit. I long to go to bed.
Il me tarde de pouvoir parler I long to be able to speak French
franais.
Il me tardait de fumer. I was longingfor a smoke.

Il me tardera de vous voir. I shall be anxious to see you.
J'ai envie de dormir. Ifeel like sleeping.

Je n'ai pas envie de sortir. I do not feel like going out.
J'ai intention d'aller en Europe. I intend to go Europe.
to
Je n'ai pas l'honneur de vous I have not the honor of knowing
connatre. you.
Je n'ai pas le plaisir de le I have not the pleasure of know-
connatre. ing him.
Que me conseillez -vous de faire ? What do you advise me to do ?

Je vous conseille d'attendre. I advise you to wait.
Je suis oblig de vous quitter. I am obliged to leave you.

Je suis oblig de partir sur-le- I am obliged to leave at once.
champ.
(*) The personal pronoun il in "il me tarde " means it, the verb be-
ing used impersonally.
1. Has your husband ever been to 1. Your husband, has he ever been
Europe ? in Europe ?
2. Never but he hopes
; to go there 2. Never but he hopes there
; to
soon. go soon.
3. When does he expect to leave ? When expects he to leave?

4. Does your brother like to Your brother, likes he () to
speak French? speak French ?
5. Does not your sister begin to Your sister, begins she not ()
speak French ? French ?
to speak
6. Has your brother brought his Your brother, has he brought
book? his book ?
7. He has forgotten to bring it. He has forgotten of it to bring.
8. I beg you to excuse him. I you beg of him to excuse.
9. I am very glad to see you. I am very happy of you to see.
10. I shall be very glad to see him. I shall be very happy of him to
see.
11. I should be very glad to speak I should be very happy of to
French. speak French.
12. I am very sorry to disturb I am very sorry of you to
you. disturb.
13. I am very happy to know I am very happy of you to
you. know.
14. I am obliged to go home. I am obliged of to go chez moi.
15. Does your brother speak Your brother, speaks he
French ? French ?
16. He commences to speak. He commences () to speak.
17. Will you please give me a glass Will you, if you please (to) me
of cold water ? to give a glass of water
fresh ?
18. Will you have the kindness to Will you (to) have the good-
give me a glass of ice water ? ness of (to) me to give a
glass of water iced ?
19. Come and see us. 19. Come us to see.

20. I shall go and see you. 20. I shall go (j'irai) you to see.
21. I long to eat. 21. 77 me tarde of to eat.
22. I long to drink. 22. // me tarde of to drink.
MEMORY EXERCISE.
Aucun chemin de fleurs ne conduit la gloire. (La Fontaine)
Qui veut parler sur tout, souvent parle au hasard. {Andrieux)
translation:
No flowery path leads to glory.
Who (he who) wishes to speak on every subject, speaks often at
random.
TRENTE-DEUXIEME LEON.
LESSON XXXII.
[. The Present Participle.
i. The present participle is generally invariable, and

always ends in ant.
Etant, being. Ayant, having. Voyant, seeing.
En, in, is the only preposition governing the present

participle.
En chantant, in singing. En pleurant, in crying.
3. The sometimes used adjectively.

present participle is
It then follows the rules agreeing in gender

for adjectives,
and number with the substantive to which it refers.
Ce garon est trs obligeant, That boy is very obliging.
Cette fille est trs obligeante, That girl is very obliging.
4. The present participle is never used, in French, with

the auxiliary tre, to express that the action is or was instan-
taneous. Instead, the indicative present or the imperfect
in their simple form are used.
Thus we say :
Je vais, I go, for f am going.

Il tudie, he studies, for he is studying.
Il tudiait he studied, for he was studying.

However, if necessary, the same precision may be at-

tained as in English by using the following idiomatic form;
II est (*) tudier (or) Il est en train (f) d'tudier.

Il tait tudier (or) Il tait en train d'tudier.
(*) The word occup, busy, is understood,

(f) En train de means in the act of.
PRACTICE,
Etant trs press, je ne puis rester Being in a great hurry, I cannot
plus longtemps. stay any longer.
A mon grand regret, je suis oblig To my great regret, I am

de vous quitter. obliged to leave you.
Ayant lu votre annonce dans le Having read your advertisement

" Herald " de ce jour, et dsr= in to-day's "Herald,'" and de-
ant prendre des leons de fran- siring to take French lessons,
ais, voulez-vous avoir la bont will you have the kindness to call
de passer chez moi demain, dans on me to-morrow in the morn-
la matine, ou si vous prfrez, ing, or if you prefer, in the
l' aprs midi ? afternoon ?
Vous avez dj une bonne con- You have already a good knowl-
naissance de la langue franaise. edge of the French language.
Vous vous perfectionnerez en You will perfect yourself by read-
lisant, en crivant, en allant ing, by writing, by going among
parmi les Franais, en convers= the French, by conversing with
ant avec eux, en faisant des ex- them, by (making) exercises, by
ercices, en traduisant, en un mot, translating, in a word, by prac-
en pratiquant autant que pos- ticing as much as possible.
sible.
L,a pratique rend parfait. Practice makes perfect.
En voyageant on apprend beau- In traveling one learns a great

coup. deal.
Le voyage est une grande cole. Traveling is a great school.
En dbarquant au Havre vous On landing at Havre you will find

trouverez la bibliothque de la the Parisian edition of the New
gare le New York ''Herald," York Herald at the railroad
' ' ' '
dition de Paris. station bookstand.
En arrivant Paris, vous serez On arriving in Paris, you will be

surpris de trouver une ville si surprised at finding such a beau-
belle, si propre et si gaie. tiful, clean and gay city.
Aimez- vous les couleurs voyantes? Do you like loud colors ?

Non, je ne les aime pas. No, I do not like them.
Ni moi non plus. Neither do I.
Je termine ma lettre en vous em= With an affectionate kiss I close

brassant affectueusement. my letter.
Donnez-moi bientt de vos nou- Let me hear from you very soon,
velles, et en attendant, croyez- and in the meantime, believe me,
moi, je vous prie,
Bien vous, (or) Yours truly,
Votre tout dvou (m.), Yours very truly,
Votre toute dvoue (f.).
II.The Past Participle.
i. When used without auxiliary, the past participle

agrees in gender and number with the noun to which it
refers, like the adjectives.
L'an pass. The past year ; last year.

La semaine passe. The past week ; last week.
La lune est comme une lampe d'or The moon is like a golden lamp
dans l'azur suspendue. suspended in the azure vault.
Iv a lune est comme une pice d'or The moon is like a piece of gold
jete dans l'espace par des thrown into space by some lovers
amoureux pour acheter le silence to buy the silence of the night.
de la nuit.
2. The past participle, used with the auxiliary tre,

agrees in gender and number with the subject of the verb,
whether the subject be placed before or after it.
Il est mort. He is dead.
Bile est morte. She is dead.
Ce livre est bien crit. This book is well written.

Cette lettre est mal crite. This letter is badly written.
Il est dcourag. He is discouraged.

Elle est dcourage. She is discouraged.
Mes amis sont dcourags. My friends are discouraged.
Mes surs sont dcourages. My sisters are discouraged.
Votre cigare est teint. Your cigar is out (the light of).
Votre cigarette est teinte. Your cigarette is out.
Votre gilet est dboutonn. Your vest is unbuttoned.

Votre robe est dcousue. Your dress is ripped.
Votre robe est dchire. Your gown is torn.
Mes gants sont tachs. My gloves are stained.
Il a t condamn mort. He has been sentenced to death.

Elle a t acquitte. She has been discharged (legally).
Ils ont t pardonnes par le pr- They have been pardoned by the
sident de la Rpublique. President of the Republic.
La porte est-elle ferme ? Is the door shut ?

Non, elle est ouverte. JVo }
it is open.
Avez vous vu le tombeau dans Have you seen the tomb in which
lequel sont enfermes les cen- the remains of Napoleon I. are
dres de Napolon I ? inclosed ?
3. The past participle, used with the auxiliary avoir,

agrees in gender and number with its direct regimen or
object, when that regimen precedes the participle, but not
when it follows it.
Avez-vous ouvert la fentre ? Have you opened the window ?

Oui, je l'ai ouverte. Yes, I have opened it.
Avez-vous ferm la porte ? Have you shut the door ?

Oui, je l'ai ferme. Yes, I have closed it.
Avez-vous bross mes habits ? Have you brushed my clothes?

Oui, je les ai brosss. Yes, I have brushed them.
Avez-vous tudi votre leon ? Have you studied your lesson

Oui. je l'ai tudie. Yes, I have studied it.
Avez-vous reu ma lettre ? Have you received my letter?

Oui, je l'ai reue. Yes, I have received it.
Avez-vous traduit vos exercices ? Have you translated your exercises?

Oui, je les ai traduits. Yes, I have translated them.
Avez-vous vu vos amis ? Have you seen your friends ?

Oui, je les ai vus. Yes, I have seen them.
J'ai reu et lu avec un extrme I have received and read with

plaisir la charmante lettre que extreme pleasure the charming
vous m'avez crite en franais. letter which you have written me
Je suis heureux de dire que je in French. I am pleased to say

l'ai parfaitement comprise. that I have understood it per-
fectly.
1. Is your brother married ? Your brother, is he married ?

2. Are your brothers married ? Your brothers, are they married?
3. Is your sister married ? Your sister, is she married ?
4. Are your sisters married ? Your sisters, are they married ?
5. Did you receive the book which Have you received the book
I sent you ? which I (to) you have sent ?
6. Did you receive the letter Have you received the letter
which I sent you ? which I (to) you have sent ?
7. Did you receive the books Have you received the books
which I sent you ? which I (to) you have sent ?
8. Did you receive the flowers Have you received the flowers
which I sent you ? wmich I (to) you have sent ?
9. The book you sent me is very The book which you (to) me
interesting. have sent is very interesting.
10. The method you lent me is The method (f.) which you (to)
very interesting. me have lent is very inter-
esting.
11. Did I show you the bracelet (To) you have I shown the
which my husband gave me bracelet that my husband
for my birthday ? (to) me has given for my
fte of birth ?
12. Did I show you the gold watch (To) you have I shown the
which my brother gave me watch of gold which my
for my birthday ? brother (to) me has given
for my birthday ?
13 Have you seen the rings which 13- Have you seen the rings which
my husband brought me my husband (to) me has
from Paris ? brought from Paris ?
14. I am studying. 14. I study.

15. I am looking for my gloves. 15- I search (for) my gloves.
16. She is singing. 16. She sings.
17. She is crying. 17- She cries.
18. On leaving. 18. In departing.
19. On arriving. 19- In arriving.
20. In the meantime. 20. In waiting.
MEMORY EXERCISE.
Ce que l'on comprend bien s'nonce clairement. {Boileau)
L'homme le plus obscur aime la libert. (Chateaubriand)
Le bonheur des mchants comme un torrent s'coule. (Racine)
translation:
That which we understand well, we express clearly.

The most humble man loves liberty.
The happiness of the wicked runs away like a torrent.
TRENTE-TROISIEME LEON.
LESSON XXXIII.
I. The Present of the Indicative.
i. The indicative present has only one form in French.

Thus, for instance, these three English modes of expres-
sion, / speak, I am speaking, I do speak, have but one
translation, to wit : Je parle.
The student must, therefore, be very careful to avoid
such translations as the following :
Etes- vous venant ? for Are you coming ?

Je suis venant. for I am coming.
O tes- vous allant ? for Where are you going ?
Je suis allant for I am going
Qu'tes-vous faisant? for What are you doing ?
Je suis travaillant. for I am working.
The above and all similar phrases must be translated in

the following manner :
Venez-vous ? Je viens. Lit. : Come you? I come.

O allez-vous? Je vais L it. : Where go yo u? I go ..
Que faites-vous ? Je travaille. Lit.: What do you? 1 work.
2. The indicative present may be used in place of the

future to express something that is going to take place or
to be done.
Thus, for example :
Je pars ce soir. I leave (shall leave) this evening.

Il part demain. He leaves (will leave) to-morrow.
Je suis vous dans un moment. I am (shall be) with you in a
moment.
PRACTICE.
O es-tu ? Where art thou ?
O tes- vous? Where are you ?
Je suis ici. I am here.
O vas-tu? Where art thou going? (goest thou)

O allez- vous ? Where are you going ? (go you )
Je sors. I am going out. (I go out. )
Je vais au parc. I am going (I go) to the park.
Que fais-tu ? (or) What art thou doing? (dost thou)

Qu'est-ce que tu fais ? What aft thou doing ?
Que faites- vous ? (or) What are you doing ? (do you)
Qu'est-ce que vous faites? What are you doing ?
Je travaille. I am work'i7ig: (I work.)
Je lis. I am reading. (I read. )
J'cris. I am writing. (I write. )
O est votre frre ? Where is your brother?

Il est en bas. He is downstairs.
Que fait-il ? (or) What ishe doing ? (does he)
Qu'est-ce qu'il fait? What ishe doing ?
Il travaille. He is working. (He works.)
Il lit. He is reading. (He reads.)
Il crit. He is writing. (He writes.)
Que cherchez vous ? What are you looking for ?

(or) (search you)
Qu'est-ce que vous cherchez ? What are you looking for ?
Je cherche mes gants. I am looking (I search) for my
gloves.
O demeurez- vous ? (or) Where do you live ? (live you)

O est-ce que vous demeurez ? Where do you live ?
Je demeure New York. I live in A ew
T
Yo7'k.
O demeure-t-il ? Where does he live ? (lives he)

O demeure-t-elle ? Where does she live ?
O demeure votre ami ? Where does yourfriend live ?
Pourquoi pleurez-vous ? Why do you ay ? (cry you)

De quoi riez- vous ? What are you laughing at ?
(laugh you at)
De qui riez-vous ? Whom are you laughing at ?
Je ne ris de personne. I am laughing (I laugh) at no o?ie.
Que voulez-vous ? (or) What do you want? (want you)

Qu'est-ce que vous voulez? What do you want ?
Je ne veux rien. I do not want anything.
Que veut-il ? (or) What does he want ? (wants he)

Qu'est-ce qu'il veut ? What does he want ?
Il veut de l'argent. He wants money.
Que regardez- vous ? What are you looking at?

(look you)
Je regarde la parade. I am looking (I look) at the parade.
Qui attendez-vous ? Whom are you waiting for ?

(wait you)
J'attends le facteur. I am waiting for the letter-
carrier. (I wait. )
Que prenez-vous pour djeuner ? What do you take for breakfast ?
Je prends du caf au lait. I take coffee zvith milk.
Parlez-vous franais ? Do you speak French ?

Je parle assez pour me faire I speak enough to make myself
comprendre. understood.
II. The Imperfect of the Indicative.
The imperfect may be called the progressive or descrip-

tive past tense of the French. It is used to express or de-
scribe something which was accomplished or still going on
Tracticai, French Course 225
at the time referred to. It is also used to express repeated

or customary action, being rendered in English by the
words used to, placed before the verb.
The imperfect corresponds to the three manners of ex-
pressing the past in English, to wit :
(I was speaking.
Je parlais <I used to speak.
v
(/ spoke.
PRACTICE.
Etiez-vous Paris lors de la Were you in Paris at the time of
dernire Exposition ? the last exposition ?
Oui, j'y tais. Yes, I was there.
Etiez-vous dans un htel ? Were you in a hotel?

Non, j'tais dans une pension de No, I was in a private boarding-
famille. house.
Aviez-vous une bonne chambre ? Had you a good room ?

Oui, j'avais une trs bonne Yes, I had a very good room.
chambre .
L,a cuisine tait-elle bonne ? Was the cooking good ?

Elle tait excellente. It was excellent.
Quel tait le prix ? What was the cost ?

Je payais dix francs par jour. I paid ten francs a day.
O alliez-vous ce matin, vers les Where were you going this morn-
dix heures ? ing about ten o 'clock.
J'allais la gare. I was going to the station.
Vous marchiez trs vite. You were walking very fast.
J'tais press ;
j'avais peur de I was in a hurry ; I was afraid I
manquer mon train. would miss my train.
N'avez- vous pas vu mon frre ? Have you not seen my brother?
Si, je l'ai vu il y a peu prs une Yes, I saw him about one hour
heure. ago.
Etait-il seul ? Was he alone ?
Non. il tait avec un monsieur. No, he was with a gentleman.
226 Practical French Cours ic
Comment ce monsieur tait-il How was that gentleman dressed?

habill ?
Il portait un paletot bleu,un pan- He wore (he had on) a blue coat,
talon clair et un chapeau de trousers and a straw hat.
paille.
Avez- vous vu monsieur N ? Have you seen Mr. ? N

Oui, je l'ai vu. I have.
Yes,
Que faisait-il? (or) What was he doing ? (did he)
Qu'est-ce qu'il faisait ? What was he doing ?
Il lisait. He was reading. (He read.)
Il crivait. He was writing. (He wrote.)
Il fumait. He was smoking. (He smoked.)
A propos, o tiez-vous hier soir? By the way, where were you

'
last
night ?
J'tais au thtre. I was at the theatre.
Y avait-il beaucoup de monde? Were there many people there ?
C'tait plein. It (the house) was full.
C'tait bond. It was packed.
C'tait comble. It was jammed.
Il n'y avait pas un sige de vide. There was not one empty seat.
EXERCISE FOR TRANSLATION,
ENGUSH CONSTRUCTION. FRENCH CONSTRUCTION.
I. He is hungry. 1. He has hunger.

2. She is thirsty. 2. She has thirst.
3- You are right. 3. You have reason.
4- What is your brother doing ? 4. What does your brother?
5- He is smoking. 5. He smokes.
6. What is your sister doing ? 6. What does your sister ?
7- She is dancing. 7. She dances.

S. Where is he going ? 8. Where goes he ?
9- Where is she going ? 9. Where goes she ?
IO. I was hungry. 10. I had hunger.
ii. I was thirsty. 11. I had thirst.
12. I had company. 12. I had some monde, (m.)
13. What was your brother doing? 13. What did your brother?
14. He was smoking. 14. He smoked.
15. What was your sister doing? 15. What did your sister ?
16. She was working. 16. She worked.
17. Where did you live in Paris ? 17. Where lived you at Paris?
18. Formerly, I used to smoke a 18. Formerly, I smoked much.
great deal.
19. Did you see your friend? 19. Have you seen your friend ?
20. What was he doing ? 20. What did he ?

21. He was working. 21. He worked,
22. He was studying his lesson. 22. He studied his lesson.
23. He was reading the newspaper. 23. He read the newspaper.
24. He was writing a letter. 24. He wrote a letter.
25. Did you see your friends? (m.) 25. Have you seen your friends?
26. What were they doing ? 26. What did they ?
27. They were working. 27. They worked.
28. They were playing. 28. They played.
29. Where are you going ? 29. Where go you ?
30. I am going home. 30. I go chez moi.
MEMORY EXERCISE.
I/honnte homme est discret; il remarque les dfauts d'autrui,
mais il n'en parle jamais. {St. Evremond)
Les limites des sciences sont comme l'horizon; plus on en approche,
plus elles reculent. {Mme. Necker)
Quiconque est capable de mentir est indigne d'tre compt au nom-
bre des hommes. (Fnelon)
Fn toute chose il faut considrer la fin. {La Fontaine)
Iva moiti des humains vit aux dpens de l'autre. (Destouches)
translation:
The (real) gentleman is discreet; he observes the defects of others,

but never alludes to them.
The limits of science are like the horizon, the more we approach
(them), themore they recede.
Whoever is capable of falsehood is unworthy to be counted among
(the number of) men.
In everything we should consider the end.
One half of mankind lives at the expense of the other.
TRENTE-QUATRIEME LEON.
LESSON XXXIV.
The Past Indefinite.
I. The past indefinite is generally formed, in French, by

combining- the indicative present of the auxiliary avoir
with the past participle of another verb.
J'ai parl. / have spoken.

Il a fini. He has finished.
Elle a vendu. She has sold.
2. The past indefinite is used to express an action ac-
complished at a period of time entirely elapsed but not

specified.
J'ai achet un chapeau. / have bought a hat.

J'ai reu un tlgramme. I have received a telegram.
J'ai vu mon avocat. I have seen my lawyer.
3. The past indefinite is also used, in French, to express

an action done at a time a part of which is not yet elapsed,
as : to-day, this week, this month, this year.
Aujourd'hui j'ai beaucoup / have studied a great deal to-day.

tudi.
Cette semaine j'ai beaucoup I have studied a great deal this
tudi. week.
Ce mois-ci j'ai perdu cent dollars. I li>st one hundred dollars this
month.
Practical French Course, 229
4. The past indefinite is also used in French conversa-

tion when the time is entirely elapsed and specified.
Thus, for instance, we say :
J'ai vu mon ami hier soir. I

I saw my friend last night.
IMPORTANT OBSERVATION.
I. The auxiliary tre, to be, is used to form the past in-
definite and all the other compound tenses of the follow-

ing verbs of motion:
Aller, to go. Retourner, to return. Tomber, to fall.

Partir, to depart. Revenir, to come again Natre, to be born.
Venir, to come. Parvenir, to succeed. Mourir, to die.
Sortir, to go out. Arriver, to arrive. Devenir, to become.
examples:
Je suis all. / went. (I am gone. )
Il est venu. He came. (He is come.)
Bile est sortie. She went out. {She is gone out.)
Nous sommes arrivs. We arrived. ( We are arrived.)
Il est tomb. He fell. {He is fallen.)
Je suis n en i860. I was(I am) born in i860.
Qu' est-il devenu ? What has (is he) become (of hitn ?)
Il est mort la semaine passe. He died (he is dead) last week.
2. The English auxiliary did is replaced, in French, by

the auxiliary avoir or tre, according to the above rules.
Avez-vous tudi ? Did you study ?

A-t-il paye Did he pay?
A-t-elle reu ma lettre? Did she receive my letter
Ont-ils accept ? Did they accept ?
O tes- vous all ? Where did you go ?

O est-il all ? Where did he go ?

O est-elle alle ? Where did she go ?
O sont -ils alls? Where did they go ?
Quand tes-vous arriv ? When did you arrive?
A quelle heure est-il parti? At what time did he leave?
PRACTICE,
Avez- vous tudi votre leon ? Have you studied your lesson ?
Oui, je l'ai tudie. Yes, I have studied it.
La savez-vous ? Do you know it?
Je pense que oui. I think I do.
Avez-vous reu ma lettre? Have you received my letter ?

Oui, je l'ai reue. Yes, I have received it.
L' avez-vous comprise? Did you understand it ?
Oui, je l'ai comprise. Yes, I did.
Qu' avez-vous fait ce matin? What have you done this morning ?
J'ai fait une promenade. I have taken a walk.
J'ai fait une promenade en voiture. I have taken a carriage ride.
J'ai fait une promenade cheval. I have taken a ride on horseback.
J'ai fait une promenade I have taken a bicycle ride.
bicyclette.
Avez-vous crit votre ami? Have you written to yourfriend ?

Oui, je lui ai crit. Yes, I have.
Vous a-t-il rpondu ? Has he answered you ?
Votre ami vous a-t-il crit ? Has yourfriend written to you ?

Oui, il m'a crit. Yes, he has.
Lui avez-vous rpondu ? Have you answered him ?
Oui, je lui ai rpondu. Yes, I have.
Vos amis vous ont-ils crit ? Have your friends written to you,
Oui,ils m'ont crit. Yes, they have.
Leur avez-vous rpondu ? Have you answered them ?
Oui, je leur ai rpondu. Yes, I have.
Avez-vous vu votre ami ? Have you seen your friend?

Oui, je l'ai vu ce matin. Yes, I saw him this morning.

Lui avez- vous parl ? Have you spoken to him ?
Oui, je lui ai parl. Yes, I have.
Que lui avez- vous dit ? What did you tell him ?
Je lui ai dit que vous dsirez le I told him that you wish to see
voir. him.
Qu'avez- vous achet? What did you buy ?

J'ai achet un impermable. I bought a, mackintosh.
O l'avez- vous achet ? Where did you buy it ?
Je l'ai achet au " Bon-March. I bought it at the " Bon-March.'
Chez qui avez-vous achet votre At whose store did you buy your
chapeau ? hat?
Je l'ai achet chez Dunlap. I bought it at Dunlap''s.
O avez-vous pass la soire ? Where have you spent the evening?

Je passe chez mon ami.
l'ai I spent it at my friend''s.
Qu' avez-vous fait ? What did you do there?
Nous avons chant. We sang.
Nous avons dans. We danced.
Nous avons jou aux cartes. We played cards.
Avez-vous gagn ? Did you win?

Non, j'ai perdu. No, I lost.
Combien avez-vous perdu ? How much did you lose ?
J'ai perdu un louis. I lost one lout's (20 francs).
Avez-vous reu des nouvelles de Have you heardfrom your friend?

votre ami ?
Oui, j'en ai reu ce matin. Yes, I heardfrom him this morning.
O est votre frre ? Where is your brother ?

Il est sorti. He went out.
Il est all chez le barbier. He went to the barber's.
O sont vos surs ? Where are your sisters ?

Elles sont sorties. They went out.
O sont-elles alles ? Where did they go ?
Elles sont alles chez la modiste. They went to the milliner's.
Votre oncle est-il arriv ? Has your uncle arrived ?

Oui, il est arriv ce matin. Yes, he arrived this morning.
Vos amis sont-ils arrivs ? Have your friends arrived?

Ils ne sont pas encore arrivs. They have not yet arrived.
Quand tes- vous arriv ? When did you arrive ?

Je suis arriv la semaine passe. I arrived last week.
A quelle heure tes- vous parti ? At what time did you leave ?
Je suis parti huit heures. I left at eight o'clock.
A quelle heure tes-vous retourn ? At what time did you return

Je suis retourn cinq heures. I returned at five o'clock.
Etes-vous venu pied ? Did you come on foot?

Non, j'ai pris le tramway No, I took the electric car.
lectrique.
1. Has your brother received my Your brother, has he received

letter? my letter ?
2. Whom did you see ? Whom have you seen ?

3. To whom did you speak ? To whom have you spoken ?
4. What did you say ? What have you said?
5. What did he answer ? What has he answered ?
6. What did she buy ? 6. What has she bought ?
7. Did you play ? 7. Have you played ?
8. How much did you lose ? 8. How much have you lost ?
9. How much did you win ? 9. How much have you won ?
10. What did I tell you ? 10. What (to) you have I told ?
11. What did he tell you? 11. What you has he told ?
12. What did she tell you ? 12. What you has she told ?
13. What did they tell you? 13. What you have they told ?
14. What did you tell him ? 14. What X.r him have you told ?
15. What did you tell them ? 15. What to them have you told ?
16. What have you been doing ? 16. What have you done?
Tracticai, French Course 233
17. Where did you go ? 17. Where are you gone ?

18. Where did he go ? 18. Where is he gone ?
19- Where did she go ? 19. Where is she gone ?
20. Where did they go ? 20. Where are they gone ?
21. When did you arrive ? 21. When are you arrived ?
22. When did she arrive ? 22. When is she arrived ?
23. When did he leave ? 23. When is he departed ?
24. When did they leave ? 24. When are they departed ?
25. When did you return ? 25. When are you returned ?
26. Did you see your friend ? 26. Have you seen your friend ?
27. Yes, I did. 27. Yes, Ihim have seen.
28. When did you see him ? 28. When him have you seen ?
29. I saw him yesterday. 29. I him have seen yesterday.
30. At what time did you see him ? 30. At what hour him have you
seen?
31. Isaw him at 4 o'clock. 31- I him have seen at 4 hours.
32. Did you speak to him ? 32. To him have you spoken ?
33. Yes, I did. 33- Yes, I to him have spoken.
34. No, I did not. 34- No, I to him have not spoken.
35. Did you see your friends ?(m.) 35- Have you seen your friends ?
36. Yes, I did. 36. Yes, Ithem have seen.
37. When did you see them ? 37- When them have you seen ?
38. I saw them last week ? 38. I them have seen the week
past.
39 What day
did you see them ? 39- What day them have you seen ?
40. I saw them on Tuesday. 40. I them have seen Tuesday.
41. Did you speak to them ? 41. To them have you spoken ?
MEMORY EXERCISE.
Il est plus glorieux de se vaincre soi-mme que de vaincre les
autres. [Scudery)
Ives choses de la terre ne valent pas qu'on s'y attache. {Nicholas)
L,a meilleure leon est celle des exemples. {La Harpe)
translation:
more glorious to conquer one's self than to conquer

It is others.
The things of eanh are unworthy of our attachment.
The best lesson is that of example.
TRENTE-CINQUIEME LEON.
LESSON XXXV.
The Past Definite.
The past definite, which might also be called the his-

torical or narrative tense, indicates an action accomplished
at a time entirely elapsed. It cannot, therefore, be used
in connection with the words to-day, this morning, this
week, this months this year ; but it may be used in speak-
ing of yesterday, last week, last month, last year.
The past definite is particularly used in narratives, but
in ordinary conversation it is generally avoided as pedan-
tic,and is always replaced by the past indefinite, as in the
preceding lesson.
The following exercise is an excellent illustration of the
use of the definite or narrative past.
Bn quelle anne naquit George In what year was George Wash-

Washington ? ington bo7m ?
Il naquit en 1732. He was born in 1732.
Bn quelle anne mourut-il ? In what year did he die ?
Il mourut en 1799. He died in 179c.
Bn quelle anne naqut In what year was Napoleon I.

Napolon I. ? born?
Il naquit dans l'le de Corse le 15 He was born in the island of Cor-
aot, 1769. sica on the 15th of August, 176c.
Bn quelle anne mourut-il ? In what year did he die ?
Il mourut le 5 mai, 182 1. He died on the 5th of May, 1821.
O sont actuellement les restes de Where at present are the remains

Napolon premier ? of Napoleon the first ?
Les restes de Napolon I. furent The remains of Napoleon I. were

ramens en France en 1840, et brought back to France in 1840
dposs dans l'Htel des Inva- and placed in the Hotel des In-
lides^*) Paris, selon ses vux: valides, in Paris, in compliance
"Je dsire que mes cendres re- with his wishes: " / desire that
posent sur les bords de la Seine, my ashes repose on the banks of
au milieu de ce peuple franais the Seine, among the French peo-
que j'ai tant aim." ple whom I loved so much.''''
Napolon sortit sous-lieutenant Napoleon left the military school of

de l'cole militaire de Brienne Brienne as a Sub-Lieutenant in
en 1785. 1785-
Il fut nomm capitaine, puis col- He was made a Captain, then a

onel en 1793. Colonel, in 1793.
Il reut les epaulettes de gnral He was given the epaulets of a

de brigade en 1794, aprs le fa- Brigadier-General in 1794, after
meux sige de Toulon o il se the famous siege of Toulon, at
distingua. which he distinguished himself
Le 5 octobre, 1795, il mitrailla les On the jth of October, 1795, he

meutiers devant l'glise Saint- shelled the rioters in front of the
Roch, Paris, et reut le com- Church of St. Roch, in Paris, and
mandement en chef de l'arme was made Commander-in-Chief
d'Italie en 1796. of the ' '
Arme d' Italie ' '
in 1796.
Aprs de nombreuses et brillantes After numerous and brilliant vic-

victoires, il conclut le trait de tories, he concluded the treaty of
paix qui donnait la France le peace which gave to France the
Rhin pour limites en 1797. Rhine as a boundary in 1797.
Aprs la campagne d'Egypte o il After the Egyptian campaign, in

gagna la glorieuse victoire des which he won the glorious victory
pyramides, il retourna en of the Pyramids, he returned to
France, renversa le Directoire France, overthrew the Directory
le 5 novembre, 1799, et se fit {Government) on the 5th of Octo-
nommer consul pour dix ans. ber, 1799, and caused himself to
be made a Consulfor 10 years.
(*) A palatial shelter for old and invalid soldiers founded by Louis
XIV. in 1674.
236 Practical, French Course
Il franchit le mont St. Bernard, He crossed the (M.) St. Bernard,

gagna de Marengo, et
la bataille won the battle of Marengo and
signa la paix avec l'Autriche en signed the treaty of peace with
1801, et avec l'Angleterre en . Austria in 1801, and with Eng-
1802. land in 1802.
Nomm consul vie, il rouvrit Made Consulfor life, he reopened

les que la rvolution
glises the churches which had been
avait fermes et rorganisa closed by the Revolution and re-
toutes les branches de l'admin- organized all the branches of the
istration. government.
Proclam empereur des Franais Proclaimed Emperor of the French

le 18 mars 1804, il fut sacr en on the 18th of March, 1804, he
grande pompe le 2 dcembre de was crowned in great state on
la mme anne par le pape Pie the 2d of December of the same
VII., dans l'glise Notre-Dame year by Pope Pius VII, in the
de Paris. Church of Notre-Dame.
Alors commena cette srie de Then began that series of victories

victoires qui jeta sur son rgne which cast so great a glory upon
une si grande gloire, jusqu' la his reign, up to the disasttvus
dsastreuse campagne de Russie campaign of Russia in 181 2.
en 1812.
Kn 1813, l'Europe entire se coa- In 1 81j, the whole of Europe

lisa contre le redoutable vain- formed a coalition against the
queur qui abdiqua Fontaine- formidable victor, who abdicated
bleau le 14 avril 18 14, et reut at Fontainebleau on the 14th of
l'le d'Blbe en souverainet. April, 1814, and was given the
sovereignty (of) the Isle of Elba.
Le premier mars 181 5, il reparut On the 1st of March, 181 5, he made

en France et rgna encore pen- his reappearance in France and
dant cent jours, mais aprs la reigned one hundred days, but
terrible bataille de Waterloo, le after the terrible battle of Water-
18 juin, il signa, en faveur de f
loo, on the 18th, of une, he signed
son fils, sa seconde abdication et his second abdication in favor of

rclama l'hospitalit de l'An- his son, and invoked the hospi-
gleterre. tality of England.
Le cabinet anglais le dclara pris- The English Parliament declared

onnier et le rlgua Sainte- him a prisoner and deported him
Hlne, o il mourut le 5 mai to St. Helena, where he died on
182 1. (Bnard.) the 5th of May, 1821.
I. In what year did Napoleon the In what year Napoleon first

first leave the military school left he the school military
of Brienne ? of Brienne ?
2. In what year was he given the In what year received he the

shoulder-straps of a Briga- epaulets of General of Bri-
dier-General ? gade ?
3. Whom did he shell in front of Whom shelled he before the

the Church of St. Roch ? Church St. Roch ?
4. What victory did he win in What victory won he in

Egypt ? Egypt?
5. What mountain did he cross ? What mount crossed he ?

6. What did he reopen ? What reopened he ?
7. What did he reorganize ? What reorganized he ?
8. When was he proclaimed an When was he proclaimed Km-
Emperor ?
9. In what year did he abdicate ? 9. In what year abdicated he ?
10. When did he reappear in When reappeared he in France,

France, and how long did he and how much of time
reign ? reigned he yet ?
II. After what battle did he sign After what battle signed he
his second abdication ? his second abdication ?
12. In what year, and where did In what year, and where died
he die ? he?
TRENTE-SIXIEME LEON,
LESSON XXXVI.
I. The Future.
The future is always used, in French, to express what

shall be or will take place at a time not yet come.
Therefore, the present tense, which is often used in Eng-
lish after an adverb of time, such as when, as soon as,
must be rendered in French by the future, whenever the
adverb points out the relative time of a future action, state
or condition.
Thus, for example,
I shall come when I am ready,

I shall come as soon as I can,
must be translated :
Je viendrai quand je serai prt. Lit.: I shall come when I shall be

ready.
Je viendrai ds que je pourrai. I shall come as soon as I shall be
able.
IMPORTANT REMARK.
When the action depends on the will of the person, or
has not yet been settled, the indicative of vouloir, to be
willing, to wish, followed by an infinitive, must be em-
ployed.
O irez-vous ? Where will you go ?

O voulez-vous aller ? Where will you (do you wish to) go?
J'irai Paris. I shall go to Paris.
Je veux aller Paris. I wish to go to Paris.
Voulez-vous aller avec moi ? Will you go with me ?

Voulez- vous m
'accompagner? Will you accompany me?
Voulez-vous venir ? Will you come ?
Voulez-vous me dire quelle heure Will you tell me what time it is f
il est?
Voulez-vous me donner un verre Will you give me a glass of water ?
d'eau ?
Voulez-vous avoir la bont de me Will you have the kindness to give
donner un verre d'eau? me a glass of water ?
PRACTICE.
Serez-vous chez vous demain ? Will you be at home to-morrow
Oui, je serai chez moi toute la Yes, I shall be athome all day
journe. long.
Votre frre sera-t-il chez lui ? Will your brother be at home ?

Oui, il y sera. Yes, he will (be there).
Votre tante sera-t-elle chez elle ? Will your aunt be at home ?
Non, elle n'y sera pas. No, she will not {be there).
Que ferez-vous aujourd'hui? What will you do to-day ?

J'tudierai ma leon. I shall study my lesson.
Je prendrai un bain. I shall take a bath.
Je ferai une promenade. I shall take a walk.
Je ferai une ou deux visites. I shall make one or two visits.
J'irai faire des emplettes. I shall go shopping.
Qu 'achet rez-vous ? What will you buy f

J'achterai un chapeau. I shall buy a hat.
O irez-vous ce soir ? Where will you go this evening
Je resterai chez moi. I shall stay at home.
J'auraidu monde. I will have company.
Nous aurons du monde. We will have company.
O demain?
irez- vous Where will you go to-morrow ?
J'irai la campagne. I shall go to the country.
A quelle heure partirez- vous ? At what time will you leave?
Je partirai six heures du matin. I shall leave at six o'clock in the
morning (or a.m.).
A quelle heure retournerez-vous ? At what time will you return ?
Je retournerai sept heures du I shall return at seven o'clock in
the evening (or p.m.').
Quand irez-vous en Europe ? When will you go to Europe ?

J'irai leprintemps prochain. I shall go next Spring.
Combien de temps resterez-vous How long will you stay abroad?
l'tranger?
Environ deux mois. About two months.
Quand viendrez-vous me voir ? When will you come to see me?

J'irai vous voir la semaine pro- I shall go and see you next week,
chaine, sans faute. without fail.
Vous serez le bienvenu. You will be welcome.

Vous serez la bienvenue, (f.) You will be welcome.
Je vous verrai demain. I will see you to-morrow.
II. The Conditional.
The conditional present is used to express what would

take place under a certain condition.
Si j'avais assez d'argent. j'ache= If I had enough money I would buy

terais cette maison. that house.
The conditional past is used to denote what would have

taken place if the condition on which it depended should
have been fulfilled.
Si j'avais eu assez d'argent j'au- If I had had enough money I would

rais achet cette maison. have bought that house.
The verb following the conjunction si, if, cannot be

used, as in English, in the future or the conditional.
The future is replaced, in French, by the indicative pres-
ent, and the conditional by the imperfect of the indicative.
Thus, the sentences,
If you will permit me I will come,

If you would permit me I would come,
If you would have permitted me, I would have come,
must be translated :
Si vous me le permettez je Ifyou permit me I shall come.

viendrai.
Si vous me le permettiez je If you permitted me I would come.
viendrais.
Si vous me l'aviez permis je Ifyou had permitted me I would
serais venu. have come.
When, however, the word si is used in the sense of

whether the future and conditional must be employed in
',
both languages.
Je ne sais s'il viendra ou non. I do not know whether he will

come or not. {come or not.
Je ne savais s'il viendrait ou non. I did not know whether he would
PRACTICE.
Si vous aviez assez d'argent ache- If you had enough money would
teriez-vous cette maison ? you buy that house ?
Oui, si j'avais assez d'argent je Yes, if I had money enough I would
l'achterais. buy it.
Si vous tiez ma place que Ifyou were in my place what would

f eriez-vous ? you do ?
Si j'tais votre place, voici ce If I were in y our place, this is what
que je ferais : I would do :
J'irais passer un mois dans les I would go and spend a month in
montagnes ou au bord de la mer. the mountains or at the seashore.
S'il faisait beau temps sortiriez- If it were fine weather zvould you
vous ? go out ?
Oui, si le temps tait beau je Yes, if the weather were fine I
sortirais. would go out.
O iriez-vous? Where would you go ?

J'irais faire une promenade dans I would {go and) take a walk
le parc central. Central Park.
Si vous preniez une leon chaque If you would take a lesson every
jour, vos progrs seraient beau- day, your progress would be
coup plus rapides ;
vous parle- much more rapid ; you would
riez bientt couramment et cor- soon speak fluently and correctly.
rectement.
Oui, c'est vraisi je prenais une

; I took a lesson
Yes, that is so ; if
leon chaque jour je progrs = every day I would progress much
serais beaucoup plus vite, mais more rapidly, but I have neither
je n'ai ni le temps ni l'argent. the time nor the mo?iey.
Pourquoi ne venez-vous pas me Why do you not come to see me

voir plus souvent ? oftener ?
J'irais vous voir plus souvent si I would go and see you oftener if
je le pouvais, mais je ne le puis ;
I could, but I cannot ; I am busy
je suis occup du matin au soir. from morning to evening.
Pourquoi n'amenez-vous pas votre Why do you not bring your

ami? friend ?
Je serais trs heureux de faire sa I should be very happy to make
connaissance. his acquai?itance.
Pourquoi n'avez- vous pas amen Why didyou not bring yourfriend?
votre amie ?
J'aurais t trs heureux de faire I should have been very glad to
sa connaissance. have made her acquaintance.

Practicae French Course 243
N'aimeriez-vous pas aller Paris? Would you not like to go to Paris f
Si, je l'aimerais beaucoup. Yes, I should like it very much.
Je ferais bien de m'en aller. I had better go.

Vous feriez bien de vous en aller. You had better go.
Il va pleuvoir. It is going to rain.
Il va faire un orage. It is going to storm.
On le dirait (or) It looks like it.
a en a l'air, (idiom.) It looks like it.

i. At what time will you be at ;
i. At what hour will be you chez
home ? vous ?
2. At what time will your father \

2. At what time your father will
be at home ? be he chez lui ?
3. At what time will your sister 3. At what hour your sister will
be at home ? be she chez elle f
4. At what time will your parents 4. At what hour your parents will
be at home ? be they chez eux ?
5. Will you have company? Will have you du monde ?

6. Where will he go ? Where will* go he ?
7. When will she leave? When will leave she ?
8. When will they return ? When will return they ?
9. How long will he stay ? 9- How much of time will stay he?
10. I will see him to-morrow. 10. I him will see to-morrow.
11. Ifhe would permit me. 11. Ifhe me it permitted.

12. Ifhe were in my place what 12. Ifhe was at my place what
would he do ? would do he ?
13. Where would he go? 13- Where would go he ?
14. Would he come? 14. Would come he ?
15. Would she come? 15- Would come she ?
16. Is it going to rain? 16. Is it that it goes to rain ?
17. It looks like it. 17- One it would say.
TRENTE-SEPTIEME LEON.
LESSON XXXVII.
The Subjunctive Mood.
i. All the French verbs, regular and irregular (the aux-

iliaries avoir and tre excepted) end in the subjunctive
present in
e, es, e, ions, iez, ent.
2. We will conjugate here in the subjunctive present the

irregular verbs most commonly used in French conversa-
tion, namely :
Aller, to go. Venir, to come. Pouvoir, to be able.

Prendre, to take. Dire, to say. Faire, to do.
That I may go, etc. That I may come, etc. That I may be able, etc.
Que j'aille. Que je vienne. Que je puisse.
Que tu ailles. Que tu viennes. Que tu puisses.
Qu'il aille. Qu'il vienne. Qu'il puisse.
Que nous allions. Que nous venions. Que nous puissions.
Que vous alliez. Que vous veniez. Que vous puissiez.
Qu'ils aillent. Qu'ils viennent. Qu'ils puissent.
That I may take, etc. That I may say, etc. That I may do, etc.
Que je prenne. Que je dise. Que je fasse.

Que tu prennes. Que tu dises. Que tu fasses.
Qu'il prenne. Qu'il dise. Qu'il fasse.
Que nous prenions. Que nous disions. Que nous fassions*
Que vous preniez. Que vous disiez. Que vous fassiez.
Qu'ils prennent. Qu'ils disent. Qu'ils fassent.
USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE
GENERAL RULE.
When two verbs are united by the conjunction que, that,
the second must be put in the subjunctive mood, unless the
first expresses something certain, positive, evident, in
which case the second verb is always used in the indica-
tive mood.
To be more explicit, we will specify and say :
i.THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD MUST BE USED
After verbs expressing a desire, request, doubt, consent,

surprise, regret, fear, apprehension, gladness.
Je dsire que vous veniez. / wish you {would) to come.

Je souhaite que vous russissiez. I wish you may succeed.
Je doute qu'il vienne. I doubt {if) he will come.
O voulez- vous que j'aille ? Where do you want me to go f
Que voulez- vous que je fasse ? What do you want me to do ?
IMPORTANT REMARK.
Verbs expressing fear, apprehension, such as : craindre,
to fear ; avoir peur, to be afraid ; apprhender, to appre-
hend ; trembler, to tremble, when used in the affirmative,
take the particle ne before the subjunctive.
The subjunctive preceded by ne must also be employed
after the expressions moins que, unless ; de peur que, de
crainte que, for fear that.
lest,
The particle ne is used idiomatically, without any nega-

tive sense.
Je crains qu'il ne vienne. Ifear he may corne.

J'ai peur qu'il ne soit malade. I am afraid he is sick.
De peur qu'il ne pleuve. Lest it rains.
Je viendrai srement moins qu'il I shall surelv come unless it rains.
ne pleuve.
2. THE SUBJUNCTIVE MUST BE USED

After the verbs croire, to believe ; penser, to think, when
employed negatively or interrogatively, but not when em-
ployed affirmatively.
Croyez- vous qu'il vienne ? Do you believe (that) he will come?

Je ne crois pas qu'il vienne. I do not believe he will come.
Je crois qu'il viendra. I believe he will come.
Pensez- vous qu'il pleuve ? Do you think {that) it will rain ?

Je ne pense pas qu'il pleuve, I do not think {that) it will rain.
Je pense qu'il pleuvra. I think it will rain.

After impersonal verbs unless they express something
positive, certain, evident.
Il faut que j'aille chez moi. / must go home.

Il est possible qu'il vienne. It is possible that he will come.
Il est temps que je parte. It is time for me to leave.
Il n'est pas sr qu'elle vienne. It is not certain that she will come.
Il importe que vous y soyez. It is essential that you be there.
Il est bon qu'il le sache. It is good that he knows it.
Il vaut mieux que j'y aille. It is better that I go there.

C'est dommage que vous ne puis= It is a pity that you cannot come.
siez pas venir.

After a relative pronoun preceded by a superlative or
phrase having the force of a superlative, as le plus, the
most; le moins, the least; le meilleur, the best; le mieux,

the best ; le pire, the worst ; le seul, the only.
The subjunctive is also used after the following express-

ions before a noun or pronoun :
II n'y a (or) il n'est There is no

Il n'y a pas (or) il n'est pas There is not ......
Il n'y a que (or) il n'est que There is only
Examples :
La plus jolie femme que j'aie ja- The prettiest woman I ever saw in
mais vue de ma vie. my life.
La seule chose que vous ayez The only thing you have to do.
faire.
C'est le mieux que vous puissiez It is the best that you can do.
faire.
C'est le meilleur que nous ayons. It is the very best zve have.
Il n'y a personne qui puisse le There is no one who can do it.
faire.
Il n'est rien qui soit comparable There is nothing which can be

cela. compared with that.
Il n'y a pas de mthode qui soit There is no easier method.

plus facile.
Il n'y a que mon frre qui puisse There is only my brother who can
parler anglais chez nous. speak English at home.
C'est le plus beau monument que It is the most beautiful monument

j'aie jamais vu. that I have ever seen.
C'est le seul jour o je puisse y It is the only day that I can go

aller. there.

After the following conjunctive expressions :
Avant que. Suppos que

Afin que. Soit que.
Pour que. Quel que.
Pourvu que. Qui que.
Bien que (cr) quoique. Quoi que.
En cas que. Quelque chose que.
Sans que. Jusqu' ce que (or) que.
Examples
Avant vienne.
qu'il Before he comes.
Afin qu'elle vienne. In order that she may come.
Pourvu qu'il ne pleuve pas. Provided it does not rain.
Jusqu' ce que je vienne. Until I come.
Attendez qu'il vienne. Wait till he comes.
Soit qu'elle vienne ou non. Whether she conies or not.
En cas qu'il pleuve. In case it rains.
Qui que ce soit. Whoever it jnay be.
Quoi que ce soit. Whatever it may be.
Quel que soit le prix. Whatever may be the price.
Quelque bons amis qu'ils soient. However goodfriends they be.
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE
The tense of the subjunctive mood

determined by the is
tense of the preceding verb, according to the following

rules :
1.THE PRESENT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE IS REQUIRED

After the present and future tenses of the indicative mood.
Il faut que j'aille chez moi. I must go home.

Il faudra que j'aille Boston. I shall have to go to Boston.
Je ne pense pas que ce soit I do not think it is possible.
possible.
2.THE IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE IS REQUIRED

After the past tenses of the indicative and after the con-
ditional.
Je ne savais pas qu'il ft mari. / did not know he was married.

Je ne pensais pas qu'elle et des I did not think she had children.
enfants.
Je voudrais que vous vinssiez. I should like you to come.
OBSERVATION
In conversation the imperfect of the subjunctive is gen-
erally replacedby the present, the imperfect of the indica-
tive, by the conditional. This change has been re-
or
cently authorized by an official decision of the French
Minister of Public Instruction.
PRACTICE.
PRESENT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.
Que voulez- vous que je fasse ? Que vouliez- vous que je fisse ?
Que voulez- vous qu'il fasse ? Que vouliez-vous qu'il ft ?
Que voulez- vous que nous fassions? Que ' '
'
'
que nous fissions ?
Que voulez- vous qu'ils fassent ? Que vouliez-vous qu'ils fissent ?
Je ne pense pas qu'il soit mari. Je ne pensais pas qu'il ft (ou tait)
mari.
Je ne pense pas qu'elle ait des Je ne pensais pas qu'elle et des
enfants. enfants.
Je ne crois pas que ce soit possible. Je ne croyais pas que ce ft
possible.
Je ne crois pas que vous puissiez Je ne croyais pas que vous pussiez
le faire. (ou pourriez) le faire.
Je ne crois pas qu'il vienne. Je ne croyais pas qu'il vnt (ou
viendrait).
Pensez-vous qu'il vienne ? Pensiez- vous qu'il vnt ( ou

viendrait) ?
Croyez- vous que ce soit possible ? Croyiez-vous que ce ft possible ?
J'aipeur qu'il ne soit malade. J'avais peur qu'il ne ft malade.

Je crains qu'elle ne soit malade. Je craignais qu'elle ne ft malade.
Il est temps que je parte. Il tait temps que je partisse

(ou parte).
Il est temps qu'il parte. Il tait temps qu'il partt.
Il est temps que vous partiez. Il tait temps que vous partissiez.
C'est le mieux que vous puissiez C'tait le mieux que vous pussiez
faire. faire.
C'est le mieux qu'il puisse faire. C'tait le mieux qu'il pt faire.
Je regrette que vous ne puissiez Je regretterais que vous ne pus-

pas venir. siez pas venir.

i. Where do you want me to go ? i. Where will you that I may go?
2. When do you want me to come? 2. When will you that I may
come?
3. What do you want me to take ? 3. What will you that I may take?
4. What do you wish me to sing ? 4. What wish you that I may
sing?
5. What do you wish him to do ? 5. What wish you that he may
do?
6. Where do you want him to go? 6. Where will you that he may
go?
7. When do you want her to 7. When will you that she may
come ? come ?
8. When do you wish us to come? 8. When wish you that we may

come ?
9. What do you want me to do? 9. What will you thatI may do ?
10. I want you to speak French. 10. I will that you may speak
French.
11. I want you to study. 11. I will that you may study.
12. I want you to sing. 12. I will that you may sing.
13. I want you to tell me the 13. I will that you me may say
truth. la vrit.
14. Do you think he will come ? 14. Think you that he may come ?
15. Do you think he will go to 15. Think you that he may go to
Paris ? Paris ?
16. Do you think she will come ? 16. Think you that she may come?
17. I do not think she is rich. 17. I think not that she may be
rich.
18. I do not believe he is in New 18. I believe not that he may be

York. at New York.
19. I do not think she can speak 19. I think not that she may be
French ? able to speak French.
20. I did not think that he was so 20. I thought not that he might
rich. be so rich.
21. I did not think she was 21. I thought not that she might
married. be married.
OBSERVATION.
The subjunctive mood being of very great importance in
French, the pupil should study the above lesson most at-
tentively and familiarize himself thoroughly with the same.
MEMORY EXERCISE.
vaut mieux hasarder de sauver un coupable que de condamner
Il
un innocent. Voltaire)(
Tous nos jours vont la mort, le dernier y arrive. {Montaigne)

L/e remde est parfois pire que le mal. (Leno/e)
translation:
It is better to risk sparing a guilty person than to condemn an inno-

cent one.
All our days travel towards death, the last one arrives at (reaches)
it.
The remedy is at times worse than the evil.

TRENTE-HUITIEME LEON.
LESSON XXXVIII.
The Imperative Mood.
The imperative is employed to express command, ex-

hortation, permission, prayer or entreaty.
HOW TO FORM THE IMPERATIVE.

I. The second person singular of the imperative is
always the same as the first person singular of the indica-
tive present, minus the personal pronoun je.
Je parle, / speak. Parle, speak thou.

Je finis, Ifinish. Finis, finish thou.
Je vends, I sell. Vends, sell thou.
Je viens, I come. Viens, come thou.
2. The first and second persons plural of the imperative

are similar to the same persons of the indicative present,
minus the personal pronouns nous and vous.
Nous parlons, we speak. Parlons, let us speak.

Nous allons, we go. Allons, let us go.
Nous partons, we depart. Partons, let tes depart.
Nous buvons, we drink. Buvons, let us drink.
Vous parlez, you speak. Parlez, speak ye or you.

Vous allez, you go. Allez, go !
Vous buvez, you drink. Buvez, drink!

EXCEPTIONS.
The verbs tre, to be ; avoir, to have ; aller, to go ;
pouvoir, to be able, and vouloir, to be willing, make in the
imperative :
Sois, be thou. Aie, have thou.

Soyez, be ye or you. Ayez, have ye or you.
Soyons, let us be. Ayons, let us have.
Va, go thou.
Veuillez, be willing {kindly).
Puissiez-vous , may you .
3. The English forms let him, let her, let them, are ren-
dered in French by the third person singular or plural of

the subjunctive present.
Let him be. Qu'il soit. That he may be.

Let her be. Qu'elle soit. That she may be.
Let them be. Qu'ils soient. That they may be.
Let him go. Qu'il aille. That he may go.
Let them go. Qu'ils aillent. That they may go.
Let him come. Qu'il vienne. That he may come.
Let them come. Qu'ils viennent. That they may come.
4. In the imperative the pronoun or pronouns are placed

after the verb when the sentence is affirmative, and before
the verb when the sentence is negative.
Examples :
Parlez-moi. Ne me parlez pas.

Parlez-nous. Ne nous parlez pas.
Parlez-lui. Ne lui parlez pas.
Parlez-leur. Ne leur parlez pas.
Dites-le-moi. Ne me le dites pas.
Dites-le-nous. Ne nous le dites pas.
Dites-le-lui. Ne le lui dites pas.
Dites-le-leur. Ne le leur dites pas.
PRACTICE.
Que voulez- vous que je fasse? What do yoti want me to do ?
Faites ce que vous voudrez. Do what you please
Mettez le couvert. Lay the table-cloth.
Mettez la table. Set the table.
Otez le couvert. Clear the table.
Balayez le salon. Sweep the parlor.
Lavez le plancher et les escaliers. Wash the floor and stairs.
Lavez la vaisselle. Wash the dishes.
Essuyez la vaisselle. Wipe {or dry) the dishes.
Epoussetez les meubles. Dust the furniture.
Allumez le feu. Kindle the fire.
Repassez ma chemise. Iron my shirt
Etudiez votre leon. Study your lesson.
Portez cette lettre la poste. Go and mart this letter.
Que voulez-vous qu'il fasse ? What do you wa?it him to do

Qu'il fasse ce qu'il voudra. (*) Let him do what he pleases.
Qu'il tudie sa leon. Let him study his lesson.
Que voulez- vous qu'elle fasse ? What do you want her to do ?

Qu'elle fasse ce qu'elle voudra. Let her do what she pleases.
Qu'elle tudie sa leon. Let her study her lesson.
Que voulez-vous qu'ils fassent ? What do you want them to do ?

Qu'ils fassent ce qu'ils voudront Let them do what they will.
Qu'ils tudient. Let them study.
Qu'ils lisent. Let them read.
Quand voulez-vous que je vienne ? When do you wish me to come ?

Venez quand vous voudrez. Come when you will.
Venez quand bon vous fera plaisir. Come when you please.
Quand voulez- vous qu'il vienne ? When do you wish him to come ?
Qu'il viennequand il voudra. Let him come when he will.
Qu'il vienne quand bon lui fera Let him. come when
plaisir.
(*) Je veux {or) je dsire is understood.

Quand dsirez- vous qu'ils When do you wish them to come ?

viennent?
Qu'ils viennent quand ils Let them come when they will.
voudront.
Qu'ils viennent quand bon leur Let them come when they please*
fera plaisir.
O dsirez- vous que j'aille? Where do you wish me to go ?

Allez o vous voudrez. Go where you please.
O dsirez-vous qu'il aille? Where do you wish him to go

Qu'il aille o il voudra. Let him go where he will.
O dsirez- vous qu'ils aillent ? Where do you wish them to go ,
Qu'ils aillent o ils voudront. Let them go where they will.
Que voulez-vous que nous fassions ? What will you have us do ?

Fumons un cigare. Let us smoke a cigar.
Chantons une chanson. Let us sing a song.
Buvons un coup. Let us have a drink.
Jouons aux cartes. Let is play cards.
Dansons. Let us dance.

Amusons-nous. Let us enjoy ourselves.
Allons au thtre. Let us go to the theatre.
i. What do you want him to 1. What will you that he may

study ? study ?
2. Iyet him study his lesson. 2. That he may study his lesson.
3. What do you want her to buy ? 3. What will you that she may
buy ?
4. Iyet her buy a theatre ticket. 4. That she may buy a " billet de
thtre."
5. Where do you want him to go ? 5. Where will you that he may go ?

6. Let him go to Boston. 6. That he may go to Boston.
7. When do you want her to I 7. When will you that she may
come ? come ?
8. Let her come to-morrow. 8. That she may come to-morrow.
9. What do you wish her to do ? 9. What wish you that she may
do?
10. Let her wash the floor. 10. That she may wash the floor ?
11. What do you wish them to 11. What wish you that they may
sing ? sing?
12. Let them sing a song. 12. That they may sing a song.
13. What do you wish them to do ? 13. What wish you that they may
do?
14. Let them dance. 14. That they may dance.
MEMORY EXERCISE.
Il est plus ais d'tre sage pour les autres que pour soi-mme.
{La Rochefoucauld)
Le moment du pril est celui du courage. {La Harpe)
Jamais nous ne gotons de parfaite allgresse. {Corneille)
Le monde est une figure trompeuse qui passe. {Buffon)
L'harmonie la plus douce est la voix de celle que l'on aime.
{La Bruyre)
Les meilleures harangues sont celles que le cur a dictes.
{Marmonte)
L'arbrisseau le pins sain a besoin de culture. {Fabre d' Eglantine)
La colre et la prcipitation sont deux choses fort opposes la
prudence. (Fnelon)
translation:
It is easier to be wise for another than for one's self.

The time of peril is the time for courage.
We never enjoy perfect (unalloyed) happiness.
The world is a deceitful picture which passes before us.
The sweetest harmony is the voice of her whom we love.
The best addresses are those which the heart has dictated.
The healthiest shrub needs cultivation.
Anger and precipitation are two things very much opposed to
prudence.
TRENTE-NEUVIEME LEON.
LESSON XXXIX.
MISCELLANEOUS RULES
I. How to Render in French the English Form
I COULD, I COULD HAVE.
I could and I could have are rendered in French, the for-

mer by the conditional present, the latter by the condit-
ional past of the verb pouvoir, either tense followed by a
verb in the infinitive.
Je pourrais venir. I could (to) come.

Je pourrais mourir. I could (to) die.
J'aurais pu venir. I could have come.
J'aurais pu mourir. I could have died.
The following are these two important tenses :
CONDITIONAL PRESENT. CONDITIONAL PAST.
/ would be able, etc. / would have been able, etc.
Je pourrais. J'aurais pu.

Tu pourrais. Tu aurais pu.
Il pourrait. Il aurait pu.
Nous pourrions. Nous aurions pu.
Vous pourriez. Vous auriez pu.
Ils pourraient. Ils auraient pu.
II. How to Render in French the English Form

I SHOULD (or) I OUGHT TO.
I SHOULD HAVE (pr) I OUGHT TO HAVE.
The English forms I should (or) / ought to, I ought to
have, are rendered in French, the former by the conditional

present, and the latter by the conditional past of the verb
devoir, to owe either tense followed by a verb in the
infinitive.
Je devrais tudier. I ought to study.

J'aurais d tudier. I s ho uld ha ve studied.
The following are these two important tenses :
CONDITIONAL PRESENT. CONDITIONAL PAST.
/ ought to, etc. I ought to have, etc.
Je devrais. J'aurais d.
Tu devrais. Tu aurais d.
Il devrait. Il aurait d.
Nous devrions. Nous aurions d.
Vous devriez. Vous auriez d.
Ils devraient. Ils auraient d.
III. How to Render in French the English Form

I MAY )
before a verb.
I MIGHT)
The English form / may, I might, I might have, is ren-

dered by je puis, je pourrais, j'aurais pu, followed by an
infinitive. It may be also translated idiomatically by il est
possible que (or) il se peut que, il se pourrait que, followed

by a verb in the subjunctive mood.
Je puis venir (or) \
II est possible que je vienne (or) v / may come.

Il se peut que je vienne. j
Il peut venir (or)

Il est possible qu'il vienne (or) y He may come.
Il se peut qu'il vienne.
Je pourrais venir
r (or) )
\ IT might come.
,
.
J ,
. \ >
Il se pourrait que je vinsse.)
J'aurais pu venir. I might have come.

Il pu venir.
aurait He might have come.
Klle aurait pu venir. She might have come.
Ils auraient pu venir. They might have come.
AM I NOT TO BE PITIED?
Ne suis- je pas plaindre ?
The passive form, used in English to express that some-

thing is done or undergone, is rendered
to be in French
by the infinitive, preceded by the preposition .
Il est plaindre. He is to be pitied.

Il n'est pas plaindre. He is not to be pitied.
Ils sont plaindre. They are to bej>itied.

Ils ne sont pas plaindre. They are not to be pitied.
Vous tes plaindre. You are to be pitied.

Vous n'tes pas plaindre. You are not to be pitied.
Qu'y a-t-il faire ? What is there to be done ?

Il n'y a rien faire. There is nothing to be done.
HOW I PITY YOU !
The adverb how, used as an exclamation, is rendered in

French either by que or comme.
Que je vous plains (or) ! How I pity you !

Comme je vous plains ! How I pity you !
Que je vous aime (or) ! How I love you !

Comme je vous aime ! How I love you !
Que c'est joli ! (or) How pretty it is !

Comme c'est joli ! How pretty it is !
I THINK CAN DO IT.
In French two verbs in the infinitive mood are often

placed in succession, the second being the regimen of the
first.
Je crois pouvoir le faire. I think I can do it.

Je pensais pouvoir venir. I thought I coidd come.
I WISH I COUI,D.
The expressions / wish I could, I wish I were, I wish I had,

are rendered in French by j'aimerais pouvoir (or) je voudrais
pouvoir, j'aimerais tre (,or) je voudrais tre, j'aimerais
avoir (or) je voudrais avoir.
J'aimerais pouvoir parler / wish I could speak French.

franais (or)
Je voudrais pouvoir parler I wish I could speak French.
franais
J'aimerais tre riche (or) / wish I were rich (or)

Je voudrais tre riche. I should like to be rich.
J'aimerais avoir dix ans de I wish I were ten years younger.

moins.
Je voudrais bien avoir dix ans de I should like to be ten years
moins. younger.
NOT THAT I THINK HE IS GUILTY.
The word not is sometimes translated in French by non,

and more emphatically by non pas.
Non que je le croie coupable. Not that I believe him guilty.

Non pas que je le croie coupable. Not that I believe him guilty.
Assurment non. Assuredly not.
Je pense que non. I think not.
Je crois que non. I believe not.
DO YOU KNOW HOW TO SWIM?
After the verb to know the adverb how is not translated

in French.
Savez-vous nager ? Do you know how to swim ?

Oui, je sais nager. Yes, I know how to swim.
Savez-vous ramer ? Do you know how to row f

Savez-vous jouer aux cartes ? Do you know how to play cards ?
262 Practicai, French Course
Savez- vous jouer au billard ? Do you know how to play billiards?

Savez- vous jouer aux checs ? Do you know how to play chess ?
Savez- vous compter en franais ? Do you know how to count in

French ?
PRACTICE.
Vous devriez prendre une leon You should take a lesson every day.
tous les jours.
Vous devriez faire de l'exercice. You should take exercise.
Vous auriez d apporter votre You ought to have brought your

livre. book.
Vous auriez d amener votre ami. You should have brought your
friend.
Vous n'auriez pas d l'oublier. You should not have forgotten it.
Vous n'auriez pas d y aller. You should not have gone there.
N'aimeriez- vous pas avoir un Would you not like to have an

(or) une automobile ? automobile ?
Si, je l'aimerais beaucoup. Yes, I should like it very much.
Savez- vous conduire ? Do you know how to drive ?

Savez-vous monter cheval ? Do you know how to ride on
horseback ?
Savez-vous aller bicyclette ? Do you know how to ride a bicycle?
Ce n'est pas croire. It is not to be believed.

Cela n'est pas faire. That is not to be done.
Que c'est cher !

How dear it is !
Que c'est loin !
How far it is ! (It is so far!)
Qu'il fait chaud !
It is so warm !
Pensez- vous pouvoir y aller? Do you think you can go there ?
Je pense pouvoir y aller. I think I can go there.

1. You should study the verbs. i. You ought to study the verbs.
2. You should take exercise. 2. You ought to make some
exercise.
3. He should take more exercise. 3. He ought to make more of
exercise.
4. She should take three lessons 4. She ought to take three lessons
a week. per week.
5. She may come. 5. It is possible that she may

come.
6. They may come. 6. It is possible that they may
come.
7. I may go to Paris. 7. It is possible that I may go to
Paris.
8. I may return sooner. 8. It is possible that I may return
more soon.
9. How beautiful it is ! 9. How it is beautiful !
10. How dear it is ! 10. How it is dear !
11. How kind you are ! 11. How you are amiable !
12. How pretty she is ! 12. How she is pretty !
13. How pretty you are ! 13. How you are pretty !
14. I wish I were in your place. 14. I should like to be at your

place.
15. I wish I could go to Paris. 15. I should like to be able to go
to Paris.
16. I wish I had a million dollars. 16. I should like to have one
million of dollars.
17. Do you know how to dance ? 17. Know you to dance ?

18. Do you know how to sing ? 18. Know you to sing ?
19. Do you know how to play cards? 19. Know you to play at the cards ?
20. Do you know how to do it ? 20. Know you
TTnr-ci7 -von it fr do
i+ to rlr>?
?
QUARANTIEME LEON,
LESSON XL.
PRACTICAL EXERCISE
ON SOME IMPORTANT VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.
AIMER, to love, to like.
The verb aimer, followed by an infinitive, generally re-

quires the preposition , but aimer mieux, to like better,
takes no preposition.
M 'aimez- vous ? Do you love me ?

Oui, je vous aime. Yes, I love you.
M'aimes-tu? Dost thou love me ?

Oui, je t'aime. Yes, I love thee.
Je l'aime beaucoup. I am very fond of it.

Je les aime beaucoup. I am very fond of tht
Je ne l'aime pas. I do not like him or her.

Je ne l'aime pas. I do not like it.
Je ne les aime pas. I do not like them.
J'aime monter cheval. I like to ride on horseback

J'aime mieux aller en voiture. I like better to drive.
Vous ne m'aimez pas I You do not like me !

Mais si, je vous aime. Why, yes I do.
Qui m'aime bien aime mon chien. Love 7ne, love my do.
TROUVER, to find, to like.
The verb to like, preceded by the adverb hozv, is trans-

lated in French by trouver.
O avez- vous trouv cela ? Where did you find that ?
Je l'ai trouv dans la rue. Ifound it on the street.
Comment trouvez-vous ce vin ? How do you like {find) this wine ?

Je le trouve un peu aigre. I find it a little sour.
Comment trouvez-vous ces How do you like {find) these

raisins ? grapes ?
Je les trouve un peu surs. Ifind them a little sour (green).
Comment avez- vous trouv Paris ? How did you like {find) Paris?
Je l'ai trouv trs beau. Ifound it very beautiful.
Un enfant trouv. A foundling
FELICITER, to congratulate.
Permettez-moi de vous fliciter. Allow me to cotigratulate you.
Je vous flicite. I congratulate you.

Je vous flicite de votre belle I congratulate you on your beauti-
voix. ful voice.
Je vous flicite de vos progrs en I congratulate you on yourprogress

franais. in French.
Je vous fais mes compliments bien I compliment you very sincerely.

sincres.
Je vous adresse mes plus sincres I tender you my most sincere

flicitations. congratulations.
PENSER , to think of.
In its usual meaning, the verb penser requires the pre-

position before the object, but if it signifies to have an
opinion about someone or something it takes the prepo-

sition de.
A qui pensez-vous ? Of whom do you think ?

Je pense mon ami. I think of my friend.
A quoi pensez- vous? What are you thinking off
A rien. Of nothing.
Pensez moi. Think of me.

Avez- vous pens moi ? Did you think of me ?
Oui, j'ai pens vous. Yes, I have thought ofyou.
Pensez-y. Think of it ; think it over.

J'y penserai. I will think of it.
Y avez-vous pens ? Did you think of it?

J'y ai pens. I have thought of it.
Je n'y ai pas pens. I have not thought of it.
N'y pensez plus. Do not think of it any more.

Je n'y pense plus. I do not think of it any more.
Que pensez-vous de moi ? What do you think of me ?

Je pense que vous tes trs I think(that) you are very kind.
aimable.
Pensez votre avenir. Think of yourfuture.

C'est unebonne pense. That is a good thought.
DIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS,
Penser mal. To think wrong.
Penser tout haut. To think aloud.
C'est ma
manire de penser. Thai is my way of thinking.
A ce que pense.
je To my mind ; in my opinion.
Pendant que j'y pense. While I think of it.
Sans y penser. Unintentionally.
PASSER, to pass, to spend (time), to call upon.
Laissez-moi passer. Let me pass.

Voulez- vous me passer cela ? Will you hand me that ?
Vous ne pouvez pas passer par l You cannot go that way ; go this
passez par ici. way.
O avez- vous pass la soire ? Where did you spend the evening ?
Je l'ai passe chez madame N. I spentit at Mrs. JV's.
Voulez-vous passer chez moi ? Will you call at my house ?

Voulez- vous avoir la bont de Will you have the kindness to call
passer chez moi ? on me f
Veuillez passer chez moi. Kindly call on me.
Je passerai chez vous demain. I will call on you to-morrow.
Avez- vous pass chez le docteur? Did you call upon the doctor ?
Oui, j'ai pass chez lui, mais il Yes, I called on him, but he was
n'y tait pas. not at home.
IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS.
Cette fleur est passe. That flower is faded.
Mes beaux jours sont passs. My best days are over.
Cela m'a pass de l'esprit. That has slipped my memory.
Il a t pass par les armes. He was shot militarily.
Il a t pass au fil de l'pe. He was put to sword.
J'ai pass par de rudes preuves. I have gone through severe trials.
Cela me passe. That is beyond my comprehension.
Passez votre chemin. Pass on ; go your way.
Passez par dessus ce mur. Pass over this wall.
C'est pass de mode. It is now out offashion
DEMANDER, to ask for, to wish, to want.

DEMANDER , to ask from or of.
Que demandez- vous ? What do you want ?
Je ne demande rien. Nothing.
Qui demandez- vous ? Whom do you want?

Je demande le caissier. I want the cashier.
Je demande le teneur de livres. I want the book-keeper.
Je demande le concierge. I want the janitor.
Je demande la concierge. I want the janitress.
Qu'est-ce qu'il demande? What does he want f

Il demande de l'eau chaude. He wants some hot water.
A qui faut-il que je demande la From whom must I ask

permission ? permission ?
Demandez-la au maire. From the Mayor.
Cela demande du temps et de la That requires time and patience.
patience.
Cela demande une explication. That requires an explanation.
Il demande l'aumne. He seeks alms {charity).
On vous demande. You are wanted.
On demande une femme de A chamber-maid is wanted.
chambre.
On demande un commis sachant A clerk familiar with French is
bien le franais. wanted.
Je ne demande pas mieux. I ask for nothing better.
CHERCHER, to look for, to search.
Que cherchez-vous ? What are you looking for ?

Je cherche mes gants. I a7n {oo king for my gloves.
Que cherche-t-il ? (or) What is he looking for f
Qu'est-ce qu'il cherche ? What is he looking for ?
Il cherche son carnet. He is looking for his note-book.
Allez me chercher un marteau. Go and bring me a hammer.

Allez me chercher un clou. Go and bri?ig me a nail.
Allez me chercher un tourne-vis. Go and bring me a screw-driver.
Allez chercher un mdecin. Go for a physician.
Envoyez chercher le docteur. Sendfor the doctor.
Il cherche noise tout le He tries to pick up a quarrel with
monde (or) everybody.
Il cherche querelle tout le He tries to pick up a quarrel with
monde. everybody.
Il cherche midi quatorze He looks for difficulties where
heures. there are none.
Cherchez la femme ! Find the woman !
1. Do you like wine ? i. Like you the wine? (m.)

2. Do you like beer ? 2. Like you the beer? (f.)
3. Do you like flowers ? 3. Like you the flowers ?
4. What do you like better ? 4. What like you better ?
5. Did you find your gloves ? 5. Have you found your gloves ?
6. Where did you find them ? 6. Where them have you found ?
7. How do you like New York ? 7. How find you New York ?
8. How did you like Paris ? 8. How have you found Paris ?
9. I congratulate him. 9. I him congratulate.

10. I shall congratulate her. 10. I her shall congratulate.
11. Ihave congratulated them. 11. I them have congratulated.
12. Give him my compliments. 12. Make to him my complimentSc
13. Ithink of you all the time. 13. I think to you all the time.
14. Ihave thought of you. 14. I have thought to you.
15. Do you think of me ? 15. Think you to me ?
16. I will think of you. 16. I will think to you.
17. Whom is he asking for? 17. Whom demands he?

l8. Ask of the janitor. 18. Ask to the janitor.
19- He wanted.
is 19. One him demands.
20. Boy wanted. 20. One demands a boy.
21. What is she looking for ? 21. What searches she ?
QUARANTE ET UNIEME LEON,
LESSON XLI
PRACTICAL EXERCISE
ON SOME IMPORTANT VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION.
QUITTER, to leave, to quit.
The verb quitter is used in reference to persons and

places and sometimes to things in the sense of to abandon,
to give up, to remove.
Elle a quitt son mari. She has left her husband.

Elle a quitt sa maison. She has left her house.
Il a quitt le commerce. He has abandoned business.
Il a quitt la partie. He gave up the game.
Quittez vos souliers. Take offyour shoes.
LAISSER, to leave, to let.
The verb laisser is generally said of things. It is, how-

ever, sometimes used in reference to persons in the sense of
to allow, to let.
O est votre livre ? Where is your book ?

Je l'ai laiss l'cole. I left it at school.
Laissez-moi tranquille. Leave me alone.

Laissez-le tranquille. Leave him alone.
Laissez cela tranquille. Leave that alone.
Laissez-moi faire. Leave it to me.

C'est prendre ou laisser. Take it or leave it.
Vous avez laiss tomber quelque You have dropped something.
chose.
Il laisse tout l'abandon. He leaves everything in disorder.
Elle laisse tout traner. She lets everything lie about in
disorder.
DESIRER, to desire, to wish.
Que dsirez-vous ? What do you wish ?

Je dsire vous parler. I desire to speak to you.
Je ne dsire rien. I desire nothing.

Je ne dsire plus rien. I desire nothing more.
J'ai tout ce que je dsire. I have all I desire.
SOUHAITER, to wish.
Je vous souhaite le bonjour. / bid you good day.

Je vous souhaite une bonne nuit. I bid you good night.
Je vous souhaite un bon voyage. I wish you a pleasant trip.
Je vous souhaite une bonne anne. I wish you a happy 7iew year.
Je vous souhaite un joyeux Nol. I wish you a merry Christmas.
PORTER and MENER, to carry, to take to a place.

APPORTER and AMENER, to bring.
EflPORTER and EHHENER, to take away
The verbs porter, apporter and emporter are used for

things (except carnages.)
272 Practical lu bnch Course
The verbs mener, amener and emmener are used for per-
sons and animals.
The verb porter is also used in the sense of to wear, to
have on (clothes.)
Portez cette lettre la poste. Take this letter to the post-office.

flenez cet enfant l'cole. Take that child to school.
Apportez votre cahier. Bring your copy-book.

Amenez votre ami. Bring y ourfriend.
Emportez ce livre. Take that book away.

Emmenez votre chien. Take your dog away.
Amenez-moi une voiture dcou- Bring me an open carriage.
verte.
Amenez-nous une voiture ferme. Bring us a closed carriage.
Cela porte bonheur. That brings good luck.

Cela porte malheur. That brings bad luck.
O mne ce chemin ? Where does this road lead to ?

O mne ce sentier ? Where does this path lead to f
L,e vent a emport mon chapeau. The wind has blown my hat off.
1/ amour l'emporte souvent sur la Love often gets the better of reason.
raison.
Cette considration l'emporte sur That consideration outweighs every
toutes les autres. other.
LEVER, to lift up, to raise.

SOULEVER, to lift up, to stir up.
ELEVER, to raise, to erect, to bring up.
ENLEVER, to carry off, to remove.
Levez la main droite. Raise your right hand.

Soulevez ce paquet. Lift up this package.
Practical French Coursic 273
Cet enfant est bien lev. That child is well-bred.

Ce garon est mal lev. That boy is ill-bred.
Enlevez cela de dessus la table. Take that off the table.

Voyez si vous pouvez enlever cette See ifyou can remove this stain.
tache.
VERSER, to pour, to shed.

RENVERSER, to upset, to spill.
BOULEVERSER, to upset, to unsettle.
Versez-moi boire. Pour me something to drink.

J'aivers bien des larmes. I have shed many tears.
J'ai renvers la cafetire. I have upset the coffee-pot.

J'ai renvers la thire. I have upset the tea-pot.
J'ai renvers la soupire. I have upset the soup-tureen.
J'ai renvers le sucrier. I have upset the sugar-bowl.
J'ai renvers le saladier. I have upset the salad-bowl.
J'ai renvers la salire. I have upset the salt-cellar.
Il a t renvers par une voiture. He was thrown down by a carriage.

Il est tomb la renverse. He fell backwards.
Nous sommes en train de dm- We are moving our furniture.

nager.
Tout est boulevers. Everything is upset.
Tout est sens dessus dessous. Everything is upside down.
OTER, to take off, to remove.
Otez votre pardessus. Take offyour coat.

Otez a de l. Take that away from there.
Otez- vous du chemin. Stand out of the way.
TRAVAILLER, to work.
Je travaille du matin au soir. / work from morning to night.

Vous travaillez trop. You work too much.
Ne travaillez pas tant. Do not work so much.
Il faut que je travaille pour gagner I have to work to earn my living.

ma vie.
PESER, to weigh.
Combien pesez-vous ? How much do you weigh ?

Je pse cent cinquante livres. I weigh one hundred and fifty
pounds.
C'est un bon poids. That is a good weight.
Voulez- vous peser cette lettre ? Will you please weigh this letter ?
Elle fait plus que le poids. It is over-weight.
LOUER, to praise, to rent.
lle a t trs loue. She was very much praised.

Elle aime les louanges. She likes praise.
Maison louer. House to let.

Appartement meubl louer. Furnished apartment to let.
Chambre garnie louer. Furnished room to let.
EilPECHER, to hinder, to prevent.
Vous m'empchez de travailler. You hinder me from working.

Il m'a empch de sortir. He has prevented me from going
out.
Je ne vous empche pas d'y aller. I do not prevent you from going.
Je ne puis l'empcher. I cannot help it.
Iv'un n'empche pas l'autre. The one does not preclude the other.
ESPERER, to hope.
DESESPRER, to despair.
J'espre que vous russirez. I hope that you will succeed.

Je l'espre. I hope so.
J'espre vous revoir bientt. I hope to see you soon again.

J'espre en Dieu. I trust in God.
Je vis d'espoir (or) d'esprance. I live in hope.
J'ai l'espoir de russir. I hope to succeed.
J'ai perdu tout espoir. I have lost all he te.
C'est sans espoir. It is hopeless.
Je suis au dsespoir. I am in despair.
Je dsespre. I despair.
Il ne faut jamais dsesprer. We must never
Tant qu'il y a de la vie il y a de While there is life there is hope
k
l'espoir.
REGARDER, to look at.
Que regardez- v dus ? What are you looking at ?

Je regarde cette enseigne. I am looking at that sign.
Cela vous regarde. That concerns you.

Cela ne le regarde pas. That does not concern him.
Il m'a regard de travers. He looked cross at me.
CASSER, BRISER, to break
The verb casser is employed in speaking of fragile things
as glass, china and also for a will and a judgment. The

verb briser is used in speaking of other things and also in
a moral sense.
Qui a cass cette vitre ? Who has broken that window-glass?

Le testament a t cass. The will has been broken.
L,e jugement a t c^s. The judgment has been reversed.
Je suis tout bris. I am sore all over.

Vous me brisez le cur. You break my heart.
Cela me brise le cur. That breaks my heart.
Brisons l-dessus ! (idiom) Let us say no more about it !
Why did she leave her home ? 1. Why has she left her house ?
Where did you leave your um- 2. Where have you left your um-
brella ? brella ?
What does he wish ? 3. What wishes he ?

Why did you not bring your 4. Why have you not brought your
book? book ?
Why did you not bring your 5. Why have you not brought your
friend ? friend ?
Hold up your head. Raise the head.

Can you lift up this trunk ? Can you to raise this trunk ?
What did she upset ? What has she upset ?

Why do you not take off your Why remove you not your coat ?
coat ?
Where do you work ? 10. Where work you ?
Did you work yesterday ? 11. Have you worked yesterday ?
How much does your brother 12. How much weighs your bro-
weigh ? ther?
How much does he weigh ? 13. How much weighs he ?
How much does she weigh ? 14. How much weighs she?
Is this house to let ? 15. This house is she to let ?
Have you furnished rooms to 16. Have you some rooms furnished
let? to let ?
He has prevented me from go- 17. He me has prevented from to

ing out. go out.
Ihope to see him soon. 18. I hope him to see soon.
Who broke this glass ? 19. Who has broken this glass ?
Who broke that chair ? 20. Who has broken that chair ?
QUARANTE-DEUXIEME LEON.
LESSON XLII
PRACTICAL EXERCISE
ON SOME IMPORTANT VERBS OE THE EIRST CONJUGATION.
PRESENTER, to present, to introduce.
Permettez-moi de vous prsenter Permit me to present you Mr. X.

monsieur X.
J'ai l'honneur de vous prsenter I have the honor of presenting you
madame X. Mrs. X.
Prsentez-moi votre ami. Introduce me to yourfriend.

Prsentez-moi lui. Introduce me to him.
Prsentez-lui mes respects. Give him or her my regards.
JOUER, to play.
Il joue bien c'est un bon acteur.

; He plays well; he is a good actor.
Bile joue fort bien c'est une
; She plays very well ; she is a good
bonne actrice. actress.
Voulez- vous jouer aux cartes ? Will you play cards ?

A qui est-ce jouer? Whose turn is it to play t
C'est vous jouer. It is your turn to play.
Touchez- vous du piano ? Do you play the piano ?
Je joue de la mandoline. Iplay the mandoline.
Ilpince de la guitare. He plays the guitar.
Jouons aux ds. Let us throw dice.
Jouez-nous un air. Play us a tune.
Il m'a jou un tour. He played 711e a trick.
Il joue la hausse. He is a bull. (Broker's term.)
Il joue la baisse. He is a bear. " '*
Il m'a jou. He has deceived me.

VOLER, to steal, to rob, to fly.
Il vole ses clients ; c'est un voleur. He robs his customers ; he is a thief.

Bile a vol une bague ; c'est une She stole a ring ; she is a thief.
voleuse.
Cet oiseau est bless il ne peut ; That bird is wounded ; di cannot

pas voler. fly.
Le temps passe bien vite. Time passes very quickly.
Le temps vole. Time flies.
Vous ne l'avez pas vol ! (idiom) You deserve it richly !

Il ne l'a pas vol ! He deserves it richly !
DERANGER, to disturb.
Est-ce que je vous drange ? Am I disturbing you ?

Vous ne me drangez nullement. You do not disturb me in the least.
Je suis fch de vous dranger. I am sorry to disturb you.

Je suis fch de vous avoir dran= I am sorry to have disturbed
you.
Je vous en prie, ne vous drangez I beg you, do not trouble your-

pas. self.
C'est sans drangement. There is no trouble
GNER, to incommode, to embarras, to hurt ^garments, shoes.)
Est-ce que je vous gne ? Am lin your way?

Pas du tout. Not at all.
Mes souliers me gnent. My shoes hurt me.

Je suis gn, (idiom) I am ill at ease.
Il est sans-gne. He does not stand on ceremony.
Ne vous gnez pas. Do not stand on ceremony.
TAQUINER, to tease.
Ne me taquinez pas. Do not tease me.

Vous aimez taquiner. You like to tease.
Vous tes un taquin. You are a tease.
DEMEURER, HABITER, to live, to dwell, to inhabit.

RESTER, to remain, to stay.
O demeurez-vous ? Where do you live ?

O demeure votre frre ? Where does your brother live?
O demeurent vos parents ? Where do your parents live?
Avez- vous habit l'Angleterre ? Have you lived in England?

Oui, j'ai habit l'Angleterre et Yes I have lived in England and
}
l'Allemagne. Germany.
Cette maison est bien habite. That house has good tenants.
Cette maison est mal habite. That house has bad tenants.
Nous sommes voisins. We are neighbors.

Nous demeurons porte porte. We are next-door neighbors.
Restez ici. Stay here.

Restez un peu plus. Stay a little longer.
O en sommes-nous rests ? (id.) Where did we leave off?
Combien de temps tes- vous rest How long did you remain in
Paris ? Paris ?
J'y suis rest prs de deux ans. I remained nearly two years.
PAYER, to pay.
Pouvez-vous me payer ? Can you pay me ?

Je vous paierai demain. I will pay you to-morrow.
J'ai pay toutes mes dettes. I have paid all my debts.
Donnez-moi un reu. Give me a receipt.

Faites-moi une quittance. Give me a receipted bill.
28o Practical French Course
Payer de belles paroles. To pay with fine words.
Payer d' audace , To face it out.
Payer en mme monnaie. To pay in like.
Vous me la paierez ! / will be revenged on you.

Il me la paiera ! I will be revenged on him.
TACHER, to try, to endeavor.

ESSAYER, to try, to attempt, to try on.
Je tcherai de venir. / shall try to come.

Je tcherai de mieux faire l'ave- I shall try to do better in the fu
nir. ture.
Essayez ce chapeau. Try on this hat.

Essayez celui-ci. Try on this one. (m.)
Essayez celle-ci. Try on this one. (/.)
FERMER, to shut, to close.
Je sens un courant d'air. Ifeel a cold draught.

Fermez la porte. Shut the door.
Fermez la fentre. Shut the window.
Fermez les yeux. Close your eyes.

Fermez la bouche. Close your mouth.
Ferm pour cause de dcs. Closed on account of death.
Fermez la porte clef. Lock the door.
Il a ferm boutique. He closed up his shop.
Je lui ai ferm la porte au nez. I shut the door in his face.
COMPTER, (kng-tay) to count, to intend, to depend.
Comptez votre monnaie. Count your change.

Que comptez- vous faire ? What do you intend to do ?
Quand comptez-vous partir ? When do you expect to leave ?
Vous pouvez compter sur moi. You can depend upon me.
Vous pouvez y compter. You can depend upon it.
CONTER, RACONTER, to relate, to tell
Contez-moi cela. Tell me that.

Contez-moi votre affaire. Tell nie your case.
Racontez-moi votre histoire. Tell me your story.
Je vous conterai cela une autre I will tell you that some other
fois. time.
CHANTER, to sing.
Il chante trs bien. He sings very well.

Il a une fort belle voix. He has a very fine voice.
Elle chante admirablement. She sings admirably.

Elle chante merveille. She sings wonderfully well.
Elle chante ravir. She sings ravishing ly.
Chantez-nous quelque chose. Sings tes something.

Je ne sais que chanter. I do not know what to sing.
Chantez la Marseillaise. Sing the *
' Marseillaise. '
'
MANQUER, to miss, to lack, to fail.
J'aimanqu le train. / have missed the train.

J'aimanque mon coup. I have missed my aim.
Ne manquez pas de venir. Do not fail to come.
DIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS.
L'argent me manque / have not the money.
II manque de tout. He is destitute.
II me manque cinq francs. I am five francs short.
J'ai manqu de mourir. I came near dying.
Vous l'avez manqu belle. You had a narrow escape.
Il l'a chapp belle. He had a narrow escape.
Il ne manque pas d'intelligence. He is not deficient in intelligence,
Vous avez manqu votre devoir. You have failed in your duty.
Manquer l'occasion. To miss an occasion.
Manquer du ncessaire. To want for necessaries.
Un peintre manqu. A would-be painter.
C'est une affaire manque. It is a failure.
Il manque deux pages. There are two pages missing.
1. Did you pay him ? Him have you paid ?

2. I shallpay him to-morrow. I him
shall pay to-morrow.
3. Did he give you a receipt ? (To) you has he given a
receipt ?
4. Did you try on your dress ? Have you tried your dress?
5. Why did you close the door ? Why have you closed the door ?
6. Why do you not close the Why close you not the win-
window ? dow ?
7. Did you count your change ? Have you counted your
change ?
8. Did you pay him? Him have you paid ?
9. I will introduce you to her. 9- I you will present to her.
10. What did he steal ? 10. What has he stolen?
11. He stole a horse. II. He has stolen a horse.
12. I am afraid to disturb you. 12. I have fear of you to disturb.
13. I am afraid to disturb him. 13. I have fear of him to disturb.
14. Why do you tease me ? 14. Why me tease you ?
15. He always teases me. 15. He me teases always.
16. Where does your friend live? l6. Where lives your friend ?
17. Where did you live before ? 17- Where lived you before ?
18. Did he remain in Paris ? 18. Is he remained at Paris ?
19. She sang very well. 19- She has very well sung.
20. He sings out of tune. 20. He sings faux.
QUARANTE-TROISIEME LEON.
LESSON XLIII.
PRACTICAL EXERCISE
ON SOME IMPORTANT VERBS OF THE SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATIONS
CHOISIR, to choose.
Puis-je choisir ? May I choose ?

Laissez-moi choisir. Let me choose.
Choisissez. Choose.
ROUGIR, to blush.
Pourquoi rougissez- vous ? Why do you blush ?

Ne me faites pas rougir. Do not make me blush.
Ne rougissez pas. Do not blush.
GRANDIR, to grow tall. AGRANDIR, to enlarge.

HAIGRIR, to get thin. GROSSIR, get stout.
to
Il a beaucoup grandi. He has grown very tall.

Il a agrandi son magasin. He has enlarged his store.
Vous maigrissez. You are getting thin.

Vous avez maigri. You have got thin.
Vous grossissez. You are growing stout.
Vous avez beaucoup grossi. You have got very stout.
OBEIR, to obey. DESOBEIR, to disobey.
These verbs are not active in French. They always take

the preposition before a noun.
Un bon enfant obit toujours ses A good child always obeys his pa-
parents. rents.
Il ne dsobit jamais ses matres. He never disobeys his masters.
PUNIR, to punish.
Si vous n'tes pas sage, je vous Ifyou are not good {wise) I shall
punirai. punish you.
S'il n'est pas sage, punissez-le. If he is not good, punish him
Il a t puni. He was punished.
JOUIR (de), to enjoy, to possess.
This verb is not active in French. It always takes the

preposition de before a noun. To eiijoy one's self'is generally
rendered in French by s'amuser, to amuse one's self.
Je jouis d'une bonne sant. I enjoy good health.

Il jouit d'une grande fortune. He possesses a large fortune.
Vous amusez- vous? Do you enjoy yourself ?

Jem'amuse beaucoup. I enjoy myself very much.
Vous tes- vous amus ? Did you e?ijoy yourself ? '
Je me suis beaucoup amus. I enjoyed myself very much.

QUERIR, to cure, to get cured, to recover.
Votre ami est-il guri ? Has yourfriend recovered?

Il est compltement guri. He has completely recovered.
C'est un trs bon mdecin. He is a very good physician.

Il m'a guri. He has cured me.
REUSSIR, to succeed.
J'espre que vous russirez. / hope you will succeed.

Je souhaite qu'il russisse. I wish he may succeed.
Avez- vous russi ? Did you succeed?
Je n'ai pas russi. I did not succeed.
RENDRE, to render\ to give back.
Voulez- vous me rendre un service ? Will you do me a favor ?

Ilm'a rendu un bon service. He did me a good service.
Rendez-moi mon argent. Give me back my money.
Votre lettre m'a rendu trs heu- Your letter made me very
reux.
Cela me rend malade. That makes me sick.
IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS,
Dieu vous le rende ! May God reward you.

Je vous rends grce. I give you thanks.
Je suis rendu. I am tired out.
Je vous rends votre parole. I release you from your word.
Rendre avec usure. To return with interest.

Rendre compte. To give an account.
Rendre tmoignage. To bear witness.
Rendre un arrt. To issue a decree.
Rendre raison. To account for.
Rendre l'me. To give up the ghost ; to die.
Rendre la pareille. To return like for like.
Rendre son dner. To throw off one'' s dinner.
2 86 Practical French Course
ATTENDRE, to wait for, to expect.
Qu'attendez-vous ? For what are you waiting ?

Qui attendez- vous ? For whom are you waiting ?
J'attends le facteur. I am waiting for the letter-carrier.
J'attends du monde. I expect company.
Je regrette de vous faire attendre. I am sorry to keep you waiting.

Avez-vous attendu longtemps ? Have you waited long ?
J'ai attendu plus d'une heure. I have waited over one hour.
Y a-t-il longtemps que vous atten- Have you been waiting long ?
dez ?
Il y a une heure que j'attends I have been waiting one hour.
M 'avez-vous attendu? Did you wait for me ?

Je vous ai attendu jusqu' midi. I waitedforyou until twelve o'clock.
Je l'attends tout moment. I expect him every minute.

Je suis las d'attendre. I am tired of waiting.
Qu'il attende. Let him wait.
Vous vous faites attendre. You keep people waiting.

Il se fait toujours attendre. He always keeps people waiting.
Vous pouvez vous y attendre. You can expect it.
Il fallait s'y attendre. It was to be expected.
Je m'y attendais. I expected that.
ENTENDRE, to hear.
ENTENDRE DIRE or OUR DIRE, to hear something said.
ENTENDRE PARLER, to hear spoken of.
RECEVOIR DES NOUVELLES, to hearfrom.
M'entendez- vous ? Do you hear me ?
Je vous entends. I hear you.
Ne m'avez-vous pas entendu ? Did you not hear me ?

Je vous ai entendu. I heard you.
J'ai entendu dire qu'il est mort. I have heard he is dead.

Je l'aientendu dire, or I heard it said.
Je l'ai ou dire. I heard it said.
Je le sais par ou=dire. I know it by hearsay.
J'ai entendu parler de lui. I have heard of him.

J'en ai entendu parler. I have heard of it.
Avez-vous reu des nouvelles de Have you heard from Mr. X. ?

Mr. X. ?
J'ai reu de ses nouvelles ce matin. I heardfrom him this morning.
Je vous entends. I understand you.

Il n'entend pas raison. He does not listen to reason.
Il n'entend pas raillerie. He cannot take a joke.
Vous n'y entendez rien. You know nothing about it.
Il n'y entend rien. He knows nothing about it.
Entendons-nous. Let us come to an understanding.
Qu'entendez-vous par l ? What do you 7nean by that ?
C'est entendu. That is understood ; agreed !
On ne s'entend pas. One cannot hear another speak.

Je m'entends. I know what I mean.
Il s'y entend. He is an expert.
Cela s'entend. Of course ; as a matter of course.
Il est trs entendu. He is very skillful in his profession
{medical).
REPONDRE, to answer.
Rpondez-moi. Answer me.

Pourquoi ne rpondez-vous pas ? Why do you not answer
Qu'avez-vous rpondu? What did you answer?

Je n'ai rien rpondu. I answered nothing.
Je rponds de lui. I answerfor him.

J'en rponds. I answerfor it.
Je m'empresse de rpondre votre I hasten to answer your kind letter

aimable lettre du 3 courant. of the 3d instant.
DEFENDRE, to forbid, to prohibit, to defend.
On me dfend de sortir. I am forbidden to go out.

On me l'a dfendu. I have been forbidden.
Le mdecin m'a dfendu de fumer. The physician forbade me to smoke.
Dfense de fumer (id.) No smoking allowed.
Dfendez-moi. Defend me.
Je vous dfendrai. I shall defend you.
1. Which one did you choose ? 1. Which have you chosen ?

2. Which ones did he choose? 2. Which has he chosen ?
3. You are blushing. 3. You blush.
4. She blushed. 4. She has blushed.
5. He is growing tall. 5. He grows (tall).
6. She is getting thin. 6. She gets thin.

7. That girl obeys her parents. 7. That girl obeys to her parents.
8. That boy disobeys his parents. 8. That boy disobeys to his pa-
rents.
9. I shall punish you. 9. you shall punish.
I
10. Did you punish him ? 10. Him have you punished ?
11. Did he succeed? 11. Has he succeeded ?
12. I hope he will succeed. 12. I hope that he will succeed.
13. He enjoys good health. 13. He enjoys of a good health.
14. Did you expect us ? 14. Us have you expected ?

15. Why did you not wait ? 15. Why have you not waited ?
16. I cannot wait any longer. 16. I cannot to wait more long time.
17. What did she answer ? 17. What has she answered ?
18. I shall defend you. 18. I you shall defend.
19. Why did you not defend me ? 19. Why me have you not defen-
ded?
20. I was forbidden. . 20. One me has forbidden...
21. Did you answer ? 21. Have you answered ?
22. Will you answer him ? 22. To him will answer you ?
23. Do not answer him. 23. To him answer not.
24. How long did you wait ? 24. How much of time have you
waited ?
25. Can you wait ? 25. Can you to wait ?
26. I cannot wait. 26. I cannot to wait.

27. Has your brother recovered ? 27. Your brother is he cured ?
28. He has recovered. 28. He is cured.
29. Who cured him ? 29. Who him has cured ?
30. Doctor X. cured him. 30. The doctor X. him has cured.
MEMORY EXERCISE.
Nul n'est content de sa fortune, ni mcontent de son esprit.
{Mme. Deshoulires)
Iv'ignorance toujours est prte s'admirer. {Boileai)
Il dpend toujours de soi d'agir honorablement.
( Girault-Duvivier)
Ici-bas, tout passe, tout casse, tout lasse.
translation:
No one is pleased with his fortune, nor displeased with his wit.
Ignorance is always ready to admire itself.

It is always in our power to act honorably.
Here below, all passes away, all is fragile, everything wearies.
QUARANTE-QUATRIEME LEON.
LESSON XLIY.
I. How to Form the Compound Tenses

of the Verbs of Motion.
The following are called verbs of motion : aller, to go ;

venir, to come ; sortir, to go out ; partir, to depart ; arriver,
to arrive ; retourner, to return ; entrer, to enter ; tomber,
to fall.
These verbs have their compoimd tenses formed, not with

the auxiliary to have, as in English, but with the auxiliary
to be. Thus we say :
Je suis all, I am gone ; for I have gone or I went.

J'tais all, I was gone, / had gone.
Je serai all, I will be gone, / will have gone.
Je serais all, I would be gone, / would have gone.
Que je sois all, that I may be gone, that I may have gone.
Que je fusse all, that I might be gone, that I might have gone.
Etant all, being gone, having gone.
From the above first persons the others can easily be

formed.
PRACTICE.
O est votre frre ? Where is your brother ?

Il est sorti. He went out.
Il est all Brooklyn. He went to Brooklyn.
Pourquoi n'tes-vous pas venu ? Why did you not come ?

Pourquoi n'est-il pas venu ? Why did he not come ?
Pourquoi n'est-elle pas venue ? Why did she not come ?
Pourquoi ne sont-ils pas venus ? Why did they (m.) not come ?
Pourquoi ne sont-elles pas venues ; Why did they (f ) not come ?
A quelle heure tes-vous parti ? At what time did you leave ?
A quelle heure est-il parti ? At what time did he leave f
A quelle heure est-elle partie ? At what time did she leave ?
A quelle heure sont-ils partis ? At what time did they leave ?
Votre oncle est-il arriv ? Has your uncle ariived ?

Votre tante est-elle arrive ? Has your aunt arrived ?
Quand tes-vous arriv ? When did you arrive?
Quand sont-ils arrivs ? When did they arrive ?
S'il avait fait beau temps je serais If it had been fine weather I would
sorti. have gone out.
O seriez-vous all ? Where would you have gone ?
Je serais all faire une promenade I would have gone for a ride on
cheval. horseback.
Pensez-vous qu'il soit arriv ? Do you think he has arrived ?

Pensiez-vous qu'il ft arriv ? Did you think he had arrived f
Je ne pense pas qu'il soit arriv. I do not think he has arrived.
Je ne pensais pas qu'il ft arriv. I did not think he had arrived.
Je suis tomb la renverse. Ifell backwards.

Il est tomb. He fell ; he has fall 71.
Votre ami est-il retourn (or de Has yourfriend returned from his
retour) de son voyage ? trip ?
Il n'est pas encore retourn. He has not yet returned.
Qui est venu ? Who has come ?

Personne n'est venu. Nobody has come.
292 PRAcriCAi, French Course
II. Impersonal Verbs.
The impersonal verbs can only be used in the third per-

son singular. Ex. Il pleut, it rains ; il pleuvait, it was
:
raining, etc.
PLEUVOIR, to rain. PLEUVANT, raining. PLU, rained.
Il pleut. It is raining {It rains).

Il pleuvait. It was raining.
Il plut. It rained.
Il pleuvra. It will rain.
Ilpleuvrait. It would rain.
Qu'il pleuve. That it may rain.
Il va pleuvoir. It is going to rain.

Il a plu. It has rained or been raining.
Il avait plu. It had rained.
Il aurait plu. It would have rained.
Qu'il ait plu. That it may have rained.
NEIGER, to snow. NEIGEANT, snowing. NEIGE, snowed.
Il neige. // is snowing {It snows).

Il neigeait. It was snowing.
Il neigea. It snowed.
Il neigera. It will snow.
Il neigerait. It would snow.
Qu'il neige. That it may snow.
Il va neiger. It is going to snow.

Il a neig. It has snowed.
Il avait neig. It had snowed.
Il aurait neig. It would have snowed.
Qu'il ait neig. That it may have snowed.
Remark. The verb neiger is often replaced in ordinary

conversation by the expression tomber de la neige".
Il tombe de la neige. There is a fall of snow.
Il tombait de la neige. There was a fall of snow.
Il tombera de la neige. There will be a fall of snow.
Il va tomber de la neige. There is going to be a fall of snow.
The following verbs are conjugated like neiger :
Bruiner, To drizzle. Grsiller, To sleet.

Geler, To freeze. Tonner, To thunder.
Grler, To hail. Venter, To blow {to be windy).
FALLOIR, to be necessary. FALLANT, being necessary.

FALLU, been necessary.
Il faut. It is necessary.
Il fallait. It was (being) necessary.
Il fallut. It was necessary.
Il faudra. It will be necessary.
Il faudrait. It would be necessary.
Qu'il faille. That it may be necessary.
Il a fallu. It has been necessary.

Il avait fallu. It had been necessary.
Il aurait fallu. It would have been necessary.
Il va falloir. It is going to be necessary.
FAIRE CHAUD, to be warm (to make warm) of the weather.
Il fait chaud. // is (itmakes) warm.

Il faisaitchaud. It was warm.
Il fera chaud. It will be warm.
Il ferait chaud. It would be warm.
Qu'il fasse chaud. That it may be warm.
Il a fait chaud. It has been warm.

Il avait fait chaud. It had been warm.
Il aurait fait chaud. It would have been warm.
Qu'il ait fait chaud. That it may have been warm.
Il va faire chaud. It is going to be warm.
The following are conjugated like faire chaud

Faire froid. To be cold (weather).
Faire frais. To be cool.
Faire humide. To be damp.
Faire lourd. To be sultry.
Faire beau temps. To be fine weather,
Faire mauvais temps. Tb be bad weather.
Faire du vent. To be windy.
Faire du brouillard. To be foggy.
Faire de la poussire. To be dusty.
Faire mauvais marcher. To be bad walking.
Faire du soleil. To be sunny.
Faire clair de lune. To be moonlight.
Faire des clairs. To be lightning.
Faire nuit. To be night.
SEflBLER, to seem.
Il semble que... // seems that...,

Il semblait. It seemed.
Il semblera. It will seem.
Il semblerait. It would seem.
Il a sembl. It has seemed.

Il avait sembl. It had seemed.
Il aurait or il et sembl. It would have seemed.
IMPORTER, to matter.
Il importe que.... // matters that....

Il importait que.... It mattered that..,.
Il importerait que. It would matter that
ETRE TEHPS, to be time.
II est temps. It is
Il tait temps. It was time.
Il serait temps. It would be time.
Y AVOIR, there to be {there to have\.
Il y a. {Idiomatic.} There is or there are.

Il y avait. There was or there were.
Il y aura. There will be.
Il y aurait. There would be.
Qu'il y ait. That there may be.
Qu'il y et. That ttiere might be.
Il y a eu. There has or have been.

Il y avait eu. There had been.
Il y aura eu. There will have been*
Il y aurait eu. There would have been.
Qu'il y ait eu. That there may have been.
Il va y avoir. There is going to be.
1. I went... I am gone...
2. He went... He is gone...
3. We went... We are gone...
4. I arrived yesterday. I am arrived yesterday.
5. We arrived last night. We are arrived yesterday eve-
ning.
6. When did he leave ? When is he departed ?
7. When did your friend leave ? When your friend is he de-
parted ?
8. When did she return ? When is she returned ?
9. Would you have come ? Would you be come ?
10. Why
did not your sister come ? Why your sister is she not come?
n. Did he not fall ? Is he not fallen ?
12. I entered. Iam entered.
13. How is the weather ? What weather makes it ?
14. It is fine weather. It makes fine weather.
15. Is it raining? Is it that it rains ?
16. It is not raining. It rains not.
17. Do you think it will rain? Think you that may rain ?
it
18. I do not think it will rain. It it may rain.

don't think that
19. Were there many people ? There had it many of people ?
20. It is time for me to leave. It is time that I may depart.
QUARANTE-CINQUIEME lEON.
LESSON XLY.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
Verbs which are not conjugated in all their tenses and

persons after the model verb of the conjugation to which
they belong are called Ii'i'egular.
The irregularity lies chiefly in the three persons singu-

lar and the third person plural of the Indicative present.
We will, therefore, give that tense in full, but will
mention only the first person of the other tenses. From
that the others can easily be formed as their terminations
are, as a rule, regular.
Pupils must not forget that, in conversation, the Past
Definite is generally replaced by the Past Indefinite.
ALLER, to go. ALLANT, going. ALLE, gone.
INDICATIVE PRESENT. OTHER TENSES. (1st person.)
Je vais, Igo, I am going, J allais,

'
/ was going.
Tu vas, thou goes t. J'allai, (je suis all,) / went.
Il va, he goes, J'irai, I shall go.
Nous allons, we go. J'irais, I would gc.
Vous allez, you go. Que j'aille, that Imay go.
Ils vont, they go. Va, Allez, go.
PRACTICE.
Let the pupil answer the following questions
O vas-tu ? Where art thou going ?

O allez- vous ? Where are you going f
O va-t-il ? Where is he going ?
O vont-ils ? Where are they going ?
O tes-vous all ? Where did you go ?
O est-il all? Where did he go ?
O sont-ils alls? Where did they go f
O irez- vous ? Where will you go ?
O irons-nous ? Where will we go ?
O voulez-vous que j'aille ? Where do you wish me to go ?
Allez au devant de lui. Go and meet him.
Allez chercher un mdecin. Go for a physician.
Il va venir. He will come presently.
Il y va de la vie. Life is at stake.
Cela me va. That suits me.
Ce chapeau vous va bien. That hat is very becoming to you.
Aller reculons. To go backwards.
Aller ttons. To grope along.
Aller de l'avant. To go forward.
Aller au trot. To trot.
Allez toujours. Go on ; do not stop.
Va pour du vin. (pop.) All right ; let us have wine.
Allez-y ! Go there !
Allons donc ! Nonsense !
VENIR, to come,. VENANT, coming. VENU, come.
Je viens, 1 come I am coming.

, Je venais, I was coming
Tu viens, thou comest. Je vins, (je suis venu), I came.
Il vient, he comes. Je viendrai, I shall corne.
Je viendrais, /would come.
Nous venons, we conte, Que je vienne, that I may come.

Vous venez ,
you come, Que je vinsse, that I might
Ils viennent, they come. Viens, Venez, come.
Verbs conjugated like venir.
Revenir, To come again. Tenir, To hold, to

Devenir, To become. Retenir, To retain.
Parvenir, To succeed. Dtenir, 7o detain.
Survenir, To happen unexpectedly. Appartenir, To belong.
PRACTICE,
Let the pupil answer the following questions
Venez- vous ? Are you coming?
Viendrez- vous ? Will you come?
Viendra-t-il ? Will he come ?
Est-il venu ? Did he come ?
Voulez- vous que je vienne ? Do you wishme to come ?
Reviendra-t-elle ? Will shecome back ?
Qu'est devenu votre ami ? What has become ofyour friend?
Qu'est-elle devenue? What has become of her ?
Tiendrez- vous votre parole ? Will you keep your word?
A qui appartient cette maison ? To whom does this house belong ?
A qui appartiennent ces chevaux ? To whom do these horses belong ?
Est-ce que ceci vous appartient ? Does this belong to you?
Cela venir Peau la bouche.
fait That makes one's mouth water.
I,e voil qui vient. There he comes.
Faites venir le mdecin. Send for the physician.
Je viens de dner. I have just had my dinner.
Il vient de sortir. He has just gone out.
O voulez- vous en venir ? What are you driving at?
Je n'en reviens pas. I am astounded at it.
Son nom ne me revient pas. I do not recollect his ?iame.
Practical, Frknch Course: 299
Il vous revient un dollar. One dollar is due you (on it).

Tenez-vous debout. Stand up.
Je me tiendrai debout. I will stand up.
Tenez bon ! Holdfast!
Je tiens m 'expliquer. I am anxious to explain (myself).
Il tient de son pre. He takes after his father.
Je tiens beaucoup lui. I am much attached to him.
S'il ne tient qu' cela. If it depends only on that.
Qu' cela ne tienne. Never mind that.
Je n'y tiens pas. I do not care for it.
Je n'y tiens plus. I can't stand it any longer.
SORTIR, to go out. SORTANT, going out. SORTI, gone out.
Je sors, I go out, lam going out. Je sortais, I was going oui.

Tu sors, thou go est out. Je sortis, (je suis sorti,) I went out.
II sort, he goes out. Je sortirai, I shall go out.
Je sortirais, Iwouldgoout.
Nous sortons, we go out. Que je sorte, I may go out.
that
Vous sortez, you go out. Que je sortisse, that I might go out
Ils sortent, they go out. Sors, Sortez, go out.
Verbs conjugated like sortir.
Sentir, To feel, to smell. Partir, To leave, to depart.

Ressentir, To have a sense of Dormir, To sleep.
OUVRIR, to open. OUVRANT, opening. OUVERT, opened.
J'ouvre, I open, J'ouvrais, I was opening.

Tu ouvres, thou openest. J'ouvris, I opened.
Il ouvre, he opens. J'ouvrirai, / shall open.
J' ouvrirais, / would open.
Nous ouvrons, we open. Que j
'
ouvre, that I may open.
Vous ouvrez, you open. Que j'ouvrisse, thai I might open.
Ils ouvrent, they open. Ouvre, Ouvrez, open.
3oo Practical French Course
Verbs conjugated like ouvrir.
Rouvrir, To reopen. |
Souffrir, To suffer.
COURIR, to run. COURANT, running. COURU, run.
Je cours, I run. Je courais, / was running.

Tu cours, thou runnest. Je courus, I ran.
Il court. he runs. Je courrai, I shall run.
Je courrais, I would run.
Nous courons, we run. Que je coure, that I may run.
Vous courez, you run. Que je courusse, that I might run.
Ils courent, they run. Cours, Courez, run.
Courons, let us run.
Verbs conjugated like courir.
Accourir, To run to.

Secourir, To succor.
Concourir, To concur.
ACQUERIR, to acquire. ACQUERANT, acquiring. ACQUIS, acquired.

J'aquiers, / acquire, J'acqurais, / was acquiring.
Tu acquiers, thou acquirest. J acquis,
'
I acquired.
Il acquiert, he acquires. J'acquerrai, I shall acquire.
J acquerrais
'
I would acquire.
,
Que j'acquire, that I may

Nous acqurons, we acquire, acquire.
Vous acqurez, you acquire, Que j'acquisse, that I might
Ils acquirent, they acquire. acquire.
Acquiers, Acqurez, acquire.
Verbs conjugated like acqurir.
Conqurir, Tou wr^ncr.

conquer.
Reconqurir, To reconquer.
reconqu
Requrir, To request.
RECEVOIR, to receive. RECEVANT, receiving. REU, received.
Je reois, I receive, Je recevais, Iwas receiving.

Tu reois, thou receivest. Je reus, I received.
Il reoit, he receives. Je recevrai, I shall receive.
Je recevrais, I would receive.
Nous recevons, we receive, Que je reoive, that I may receive.
Vous recevez, you receive, Que je reusse, that I might
Ils reoivent, they receive. receive.
Reois, Recevez, receive^ accept.
Verbs conjugated like recevoir.
Percevoir, To collect {taxes). Dcevoir, To deceive.

Apercevoir, To perceive. Concevoir, To conceive.
Remark. The verb devoir, which is also conjugated

like recevoir, has two meanings :
When followed by a noun it means to owe.

When followed by a verb it means to be obliged to.
PRACTICE.
Combien vous dois-je ? How much do I owe you ?
Combien vous doit-il ? How much does he owe you ?
Combien vous doivent-ils ? How much do they owe you ?
Combien lui devez- vous ? How much do you owe him f
Combien leur devons-nous ? How much do we owe them ?
Je dois le voir demain. I must see him to-morrow.

Il doit venir ce soir. He is to come this evening.
Elle doit partir demain. She is to leave to-morrow.
Il ne doit pas avoir reu ma lettre, He must not have received my letter.
or :Il n'a pas d recevoir ma He must not have received my
lettre. letter.
POUVOIR, to be able. POUVANT, being able. PU, been able.
Je peux, or je puis, I can. Je pouvais, / was able.

Tu peux, thou canst. J'ai pu, 7" have been able.
Il peut, he can. Je pourrai, 1 shall be able.
Je pourrais, I would be able.
Nous pouvons, we can. Que je puisse, that I may be able.
Vous pouvez, you can. Que je pusse, that I might be able.
Ils peuvent, they can. Puissiez- vous, may you be able.
PRACTICE.
Puis-je vous demander une faveur ? May I ask you a favor ?
Que puis-je faire pour vous ? What can I do for you ?
Pouvez- vous venir? Can you come ?
Pourrez- vous y aller ? Will you be able to go there ?
Avez- vous pu lire ma lettre ? Have you been able to read my
letter ?
Pensez- vous qu'il le puisse ? Do you think he can do it ?
Pourriez- vous me dire... Could you tell me...
Je n'en puis plus. I am tired out.
Je n'en peux mais. I am not the cause of it.
Je n'y puis rien. I cannot help it.
Cela se peut. It may be.
Cela se pourrait. It might be.
VOULOIR, to will or want VOULANT, willing. VOULU, willed.
Je veux, / will or want. Je voulais, I wanted.

Tu veux, thou wiliest. J'ai voulu, I have wished.
Il veut, he wills, Je voudrai, I shall wish.
Nous voulons, we will, Je voudrais, I would wish,
Vous voulez, you will, Que je veuille, that I may wish.
Ils veulent, they will. Veuillez... be willing, {kindly).
Practical French Course 3 3
PRACTICE.
Que voulez- vous ? What do you want ?
Que veut-il ? What does he want ?
Que veut-elle ? What does she want ?
Que veulent-ils ? What do they want ?
Que voulez- vous dire ? What do you mean f
Qu'est-ce que a veut dire ? What does that mean ?
Si vous voulez bien. Ifyou consent to it.
M'en voulez- vous ? Are you angry with me ?
Je vous en veux. I am angry with you.
Veuillez-vous asseoir. Kindly be seated.
SAVOIR, to know {things). SACHANT, knowing. SU, known.
Je sais, / know. Je savais, I knew.

Tu sais, thou knowest. J'ai su, I have known.
Il sait, he knows. Je saurai, I shall know.
Nous savons, we know. Je saurais, / would know.
Vous savez, you know. Que je sache, that I may know.
Ils savent, they k?ww. Sache, Sachez, know.
PRACTICE.
Savez- vous nager ? Do you know how to swim ?
Savez- vous le latin ? Do y ou know Latin ?
Je ne sais que faire. I do not know what to do.
Je le savais. I knew it.
Que sais- je ? What do I know ?
Qu'en savez- vous ? What do you know about it ?
Je n'en sais rien. I don't know anything about it.
Je vous en saurai gr. I will be grateful to you for it.
Pas que je sache. Not that I know.
Faites-le moi savoir. Let me know it.
Je vous le ferai savoir. I shall let you know it.
A savoir. Namely.
Savoir-faire, savoir vivre, (subst.) Good manners, tact.
3<>4 Practical French Course
VOIR, to see. VOYANT, seeing. VU, seen.
Je vois, I see. Je voyais, / was seeing.

Tu vois, thou seest Je vis, I saw.
Il voit, he sees. J'ai vu, I have seen.
Je verrai, I shall see.
Nous voyons, we see. Je verrais, I would see.
Vous voyez, you see. Que je voie, that I may see.
Ils voient, they see. Vois, voyez, see.
PRACTICE.
Que vois- je ? What do I see ?
Venez nous voir. Come and see us.
J'irai vous voir. I will go and see you.
Je vous verrai demain. I will see you to-morrow.
Il ne voit personne. He receives no company.
Ils ne se voient pas. They do not visit each other.
Nous ne nous voyons pas. We do not visit each other.
C'est pour se faire voir. It is to show off.
MEMORY EXERCISE.
1. Les hommes ne sont constants ni dans l'amour, ni dans la haine;
ils ne sont constants que dans l'inconstance.
2. La vertu est prfrable aux richesses, l'amiti l'argent et l'u-
tilit aux plaisirs.
3. L'ducation est l'esprit ce que la propret est au corps.

4. La modestie est au mrite ce que les ombres sont aux figures
dans un tableau.
5. La simplicit de la nature est plus belle et plus aimable que tous
les embellissements de l'art.
6. La physionomie est le miroir de l'me.
7. Regardez comme un ami sr l'homme sincre qui vous avertit
de vos fautes, et non pas celui qui approuve tout ce que vous dites et
tout ce que vous faites.
8. La libert est le plus grand de tous les biens.
QUARANTE-SIXIEME LEON.
LESSON XLVI
IRREGULAR VERBS.
(CONTINUED.)
PRENDRE, to take. PRENANT, taking. PRIS, taken.
Je prends, / take. Je prenais, I was taking.

Tu prends, thou takest. Je pris, I took.
Il prend, he takes. J'ai pris, I have taken.
Je prendrai, I shall take.
Nous prenons, we take. Je prendrais, I would take.
Vous prenez, you take. Que je prenne, that I may
Ils prennent, they take. Prends, Prenez, take.
Verbs conjugated like prendre.
Comprendre, to understand. Apprendre, to learn,

Reprendre, to take again. Surprendre, to surprise.
PRACTICE.
Que prenez-vous ? What do you take ?
Qu'avez- vous pris ? What have you taken ?
Que prendrez- vous ? What will you take ?
Qu'avez- vous appris? What did you learn ?
M 'avez- vous compris ? Did you understand me ?
Prendre l'air. To take an airing.
Prendre la mouche. To take offense easily.
Prendre la fuite. To run away.
Prendre en flagrant dlit. To be caught in the act.
Prendre cong. To take leave.
Prendre les devants. To set out before.
Prendre lechemin de l'cole. To take the longest way.
Prendre son mal en patience. To bear one'' s misfortune patiently
Vous prenez mal mes paroles. You misconstrue my words.

Vous vous y prenez mal. You begin badly.
Je l'ai pris en amiti. I took a liking to him.
Je prends part votre douleur. I sympathize with you.
Je vous y prends. Now I have caught you.
Cela prend forme. That is coming into shape.
Ce cheval a pris le mors aux dents. That horse ran away (took the bit
etc.)
On ne m'y reprendra plus. I will not be caught at it again.

Klle se prit pleurer. She began to cry.
Je m'en prendrai vous. I will lay the blame on you.
Ne vous en prenez pas moi. Do not blame me for it.
DIRE, to say, to tell. DISANT, saying. DIT, said.
Je dis, I say. Je disais, I was saying.

Tu dis, thou sayest. Je dis, I said.
Il dit, he says. J'ai dit, I have said.
Je dirai, I shall say.
Nous disons, we say. Je dirais, I would say.
Vous dites, you say. Que je dise, that I may say
Ils disent, they say. Dis, Dites, say or tell.
PRACTICE.
Je ne sais que dire. / do not know what to say.

Ne le dites personne. Do not tell anybody.
Je ne le dirai personne. I will tell 7io one.
Que dites- vous ? What do you say ?

Qu'est-ce qu'il dit ? What does he say ?
Qu'a-t-il dit ? What did he say ?
Que vous a-t-elle dit ? What did she tell you ?
Que vous ont-ils dit ? What did they tell you ?
Que lui avez- vous dit ? What did you tell him ?
Que leur avez -vous dit ? What did you tell them ?
Dites-lui de venir. Tell him or her to come.
Dites-lui d'entrer. Tell kim to come in.
Dites ce que vous voudrez. Say what you please.
Qu'on dise ce qu'on voudra. Let people say what they please,
Dites la vrit. Te yl the truth.
Ne dites pas de mensonge. Do not tell lies.
Cela ne dit rien. That is nothing to the purpose.
Cela soit dit en passant. But that by the way.

Il trouve redire tout. He finds fault with everything.
Si le cur vous en dit. Ifyou have a mindfor it.
C'est tout dire. It is saying all.
C'est dire. That is to say.
Pour ainsi dire. So to speak ; as it were.
On dirait que... It looks as though...
On le dirait. It looks like it.
On et dit que... One would have thought that...
Au dire de tout le monde. According to what everybody says.
Kst-ce dire que. . . ? Does itfollow that... ?
Ce n'est pas dire que... It does not follow that...
FAIRE, to do, or make. FAISANT, doing. FAIT, done, or made.
Je fais, I do, I make. Je faisais, / was doing.

Tu fais, thou doest. Je fis, I did or made.
Il fait, he does. J'ai fait, I have done*.
Je ferai, I shall do.
Nous faisons, we do. Je ferais, I wotdd do.
Vous faites, you do. Que je fasse, that I may do.
Ils font, they do. Faites, do or make.
3 o8 Practical French Course
Verbs conjugated like faire.
Dfaire, to undo. Satisfaire, to satisfy.

Refaire, to do again. Surfaire, to overcharge.
Contrefaire, to counterfeit. Forfaire, to forfeit.
PRACTICE.
Que faites-vous ? What are you doing ?
Que f ait-il ? What is he doing f
Qu'est-ce qu'elle fait ? What is she doing ?
Que font-ils ? What are they doing ?
Qu'avez- vous fait ? What have you done ?
Que voulez- vous que je fasse ? What do you want me to do
Que ferez- vous ? What will you do ?
Que feriez- vous ? What would you do ?
Qu'allez- vous faire ? What are you going to do ?
Qu'avez- vous faire? What have you to do ?
IDIOMS.
Faire savoir, one know
to let Faire cuire, to cook (something).
Faire voir, to show. Faire bouillir, to boil.
Faire payer, to charge for. Faire rtir, to roast.
Faire penser, to remind. Faire la cuisine, to cook.
Faire attention, to pay attention Faire griller, to broil.
Faire une visite. to pay a visit. Faire du feu, to make afire.
Faire des emplettes, to make pur- Faire du bruit, to make a noise.
chases. Faire du tapage, to make a noise.
Faire plaisir, to give pleasure. Faire la moue, to pout.
Faire des progrs, to improve. Faire prsent de., to present with..
Faire semblant, to feign. Faire le malin, to try to be cun-
Faire faillite, to fail in business. ning.
Faire l'aumne, to give alms. Faire le malade, to feign to be ill.
Faire des grimaces, to make faces. Faire un procs, to sue {legally).

Faire relier, to get {a book) bound. Faire son droit, to study law.
Faire la cour, to court ladies. Faire bon accueil, to welcome.
Faire des courbettes, to flatterfor Faire sa malle, to pack up.
gain. Faire del' escrime, tofence.
Pkacticai, French Course 309
Faire la sourde oreille, turn ato Faire une bvue, to make a blunder.
deaf ear. Faire face (), to face.
Faire faire un costume, to have a Faire la planche, to float (swim).
suit made. Faire faire, to order (garments).
OTHER IDIOMATIC EXPRESSIONS.
Faites mes amitis ... Give my best regards to..
Faites-lui mes amitis. Give him my best regards.

N'y faites pas attention. Do not mind it.
Faites-moi ce plaisir. Allow me that pleasure.
Je vais faire un tour. I am going out for a stroll.
Cela vous fait honneur. That is an honor to you.
Cela me fait peur. That frightens me.

Qu'est-ce que a fait ? What does it matter ?
Cela ne fait rien. It makes no difference.
Faites en sorte qu'il vienne. Try to have him come.
Faites votre possible. Do all you can.
Je ferai tout mon possible. I shall do all I can.
Faites de votre mieux. Do your best.

Je ferai de mon mieux. I will do my best.
Qu'y faire ? What is to be done ?
Que voulez- vous que j'y fasse? How can I help it ?
J'ai fort faire. I have a great deal to do.
Une bonne tout faire. A servant of all work.
Je n'ai que faire de lui. I have no use for him.
Je n'en ai que faire. I have no use for it.
Je ne fais qu'ternuer. I do nothing but sneeze.
Je n'en ferai rien. I will do nothing of the kind.
Cela fait trs bien. That looks very well.
N'en faites pas cas. Make light of it.
C'est bien fait pour vous. That serves you right.

Vous feriez mieux de... You had better. .
Comment se fait-il que. . How is it that...

3io Practical French Course
Vous-avez beau faire... Do what you may...

Je me fais vieux. I am getting old.
Il se fait tard. It is getting late.
J'y suis fait. I am used to it.
"Jamais'', fit-elle, en pleurant. "Never", said she, crying.
HETTRE, to put, to put on. METTANT, putting. MIS, put.
Je mets, I put. Je mettais, I was putting.

Tu mets, thou puttest. Je mis, Iput.
Il met, he puts. J'ai mis, I have put.
Je mettrai, I shall put.
Nous mettons, weput. Je mettrais, I would put.
Vous mettez, you put. Que je mette, that I may
Ils mettent, they put. Que je misse, that I might
Mets, Mettez, put.
Verbs conjugated like mettre.
Permettre, to permit. Remettre, to deliver

Promettre, to promise. Soumettre, to submit.
CONNAITRE, to know {people). CONNAISSANT, knowing.

CONNU, known.
Je connais, I know, Je connaissais, / used to know.

Tu connais, thou knowest. Je connus, I did know.
Il connat, he knows. J'ai connu, I have known.
Je connatrai, I shall k?ww.
Nous connaissons, we know. Je connatrais, I would know.
Vous connaissez, you know. Que je connaisse, that I may
Ils connaissent, they know. Que je connusse, that 1 might
Connais, Connaissez, know.
VIVRE, to live, to be alive. VIVANT, living. VECU, lived.
Je vis, I live. Je vivais, I used to live,

Tu vis, thou livest. Il vcut, he lived {narrative).
Il vit, he lives. J'ai vcu, I have lived.
Je vivrai, I shall live.
Nous vivons, we live. Je vivrais, I would live.
Vous vivez, you live. Que je vive, that I may live.
Ils vivent, they live. Que je vcus e, that I might
Vive, long l ve Vivez, live.
The verbs revivre, to live again, and survivre, to
survive, are conjugated like vivre.
ECRIRE, to write. ECRIVANT, writing. ECRIT, written.
J'cris, / write, J'crivais, / was writing.

Tu cris, thou writest. J'crivis, I wrote.
Il crit, he writes. J'ai crit, I have written.
J'crirai, I shall write.
Nous crivons, we write. J'crirais, I would write,
Vous crivez, you write. Que j'crive, that I may
Ils crivent, they write. Que j'crivisse, that I might
Ecris, Ecrivez, write.
Conjugated like crire, are the verbs dcrire, to de-

scribe, and souscrire, to subscribe.
LIRE, to read. LISANT, reading. LU, read.
Je Ms, I read I am reading.

y Je lisais, / was reading.
Tu lis, thou readest. Je lus, I read.
11 lit, he reads. J'ai lu, I have read.
Je lirai, I shall read.
Nous lisons we read. Je lirais, I would read.
Vous lisez, you read. Que je lise, that I may
Ils lisent, they read. Que je lusse, that I might
Lis, Lisez. read.
Conjugate like lire, the verbs : relire, to read over again,

lire, to elect, and rlire, to reelect.
SUIVRE, to follow. SUIVANT, following. SUIVI, followed.
Je suis, Ifollow. Je suivais, I was following.

Tu suis, thoufollowest. Je suivis, Ifollowed.
Il suit, he follows. J'ai suivi, I have followed.
Je suivrai, I shall follow.
Nous suivons, we follow. Je suivrais, I wouldfollow.
Vous suivez, you follow. Que je suive, that I may
Ils suivent, they follow. Suivez, follow.
CRAINDRE :, to fear. CRAIGN>^NT, fearing. CRAINT, feared.
Je crains, Ifear. Je craignais, I was fearing

Tu crains, thou fearest. Je craignis, Ifeared.
Il craint, he fears. J'ai craint, I have feared.
Je craindrai, I shallfear.
Nous craignons, we fear. Je craindrais, I would fear.
Vous craignez, you fear. Que je craigne, that I may
Ils craignent, they fear. Que je craignisse, that 1 might
Crains, Craignez, fear.
Verbs conjugated like craindre.
Contraindre, to constrain. Peindre, to paint.

Feindre, to feign. Plaindre, to pity.
Atteindre, to attain. Eteindre, to extinguish.
Geindre, to moan. Enfreindre, to infringe.
CONDUIRE, to conduct. CONDUISANT, conducting.
CONDUIT, conducted.
Je conduis, / conduct, Je conduisais, / was conducting.

Tu conduis, thou conductest. Je conduisis, I conducted.
Il conduit, he conducts. J'ai conduit, I have conducted.
Je conduirai, I shall conduct.
Nous conduisons, we cotiduct. Je conduirais, I would conduct.
Vous conduisez, you conduct. Que je conduise, that I may
Ils conduisent, they conduct. Que je conduisisse, that I might
Conduis, Conduisez, conduct.
Verbs conjugated like conduire.
Construire, to construct. Luire, to shine,

Cuire, to bake, to smart. Nuire, to harm.
Dduire, to deduce. Produire, to produce,
Dtruire, to destroy. Reconduire, to accompany
Econduire, to show out. Reproduire, to reproduce,
Enduire, to plaster. Rduire, to reduce,
Induire, to induce. Reluire, to glitter,
Introduire, to introduce. Sduire, to seduce.
Instruire, to instruct. Traduire, to translate.
3i4 Practical French Course
RIRE, to laugh. RIANT, laughing. RI, laughed.
Je ris, / laugh. Je riais, / was laughing.

Tu ris, thou laughest. Je ris, I laughed.
Il rit, he laughs. J'ai ri, I have laughed.
Je rirai, I shall laugh.
Nous rions, we laugh. Je rirais, I would laugh.
Vous riez, you laugh. Que je rie, that I may
Ils rient, they laugh. Que je risse, that I might
Ris, Riez, laugh.
BOIRE, to drink. BUVANT, drinking. BU, drank.
Je bois, I drink. Je buvais, I was drinking.

Tu bois, thou drinkest. Je bus, I drank.
Il boit, he drinks. J'ai bu, I have drunk.
Je boirai, I shall drink.
Nous buvons, we drink. Je boirais, I would drink.
Vous buvez, you drink. Que je boive, that I may
Ils boivent, they drink. Que je busse, that I might
Bois, Buvez, drink.
CROIRE, to believe. CROYA NT, believing. CRU, believed.
Je crois, I believe. Je croyais, I was believing

Tu crois, thou believest. Je crus, I believed.
Il croit, he believes. J'ai cru, I have believed.
Je croirai, I shall believe.
Nous croyons, we believe. Je croirais, I would believe.
Vous croyez, you believe. Que je croie, that I may
Ils croient, they believe. Que je crusse , that I might
Crois, Croyez believe.
Pracicai, French Course 315
SUFFIRE, to suffice. SUFFISANT, sufficing. SUFFI, sufficed.
Je suffis, I suffice. Je suffirai, I shall suffice.

Je suffisais, I was sufficing. Je suffirais, I would suffice.
J'ai suffi, I have sufficed. Que je suffise, that I may
PLAIRE, to please. PLAISANT, pleasing. PLU, pleased.
Je plais, I please. Je plairai, I shall please.

Je plaisais, I was pleasing. Je plairais, / would please.
J ai plu,
' I have pleased. Que je plaise, that I may
NAITRE, to be born. NAISSANT, being born. NE, born.
Je suis n, or Je naquis. / was born.

Il est n, Il naquit. He was born.
Elle est ne, Elle naquit. She was born.
Ils sont ns, Ils naquirent. They were born.
MOURIR, to die. MOURANT, dying. HORT, dead.
Je meurs, lam dying. Il est mort, he is dead,

Il meurt, he is dying. Ilmourut, he died.
Nous mourons, we are dying. Je mourrai, I shall die.
Ils meurent, they are dying. Je mourrais, I would die.
COUDRE, to sew. COUSANT, sewing. COUSU, sewed.
Je couds, I sew. Je coudrai, I shall sew.

Nous cousons, we sew. Je coudrais, I would sew.
Je cousais, I was sewing. Que je couse, that I may sew.
J'ai cousu, I have sewed. Cousez, sew.
QUARANTE-SEPTIEME LEON.
LESSON XLVII.
REFLEXIVE VERBS.
GENERAL RULES.
I. Reflexive verbs are conjugated after the model verb
of the conjugation to which they belong.
2. The reflexive pronouns, in French, precede the verb.
3. The reflexive verbs, in French, have theircompound

tenses formed with the auxiliary tre, to be. The objective
pronoun is always placed before the auxiliary.
MODEL VERB.
FIRST CONJUGATION.
SIMPLE TENSES.
INFINITIVE PRESENT. se reposer. To rest one's self.

PARTICIPLE PRESENT. se reposant. Resting one's self.
INDICATIVE PRESENT. OTHER TENSES (1st person sing.)
I rest myself, etc. Je me reposais. / was resting myself.

Je me repose. Je me reposai. I rested myself.
Tu te reposes. Je me reposerai. I will rest myself.
Ilse repose. Je me reposerais. I would rest myself.
Elle se repose. Que je me repose. that /may rest myself.
Nous nous reposons. Que je me reposasse. That I might

Vous vous reposez. Reposez-vous. Rest yourself
Ils se reposent. Reposons-nous. Let us rest ourselves.
Biles se reposent. Qu'il se repose. Let him rest himself.
COMPOUND TENSES.
INFINITIVE PAST. s'tre repos. To have rested one's

self.
PARTICIPLE PAST. s'tant repos. Having rested him-
self.
PAST INDEFINITE.
/ have rested myself, etc.
Je me suis repos. Nous nous sommes reposs.

Tu t'es repos. Vous vous tes reposs.
Il s'est repos. Ils se sont reposs.
Elle s'est repose. Elles se sont reposes.
OTHER TENSES (ist person sing.)
Je m'tais repos. I had rested myself.

Je me fus repos. L had rested myself
Jeme serai repos. L will have rested myself
Jeme serais repos. L would have rested my self.
Que je me sois repos. That L may have rested myself.
Que je me fusse repos. That I might have rested myself.
OBSERVATION.
From the first person of the above tenses the others can
easily be found.
PRACTICAL EXERCISE
ON THE REFLEXIVE VERBS MORE COMMONLY USED IN CONVERSATION.
Pourquoi ne vous reposez-vous Why do you not rest f

pas ?
Vous devriez vous reposer. You ought to rest.
Je n'ai pas le temps de me reposer. I have no time to rest.
Je vais me reposer. I am going to rest.

Vous tes-vous repos ? Did you rest ?
Je me suis repos. I have rested.
SE COUCHER, to go to bed.
A quelle heure vous couchez-vous ? At what time do you go to bed?

A quelle heure vous tes-vous At what time did you go to bed ?
couch ?
A quelle heure vous coucherez- At what time will you go to bed ?
vous ?
Allez vous coucher. Go to bed.
Je vais me coucher. I am going to bed.
SE LEVER, to get up.
A quelle heure vous levez-vous ? At what time do you get up ?

A quelle heure se lve-t-il ? At what time does he get up .
A quelle heure s'est-il lev ? At what time did he get up ?

L,evez-vous ! Get up !
Il faut que je me lve de bonne I must get up early.

heure.
S'EVEILLER, to awake. SE REVEILLER, to awake again.
Je m'veille de bonne heure. I awake very early.

Je me suis veill tard. I awoke late.
Je me suis rveill deux fois. I awoke twice.
REMARK. Used as an active verb, veiller means to
awaken some one ; rveiller means to interrupt some one's

sleep.
Kveillez-moi cinq heures. Wake me up at five o'clock.

N'oubliez pas de m 'veiller. Do not forget to wake me up.
Vous m'avez rveill. You woke me tip.
SE RAPPELER, to remember, {governs a direct regimen.}
Vous rappelez- vous ? Do you remember ?

Je me rappelle. I remember.
Je ne me rappelle pas. I do not remember.
Vous rappelez- vous Mr. X ? Do you remember Mr. X .
Je me le rappelle. / remember him.

Vous le rappelerez-vous ? Will you remember it f
Je me le rappellerai. I will remember it.
Rappelez-vous. Remember.
SE TROMPER, to be mistaken.
Je me trompe. / am mistaken.
Il se trompe. He is mistaken.
Vous vous trompez. You are mistaken.
Je me suis tromp. I was mistaken.
Il s'est tromp. He was mistaken.
Nous nous sommes tromps. We have made a mistake.
Ne vous tes- vous pas tromp ? Have you not made a mistake
Je ne me suis pas tromp. I have not made a mistake.
Ne vous trompez pas. Do not make a mistake.
Je ne me tromperai pas. I will not be mistaken.
SE FACHER, to get angry.
Ne vous fchez pas. Do not get angry.

Je me fcherai. I will get angry.
Je me suis fch. I got angry.
Il se fchera. He will get angry.
Il s'est fch. He got angry.
Vous avez tort de vous fcher. You are wrong to get angry.
S'ENRHUMER, to catch cold.
Vous allez vous enrhumer. You are going to catch cold.

Je me suis enrhum. I have caught cold.
SE MOQUER, to make fun of; to laugh at.
Vous moquez- vous de moi ? Are you laughing at me t

Je ne me moque pas de vous. I am not laughing at you.
On s'est moqu de lui. He was laughed at.
Je m'en moque ! What do I care for it !
SE PROMENER, to take a walk.
Je vais me promener. / am going to take a walk.

Nous allons nous promener. We are going to take a walk.
Il est all se promener. He wentfor a walk.
Allez vous promener. Go and take a walk.
SE DPCHER, SE HATER, to hurry up.
Dpchez-vous, or htez- vous ! Hurry up !

Dpchons-nous htons-nous. ; Let us make haste.
Qu'il se dpche. Let him hurry up.
Qu'elle se hte. Let her hurry up.
SE SOUVENIR (de), to remember, {governs an indirect regimen.)
Je me souviens de lui. I remember him.

Je me souviens de cela. I remember that.
Je m'en souviens. I remember it.
Souvenez-vous de moi. Remember me.
Je me souviendrai de vous. I will remember you.
Souvenez-vous-en ! Remember it !
Je m'en souviendrai. I will remember it.
SE REJOUIR (de), to rejoice at.
Je me rjouis de votre succs. I rejoice at your success.

Rjouissez-vous ! Be joyous !
R j ouissons-nous. Let us rejoice.
SE SERVIR (de), to use, to help one's self
m'en servir?
Puis- je May I use it ?
Vous pouvez vous en servir. You can use it.
Je ne m'en sers pas. I do not use it.
On ne s'en sert plus. It is out

of use.
Servez-vous. Help yourself .
S'ENDORMIR, to fall asleep.
Je m'endors trs vite. Ifall asleep very quickly.

Je ne puis m' endormir. I cannot go to sleep.
Je me suis endormi Ifell asleep.
Il s'est endormi. He fell asleep.
Ne vous endormez pas. Do not fall asleep.
SE REPENTIR (de), to repent, to be sorry
Vous repentez-vous ? Do you repent ?

Je me repens. I repent.
Vous en repentez-vous ? Are you sorry for it?
Je m'en repens. I am sorry for it.
Vous vous en repentirez. You will repent it.
Il s'en repentira. He will repent it.
Je m'en suis repenti. I have repented.
S'APERCEVOIR (de), to perceive, to notice.
Je m'en suis aperu. / have noticed it.
Il s'en est aperu. He has noticed it.

Klle ne s'en apercevra pas. She will not fiotice it.
SE TENIR DEBOUT, to stand up.
Je me tiendrai debout. / will stand /p.

Je me suis tenu debout. I stood up.
Tenez-vous debout. Stand up.
Je ne puis me tenir debout. I cannot stand up.
SE PLAINDRE, to complain, to grudge.
De quoi vous plaignez- vous ? Of what do you complain ?

Je ne me plains pas. I am not complaining.
Je n'ai pas lieu de me plaindre. I have no cause for complaining.
Il ne se plaint rien. He grudges himself nothing.
Ils ne se plaignent rien. They grudge themselves nothing.
SB PLAIRE (), to take pleasure in.
Il se plat taquiner. He likes to tease.

Vous plaisez- vous New York ? Do you like to live in New York
Je m'y plais beaucoup. I like living there very much.
Ma femme s'y plat beaucoup. My wife likes it very much.
Nous nous y plaisons beaucoup. We like it very much.
Practical, French Course 323
SE FAIRE HAL, to hurt one's self.
Vous allez vous faire mal. You are going to hurt yourself
Vous vous ferez mal. You will hurt yourself.
Vous tes-vous fait mal ? Did you hurt yourself ?
Je me suis fait mal. I hurt myself.
S'est-il fait mal ? Did he hurt himself?
Il ne s'est pas fait mal. He did not hurt himself.
SE TAIRE, to keep still or silent.
Voulez- vous vous taire ? Will you please keep silent.

Taisez-vous, Keep still.
Je ne veux pas me taire. I do not want to keep silent.
Il se tut. He remained silent.
S'ASSEOIR, to sit down.
Ne voulez- vous pas vous asseoir ? Will you not sit down ?
Veuillez vous asseoir. Please be seated.
Je neveux pas m'asseoir. I do not want to sit down.
Asseyez-vous sur le gazon. Sit down on the grass.
Elle s'est assise. She sat down.
Il ne s'est pas assis. He did not take a seat.
S'EN ALLER, to go away.
Il faut que je m'en aille. / must go away.

Je m'en vais. I am going away.
Il s'en va. He is going away.
Il s'en est all. He went away.
Je m'en irai. I will go away.
Allez- vous-en. Go away.
Allons-nous-en. Let us go away.
OTHER REFLEXIVE VERBS,
S'habiller. To dress one's self.

Se dshabiller. To undress one's self.
Se raser. To shave one's self.
Se faire raser. To get chaved.
S'habituer (). To get accustomed to.
S'accoutumer (). To get accustomed to.
S'adresser (). To apply to.
Se dchausser. To take off one' s shoes.
Se fier (). To trust.
Se dfier (de). To distrust.
Se mfier (de;. To mistrust.
S'approcher (de). To go near.
Se mler (de). To meddle with.
Se chauffer. To warm one's self.
S'loigner. To go away.
S'amuser. To amuse one's self
REMARKS ON THE PRONOMINAL FORM,
I. The article le, la, les, the, is used, in French, in-

stead of a possessive adjective before a regimen when the
sense already indicates who the possessor is. The verb
is then used reflexively. Thus we say :
Je me lave les mains, instead of : Je lave mes mains.

Il se lave la figure, Illave sa figure.
Je me suis coup le doigt, J'ai coup mon doigt.
Il s'est cass la jambe, Il a cass sa jambe.
Je me suis foul la cheville, J'ai foul ma cheville.
Lavez-vous les mains, Lavez vos mains.
Chauffez- vous les pieds Chauffez vos pieds.
2. The reflexive or pronominal form is often used, in

French, instead of the passive form so common in English.
Thus, we say idiomatically :
Cela se voit tous les jours. That is seen every day.

Cela se comprend, or s'entend. That is understood.
Cela se dit publiquement. That is said publicly
Cela ne se dit pas. That is not said.
Cela se peut. That may be.
Cela ne se peut pas. That cannot be.
Cela ne se mange pas. That is not to be eaten, or eatable.
Cet article se vend bien. That article sells well.
Cela ne se refuse pas. That is not to be refused.
3. The pronoun soi, one's self, is used in a general sense

and has commonly an indefinite pronoun for correlative.
Cela va de soi. (idiom) That is a matter of course.

Chacun pour soi. Every one for himself.
On a souvent besoin d'un plus We have often need of one more
petit que soi. humble than ourselves.
4. The idea of a reciprocal or mutual affection which, in

English, is expressed by adding the pronouns each other
or one another to the verb, is rendered in French, by the
reflexive form, that is, by means of two pronouns of the

same person placed before the verb. Thus, for instance :
Nous nous aimons. We love each other.

Vous vous aimez. You love each other.
Ils s'aiment. They love each other.
OBSERVATION.
To avoid ambiguity, for the above examples might
be translated we love ourselves, you love yourself they love
: ,
themselves,
we add the pronouns l'un l'autre, or les uns
les autres, when the action is reciprocal, and the pronouns
nous=mmes, vous=rnme, vous=mmes, eux=mmes, elles=

mmes, when the action is reflexive.
Examples :
Nous nous aimons nous=mmes. We love ourselves.

Vous vous aimez vous=mme. You love yourself.
Ils s'aiment eux=mmes. (m.) They love themselves.
Elles s'aiment elles-mmes, (f.) They love themselves.
Nous nous aimons l'un l'autre. We love each other.

Nous nous aimons les uns les We love one another.
autres.
Ils s'aiment l'un l'autre. They love each other.
Nous devons nous aimer les uns We must love 07ie another.
les autres.
QUARANTE-HUITIEME LEON
LESSON XLVIIL
FRENCH PROVERBS.
1. Il n'y a pas de rgle sans exception.

There is no rule without exception.
2. Il n'y a pas de rose sans pine.

There is no rose without a thorn.
3. Iln'y a pas de fume sans feu.

There is no smoke without fire.
4. Charit bien ordonne commence par soi-mme.

Charity begins at home.
5. Un tiens vaut mieux que deux tu l'auras.

A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
6. Quand le chat n'y est pas les souris dansent.

When the cafs away, the mice will play
7. Mieux vaut tard que jamais.

Better late than never.
8. Iv a nuit porte conseil.

A dvise with your pillow.
9. Il faut battre le fer quand il est chaud.

Make hay while the sun shines.
10. Il faut garder une poire pour la soif.

Put by something for a rainy day.
11. Les petits ruisseaux font les grandes rivires.

Many a little ?nakes a mickle.
12. Il n'a pas invent la poudre.

He will not set the river afire.
13. Tomber de Charibde en Scylla.

Out of the frying pa?i into the fire.
14. Un malheur ne vient jamais seul.

Misfortunes never come singly.
15. A quelque chose malheur est bon.

Itis an ill wind that blows nobody good.
16. Loin des yeux, loin du cur.

Out of sight, out of mind.
17. C'est une conomie de bouts de chandelle.

Penny-wise and pound-foolish.
18. Tout nouveau tout beau.

A new broom sweeps clean.
19. Tout ce qui brille n'est pas d'or.
All that glitters is not gold.
20. L'habit ne fait pas le moine.

// is not the cowl that makes the friar.
21. A bon chat bon rat.

Tit for tat.
22. Fin contre fin.
Diamond cut diamond.
23. Honni soit qui mal y pense.

Evil to him that evil thinks.
24. Chacun son mtier.

Every one to his trade.
25. Il est bon d'avoir deux cordes son arc.

It is wise to have two strings to one'' s bow.
26. Faire d'une pierre deux coups.

To kill two birds with one stone.
27. Pierre qui roule n'amasse pas mousse,

A rolling stone gathers no moss.
28. Qui ne hasarde rien n'a rien.
Nothing venture nothing win.
29. Toute mdaille a son revers.

There are two sides to everything.
30. Ce sont deux ttes dans un mme bonnet.

They are hand and glove together.
31. C'est bonnet blanc et blanc bonnet.

Six of one, and half a dozen of the other.
32. Plus on est, plus on rit.

The more, the merrier.
33. Rira bien qui rira le dernier.

He laughs best who laughs last.
34. Tel pre, tel fils.
Like father, like son.
35. Qui se ressemble s'assemble.

Birds of a feather flock together.
36. A l'impossible nul n'est tenu.

There is no doing impossibilities.
37. Aide-toi et le ciel t'aidera.

The Lord helps those who help themselves
38. 1/ apptit vient en mangeant.

Eating brings an appetite.
39. Qui dort dne.

Sleeping is as good as eating.
40. Dis moi qui tu liantes, je te dirai qui tu es.

A man is known by the company he keeps.
41. Rome n'a pas t btie en un jour.

Rome was not built in a day.
42. En forgeant on devient forgeron.

Practice makes perfect.
QUARANTE-NEUVIME LEON
LESSON LXIX.
READING AND MEMORY EXERCISES.
SHORT ANECDOTES.
Dolabella disait Ciceron: "Savez-vous bien que je n'ai que trente-

ans?" "Je dois le savoir, rpondit Cicron, car il y a plus de dix ans
que vous me le dites. '
'
II
Un prdicateur avait ennuy son auditoire en prchant . sur les

batitudes. Une dame lui dit malignement, aprs le sermon, qu'il en
avait oubli une. Laquelle? reprit le prdicateur. Celle-ci, ajouta la
dame: Bienheureux ceux qui n'taient pas votre sermon.
III
La reine Elisabeth-? tant alle voir le chancelier Bacon 2 dans une

maison de campagne qu'il avait fait btir avant sa fortune: 'D'o
vient, lui dit-elle, que vous avez fait une si petite maison?" "Cen'est
pas moi, Madame, rpondit le chancelier, qui ai fait ma maison trop
petite, c'est vous qui m'avez fait trop grand pour ma maison."
IV
tomb de cheval en entrant dans l'Afrique o il
Jules Csar tant
tait allpour la conqurir: C'est bon signe, dit-il, que l'Afrique soit
sous moi; ce n'est point une chute, c'est une prise de possession.
1 Elisabeth, reine d'Angleterre, fille de Henri VIII., ne Greenwich en 1533,

morte Eondres en 1603.
2 Bacon, chancelier d'Angleterre, clbre philosophe, n Londres le 32
janvier 1561, mort le 9 avril 1626.
V
fille du grand Scipion et femme du consul Sempronius,
Cornlie,
tait dans une compagnie de dames romaines qui talaient leurs pier-
reries, leurs bijoux et leurs ajustements. On demanda Cornlie de
montrer aussi les siens. Cette sage romaine fit aussitt approcher ses
enfants qu'elle avait levs avec soin pour la gloire de la patrie, et dit,
en les montrant: "Voici ma parure, voici mes ornements."
VI
Monsieur le rgent,^ par ordre duquel Voltaire tait la Bastille
lorsqu'on reprsentait l'dipe de ce clbre auteur, en fut si content,
qu'il rendit la libert au prisonnier. Voltaire alla sur-le-champ re-
mercier son Altesse qui lui dit: "Soyez sage, et j'aurai soin de vous."
"Je vous suis infiniment oblig, rpondit le pote, mais je supplie
votre Altesse de ne plus se charger de mon logement."
VII
Un homme qui avait mauvaise rputation avait crit la porte de sa

maison ces mots: Que rien de mauvais n'entre ici. Un philosophe
allemand demanda, en voyant cette inscription: Par o donc entre le
matre de la maison ?
VIII
Un bourgeois de Plaisance, trs pauvre, trouvant de nuit des voleurs

dans sa maison, leur dit, sans s'mouvoir: Je ne conois pas ce que
vous cherchez dans ma maison pendant la nuit, puisque moi-mme je
n'y trouve rien dans le jour.
IX
1/ empereur Titus 2 disait : Si quelqu'un parle mal de moi, il faut
bien se garder de le punir: s'il a parl par lgret, il faut le mpriser;
si c'est par folie, il faut avoir piti de lui; si c'est une injure, il faut lui
pardonner.
7 1/a rgence de Philippe, duc d'Orlans, commena au leudemain de la

mort de t,ouis XIV. (1715) et prit fin en 1723, la dclaration de maiorit de
Ivouis XV.
2 Titus, empereur romain, n en 40, mort ea 81 de l're chrtienne.
Bautru,^ tant en Espagne,

alia visiter la fameuse bibliothque
de l'Escurial, o trouva un bibliothcaire fort ignorant. Le roi
il
l'interrogea sur cette bibliothque. Elle est trs belle, lui dit-il, mais
Votre Majest devrait donner celui qui en a le soin l'administration
de ses finances. Et pourquoi? dit le roi. C'est, rpondit Bautru, que
cet homme ne touche pas au dpt qui lui est confi.
XI
Quelqu'un demandait Caton? pourquoi, ayant si bien mrit de
la rpublique, on ne lui avait point lev de statues: J'aime mieux,
rpondit-il, qu'on me fasse cette question, que si on me demandait
pourquoi l'on m'en a rig.
XII
Pierre le Grand, empereur de Russie, voyant en Sorbonne le tom-

beau du cardinal Richelieu, s'cria: O grand homme! si tu vivais
encore, je te donnerais la moiti de mon empire pour que tu m'ap-
prisses gouverner l'autre.
XIII
Ivouis XIII., 3 auparavant duc d'Orlans, tant sollicit de venger
les injures qu'on lui avait faites avant qu'il montt sur le trne,
rpondit que le roi de France ne devait pas venger les injures du duc
d'Orlans.
XIV
On demandait un boiteux qui allait l'arme comme fantassin
pourquoi il ne s'tait pas mis dans la cavalerie. "C'est, rpondit-il, que
je ne vais pas l'arme pour fuir."
1 Bautru, chancelier de Gaston, duc d'Orlans, puis introducteur des ambas-

sades chez le roi pote et membre de l'Acadmie franaise n Angers en
; ,
1588, mort Paris en 1665. Il dut sa fortune son esprit satirique et vif qui
amusa Richelieu et Mazarin.
2Caton, clbre censeur romain. Il voulait la destruction de Carthage et
ne terminait jamais un discours sans ajouter: "En outre, je pense qu'il faut
dtruire Carthage. Delenda est Carthago."
3 Louis XIII, fils de Henri IV, roi de France de 1610 1643, eut pour ministre
le cardinal de Richelieu.
XV
Un gnral franais, jaloux et flatteur, disait au duc d'Enghien,
qui venait de remporter la clbre bataille de Rocroi en 1643: "Que
pourront dire maintenant les envieux de votre gloire?" "Je n'en
sais rien, rpondit-il; je pourrais vous le demander."
XVI
Waller, pote anglais, fit en trs beaux vers latins un excellent
pangyrique de Cromwell, tandis qu'il tait Protecteur. Charles II.
ayant t rtabli en 1660, Waller lui prsenta des vers qu'il avait faits
sa louange. Le roi, les ayant lus, lui reprocha qu'il en avait fait de
meilleurs pour Olivier. Waller lui rpondit: Sire, nous autres potes,
nous russissons mieux en fictions qu'en vrits.
XVII
Le duc du Maine, 2 encore enfant, faisait beaucoup de bruit. Le
grand Cond qui tait dans le mme appartement, se plaignit de ce
bruit: Plt Dieu, monsieur, lui dit l'enfant, que j'en fisse autant
que vous.
XVIII
fils Alexandre, en lui donnant Aristote pour pr-
Philippe dit son
cepteur: "Apprenez, sous un si bon matre, viter les fautes dans
lesquelles je suis tomb."
XIX
Les Franais assigeaient une place: l 'officier qui les commandait
fitproposer aux grenadiers une somme considrable pour celui qui, le
premier, planterait une fascine dans le foss expos tout le feu des
ennemis. Aucun des grenadiers ne se prsente. Le gnral tonn
leur en fait des reproches. Nous nous serions tous offerts, lui rpondit
un de ces braves soldats, si l'on n'avait pas mis cette action
prix d'argent.
1 Duc du Maine, second enfant de Eouis XIV. et de Mme. de Montespan ; n

en 1670. mort en 1736.
XX
Un paysan coupait un arbre au bord d'une rivire; par malheur, sa
cogne tomba dans l'eau et il ne put la retrouver. Mercure lui apparut:
Est-ce l ta cogne, brave homme? en lui en montrant une d'or

Non, cette cogne n'est pas la mienne C'est peut-tre celle-ci? en lui

en prsentant une autre d'argent Non, ce n'est point encore celle qui

m'appartient C'est donc celle-ci? en lui en prsentant une de fer, qui
tait rellement celle qu'il avait perdue
Voici vraiment la cogne

dont la perte m'afflige Prends celle-ci, et encore les deux premires
que je t'ai montres reois-les pour prix de ta bonne foi.
;
La probit est la meilleure politique.
CINQUANTIEME LEON
LESSON L.
CLASSICAL DEFINITIONS, ETC.
1. Qu'est-ce que^ la grammaire?
Iva grammaire est l'art de parler et d'crire correctement.
2. Qu'est-ce que l'article?
V article est un mot qui se place ordinairement devant les noms

communs pour indiquer qu'ils sont employs dans un sens d-
termin.
Il y a, en franais, trois sortes d'articles: l'article dfini, l'article
indfini et l'article partitif.
L'article, en franais, s'accorde en genre et en nombre avec le
nom auquel il se rapporte.
1 What is is translated in French by Qu'est-ce que or Qu'est-ce que

c'est que
Thus, for instance, one may sa3' Qu'est-ce que la grammaire?
:
or : Qu'est-ce que c'est que la grammaire What is grammar ?

3. Qu'est-ce que 1'adjectif ?
L'adjectif est un mot que l'on joint au substantif pour le quali-

fier ou le dterminer.
Il y a deux sortes d'adjectifs: les adjectifs qualificatifs et les
adjectifs dterminatifs.
4. Qu'est-ce que le pronom?
Le pronom est un mot qui tient la place du nom. Il y a cinq

sortes de pronoms en franais: les pronoms personnels, dmon-
stratifs, possessifs, relatifs et indfinis.
5. Qu'est-ce que le verbe?
Le verbe est un mot qui exprime une action ou un tat sous une
forme variable, suivant les dispositions du sujet parlant.
6. Qu'est-ce que l'adverbe?
L'adverbe est un mot invariable qui sert modifier un verbe, un

adjectifou un autre adverbe. Ex.: Parlez peu, rflchissez
beaucoup. Dieu est infiniment parfait. Le temps passe trs
rapidement.
7. Qu'est-ce que la prposition?
La prposition est un mot invariable qui tert unir deux mots

en marquant le rapport qu'ils ont entre eux.
8. Qu'est-ce que la conjonction ?
La conjonction est un mot invariable qui sert joindre entre

elles les propositions ou les parties essentielles d'une mme
proposition, et marquer le rapport qui existe entre elles.
9. Qu'est-ce que l'arithmtique?
L'arithmtique est la science des nombres, ou l'art de calculer.
10. Qu'est-ce que l'algbre?
L'algbre est une science qui a pour but de simplifier et de

gnraliser les questions relatives au nombre.
11. Qu'est-ce que la trigonomtrie?
La trigonomtrie est le calcul des lments des triangles dfinis

par des donnes numriques suffisantes.
12. Qu'est-ce que la gomtrie?
La gomtrie est une science qui a pour objet la mesure de

l'tendue et, plus gnralement, l'tude de l'espace et de ses
proprits.
13. Qu'est-ce que la physique?
La physique est une science qui a pour objet l'tude des pro-
prits des corpset des lois qui tendent modifier leur tat
ou leur mouvement sans modifier leur nature.
14. Qu'est-ce que la chimie?
La chimie est une science qui a pour but la connaissance de la

nature et des proprits des corps, de l'action de ces corps, les
uns sur les autres, des combinaisons dues cette action.
15. Qu'est-ce que l'histoire naturelle?
L'histoire naturelle est l'tude des divers tres qui sont dans la
nature.
16. Qu'est-ce que la botanique?
La botanique est la partie de l'histoire naturelle qui a pour objet

l'tude des vgtaux.
17. Qu'est-ce que la zoologie?
La zoologie est la partie des sciences naturelles qui traite des

animaux.
Qu'est-ce que la gologie?

La gologie est une science qui a pour but la connaissance de la
structure du globe terrestre et l'histoire de la terre.
19. Qu'est-ce que la cosmographie?
Iva cosmographie est la description du monde physique.
20. Qn 'est-ce que l'astronomie?
Vastronomie est une science qui a pour objet de faire connatre

les astres, leur constitution, leurs positions relatives et les lois
de leurs mouvements.
21. Qu'est-ce que la gographie?
Iva gographie est une science qui a pour but la description rai-
sonne de la terre, l'explication des formes du sol et des dif-
frents aspects de la vie la surface du globe.
22. Qu'est-ce que la rhtorique?
Iva rhtorique est un art qui donne les rgles pour bien dire,
pour parler loquemment; c'est la thorie de l'loquence.
23. Qu'est-ce que la philosophie?
Iva philosophie est la science gnrale des tres, des principes et

des causes.
24. Qu'est-ce que la politique?
La politique est l'art de gouverner un Ktat. La science politique

traite de la formation, de l'organisation et des fonctions de l'tat.
25. Qu'est-ce que la religion ?
Iva religion est le culte qui se rend la Divinit.
26. Qu'est-ce que la France?
Iva France grande et noble nation qui a donn au monde

est cette
civilis les immortels principes de libert, d'galit et de fra-
ternit.
27. Qu'est-ce que la langue franaise?
L,a langue franaise est l'instrument le plus parfait sur lequel

on puisse jouer la divine musique de la pense humaine. {R. D.)
28. Qu'est-ce que l'homme?
Born dans sa nature, infini dans ses vux,

L'homme est un dieu tombe qui se souvient des cieux.
{Lamartine)
29. Qu'est-ce que la vie?
L,a vie est un combat dont la palme est aux cieux. {Corneille)
Iya vie est vaine ;

L,a vie est brve ;
Un peu d'amour, Un peu d'espoir,

Un peu de haine, Un peu de rve,
F*t puis bonjour! Et puis bonsoir !
{Dt Maurier)

Practical French Course in Fifty Lessons

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Practical French Course in Fifty Lessons

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Class

AN ENTIRELY NEW METHOD

RAPHAEL D'AMOUR, A. M.,

Entered according to act of Congress

THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.

CONTRACTION OE THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.

THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE.

INTERROGATIVE AND NEGATIVE FORMS.

1 Practical Exercise on the very important word En (some,

1 On (one, somebody, people) 136

1 Practical Exerciseon that Verb 180

THE PAST PARTICIPLE.

THE IMPERFECT OF THE INDICATIVE.

1 Conjugation of Impersonal Verbs. 2 Practice. 3 Exercise

LESSONS XLV. XLVI.

I. How to call the letters of the French alphabet.

The letter w, called in French double v (doobl vay),

II. Table of the French sounds with their nearest

Although the pronunciation is best acquired by-

A is pronounced ah Panama Pa-na-ma Panama

ai ispronounced ay. balai bah-lay broom

IA pronounced as if written il pria ill-pree-ah he prayed

UA pronounced as if written il salua ill-sah-l-ah he saluted

ON ^ pronounced nearly like ( bon bng good

( pronounced nearly like >

The following combinations represent what we call in

French les sons liquides (lay song leekeed), the liquid

ail pronounced nearly travail trahv-eye work

euille pronounced nearly feuille f-yr leaf

c is hard like k be- caf kah-fay coffee

GU followed by e or i guerre ghair war

J is pronounced joli zho-lee pretty

When between two maison may-zng house

T is pronounced martial mar-see-ahl martial

2. In monosyllables, and also when beginning a poly-

3. Before a word beginning with a vowel or an h mute,

4. Ent is silent when it marks the third person plural of

a verb. However, if the next word begins with a vowel,

Ils parlent (ill pari), they speak.

5. The final t of et, and, is never pronounced. Et sounds

1. How to accent the vowels.

The vowels, in French, are rendered long or short by

cent aigu the grave (^), V accent grave ; the circumflex

i . The acute accent placed upon e gives it the sound ofay.

Caf (kah-f ay), coffee ; bont (bong-tay), goodness.

2. The grave accent placed upon e gives that vowel the

Pre (pair), father ; mre (mair), mother ; frre (frair), brother.

The grave accent serves also to contradistinguish a few

la, unaccented, " the.

3. The circumflex accent gives the vowel a broader,

Mt, mast ; le, isle ; fort, forest ; hpital, hospital.

1/ arme, the army, instead of la arme.

A hyphen is also placed between the verb and the pro-

placed under the letter before the vowels a, o, u, when it

should be pronounced like s in so.

Faade (fah-sad), front ; garon (gar-song), boy ;

II. How to read French.

syllable in all words not ending with a mute e, and upon

Charjeau, hat. Perte, door.

I. The last consonant of a word is generally silent, ex-

Mais (may), but. Duc (dk), Duke.

2. The last consonant of a word is generally sounded,

Vous avez, you have, pronounced as if spelt voo-zah-vay.

Les enfants, the children, " " " lay-zon-fong.